Руководство по организации наземного обслуживания NEW 12.05.11

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 2 687
.

, , ,
, IATA, IOSA.
3. -3.001-02
.

-
-
:

-3.001-03
..
..
+ 7 (3452) 49 24 69
e-mail
ekiseleva@tf.utair.ru
, ,
,
, ,
,
.

____________________
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 3 687
()
-

.
.
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 4 687
1
2
3
4
5-7
8-9
10-11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18-21
22-45
46-91
92-99
100-101
102-112
113-116
117-119
120-121
122-129
130-139
140-155
156-160
161-162
163-183
184-190
191-198
184-221
249-344
345-453
454-652
653-687
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 5 687
.
1
2
7
8
9
17
18
19
20
21
25
26
27
33
38
40
43
44
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
, ,
2

(. )
(. )
(.-)
-, .
(.)
.
- -

-

( )
( )
(.-)
(. )
( )
( )
(. )
(.-)
,
. ,
, .
1
1.
2.
3.
4.

4

-
--

____________________
1
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 6 687
4
-

--

" "
"
"

-

"SILK WAY" AIRLINES "GHC"
BRANCH

____________________
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 7 687

SA "Aeroport Handling"

FCG Limited
FBO Riga SIA
Rusavia MUC
Rusavia HAI

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 8 687
..............................................................................................................................2
...................................................................................3
..............................................................................................4
...................................................................................................................5
...............................................................................................................................8
........................................................10
1
............................................................................................12
2
......................................................................................................13
3
....................................................................................................................14
4
............................................................................................15
5
...........................................................................................................16
6
..............................................................................................................17
7
.........................................................................................................18
8
...........................................................................................................22
8.1. .................................................................................22
8.2. ...............................................23
8.3. - ...................................................................29
8.4
......................................................................................30
8.5
, ..............44
8.6
.........................................................45
9
....................................................................................................................46
9.1
...................................................................................................46
9.2
.........................................................48
9.3
..................................................................49
9.4
....................................................................................................51
9.5
, ...........62
9.6
.................................................63
9.7
...................................................................64
9.8

................................................................................................................................65
9.9
...............................................................................................66
9.10 ...............................................................................................77
9.11 ..................................................................80
9.12 , ............................................................................84
9.13 .........................................................................................................86
9.14 ....................................89
10
.....................................................................................................................92
10.1 ......................................................92
10.2 .................................................................95
10.3 ...............................................................................................97
10.4 .................................................................98
11
..........................................................................100
11.1 ............................................................100
11.2 .....................................101
12
......................................102
12.1 .................................................................................................102

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 9 687
12.2 ....................................................................................................105
12.3 .....................................................................................106
1. - ........113
2. .......................................................................................117
3. - ...............................................................120
4. ...........................122
5. .............................................................................130
6. .......................................................................140
7. , .....................................................156
8. , .................................161
9. ...............................................163
10. .......................................184
11. .....................................................191
12. ATR-42/72 .........................................199
13 Boeing 737-400/500 ............................249
14. CRJ200.....................................345
15. 757-200..........................454
16. - ...................................653

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 10 687

,
.

, .
-
,

.
, ,
,
,

.
, ,
.
:

, ,
,
,
, ,
;

;

;

, , ,
,
, ,
,
;
, ,
,
, ,
,
;
;

;
,
,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 11 687

, ;

;

,
;

.

..

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 12 687
1.1
, , , ,
.
1.2
: -154, -134, -40, Boeing-737, Boeing-757, ATR-72, ATR-42, CRJ-200.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 13 687
1.
IATA Airport Handling Manual (AHM) (
);
2.
;
3.
-1.002 , ;
4.
IOSA Standards Manual ( IOSA).
5.
-6.002
6.
-6.022
.
IATA www.iata.org.
.
IATA.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 14 687
, , ,
.

( , , )
,
( ) ,
.

( , , ).
; , , ,
- ;
, , - ().
,
( ).
,
( ).
(
) , ( ).
()
,
.
, ,
,

- . (
,
).

____________________
. 15 687
AFTN
DCS
DGR IATA
IATA
ICAO
:__________________
-3.001-03
()
Departure control system
Dangerous Goods Regulation IATA
International Air Transport Associational
International Civil Aviation Organization

-
-

-
-
, IATA
-
, ICAO

-

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 16 687
5
5.1
, ,
, .
, ,
, ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 17 687
6.1
.
6.2

.
6.3 ,
,
.
6.4 ,
,
.
6.5. ,
( 14)
.
6.6.
IATA . (IATA AHM)
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 18 687
7.1
:
*
AFTN, SITA;
*
Lotus Notes.

/ .
/ .
7.2 SITA, AFTN :
*
;
*
, ;
*
,
*
,
, ;
*
,
*
,
*
,
,
*

,
*
, FIM.
7.3
.

.
7.4. ,
, ,
, .

.
7.5 , ,
. .
, ,
Lotus Notes, , , ASIA .,
SITATEX AFTN.
,

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 19 687
/
.
7.6. .
:
*
,
, , , /,
, .
IATA;
*
, ,
, , /, ,
. ();
*

(),
(. ()), , ,
, .
, , /, ,
. IATA.
:
AA
W
G
D
EE
V(ZH)
Z
I
Y
KK
L
MM
N
OO
R F
C S X KH
T T TS
U
SH
Q
-Y
IE
IU
- IA
7.7 .
:
*
;
*
;
*
;
*
;
*
.
7.8 . (SITA)
:
() /
TJM
(b) ( TY
, )
(c) ( IATA)
UT
AFTN
( ):

____________________
-3.001-03
:__________________
() /
(b)
(c) , ..
. 20 687

(SITA, GRS)
:
(a)
.
(b) ( , TJMTYUT
, )
(c)
(d) ( 2 4 071147
(GMT))
AFTN
:
(a) ( 2 4
071147
(GMT))
(b)
(c) ( , )
7.9 , , :
COR . ,
;
PDM , .
, , , .
, ,
.
7.10 ,
.

1 SITA (SITATEX, TY SITA)

TJMTYUT
.SGCRMUT

PDM

NNNN
2 AFTN ( )

____________________
:__________________
291130
PDM
-3.001-03
. 21 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 22 687
8.1.
8.1.1.

.
. ,
,
.
.
, ,
,
.

, .
,
.
8.1.2.

,
.

10
, / .

, .
8.1.3.
.

: , / (),
, , ,
. ( CD-R )
(CD-R).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 23 687
8.2.
8.2.1
8.2.1.1.
,
.
, ,
100 , , ,
.
8.2.1.2.
. , 85
4,6 1,5 .
8.2.1.3.
,

,
.

.
. ( ,
)
8 .
127 .

, 5.
8.2.1.4.
, .

, .
. ,
.
8.2.1.5.
.
,
.
(,
),
, 98

.

(,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 24 687
),
, 96
.
8.2.1.6.
, ,
, , ,
.
,
.. .

.

.
8.2.1.7.

.
.
,
50 50, .

,
,
-
.
,

.
8.2.1.8. ,
200

.
, -
,
.
, ,

.
,
.
,
.
8.2.1.9.
,

.
.

,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 25 687
,

.

,
,
,
, .

.

.
8.2.1.10.
.
,
.

.
.
.
.
, .
.

.

,
,
.
8.2.1.11. ,
, :
-
,
.
- ,
- .
-
80 .
-
, .
- .
-
.
8.2.1.12. :

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 26 687
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
.
8.2.1.13.
. , , ,
, ,
.
8.2.1.14.
/
. :
- / :
;
;

, ;
;
- :
;
;

();
;
;
( );
;
;
/ ;

10
;
;
;
;
;
(
);
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 27 687
,
.

.
:
/ ;
;
;
;
(, );
;

.
.
.
, .

.
8.2.2
8.2.2.1 ,

.
,

, ,
.

,
. :
- - ;
- .
8.2.2.2
-
,
.
,
.
, ,

.
,

.
8.2.2.3 -
.

-
,
, ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 28 687
- :
-
,
, ..;
-
-
,
,
, , .
8.2.2.4 .

, ,
.
8.2.2.5
,
.
8.2.2.6

.
,

, , :
1) ;
2) ;
3) ;
4) ;
5) ;
6) .

,
,
.
-
,
, .
.

____________________
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 29 687
8.3. -
8.3.1
- ,
, ,
,
.
,
.

,
.

, .

.

,
, ,

,
.

.
8.3.2
-
1 .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 30 687
8.4
8.4.1
8.4.1.1
,
.
, ,

.

.
:
-
.
, ( )
.
- , .
- ( ,
, , , ,
).
- () (,
, ).
( ,
, ,
).
- .
- ,
, , , ,
.
-
(, , ). (
) .
- ( ).
- ,
, , .
- ,
.
-
.
- ,
.
- ,
, .

____________________
8.4.2
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 31 687
8.4.2.1
-
. , .

, , ,
, ,
.
8.4.2.2

(
, ..)
.
8.4.2.3

( , ..)
/
.
.

(, )
.
8.4.2.4

,
.
,
.

,
, .
8.4.3
8.4.3.1
,
.
,
:
- ;
- ;
- , , ,
, , , .

____________________
8.4.4
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 32 687
8.4.4.1

. , ,
.., .
8.4.4.2
,
, ,
. ,
,
, .
,
.
, - ,
.
,
, .
, ,
.

.
, ,
.
, ( ).
8.4.4.3
.
.

.
, ,
.

.
,
.
.
8.4.4.4
,
, ,
.
, ,
.
, ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 33 687
8.4.4.5
,
, //
.
.
- .
8.4.4.6

, .
, , ,
.

, ,
.
8.4.4.7
, ,
.
,
. : ,
/, .
8.4.5
8.4.5.1

(
) ,
, ,
.
8.4.5.2

,
, .
8.4.5.3
,

1:1000.
:
- () ;
- ;
- - ;
- ;
- - ;
- .
,
,
,
.

____________________
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 34 687
8.4.5.4
, ,

, ,
,
.
- , ,
.
8.4.5.5

.
2
. 3,5 .
7 .
8.4.5.6
.

, .
8.4.5.7
,
-
.
8.4.5.8
, ,
,
, .

.
8.4.5.9

,
10 .
, ,
.
.
8.4.5.10

,
5 /, 20 /, - 40 /.
8.4.5.11

.
8.4.6
()
8.4.6.1

.
, ,
. ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 35 687
-
,
,
,
.
8.4.6.2

.
8.4.6.3
()

()
().
:
-
0,5 ;
- ,
- 5 ;
- - 3 ;
- - 3,5 .
-
0,1 .

.
8.4.6.4
:
- 10
- ,
,
;
- ;
- ()
,
,
;
-
()
;
-
, ,
()
.
8.4.6.5
()
:
-
()
;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 36 687
- ()
,
;
- , ,
, ()
;
- ,
;
- ,
;
- ;
- , ,
;
-
"";
- 5
( 1 )
;
- .
8.4.6.6
,
,
"", ,
,
.
8.4.6.7
2 - 5
"",
.
8.4.6.8
()
.
8.4.7
8.4.7.1
-
, .
:
- ;
- 750 (28.5");
- 4.53 (10 );
- .
:
- ;
- ,
;
- ,
, , / ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 37 687
- ;
-
;
- ,
.
:
-
;
- , .
8.4.8
8.4.8.1
.

.

Hands free , .
8.4.8.2
.

.
.
,
,
.
8.4.8.3

.

.
.
, ,
, ,
(.), ,
.
:
.
.
8.4.8.4
,
,
.
.

(5 /).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 38 687
8.4.8.5
/
.
,
.
8.4.8.6
,
(.. , ),
, , /
, .

.
, , .
- ,
-
.
/
.
,
.
8.4.8.7
/ ,
.
,
.
,
,
.

, , ,
, .
.
, ,
.
8.4.8.8

,
/.
8.4.8.9

, ,
.
(,
), .
8.4.8.10

( 8).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 39 687
,
; ,
.
/
/ /
( ).
8.4.8.11
/
,
.
, .
8.4.8.12

, ,
.
, , ,
, , ,
,
.
8.4.8.13
/
.
-
,
,
.
, , () ,
, .

.
8.4.8.14
, ,
,
.

.
,
.
8.4.9
8.4.9.1
, .
. ,
.
8.4.9.2

.
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 40 687

.
,
.
8.4.9.3
, ,
.
, ,
.
8.4.9.4
,
.
8.4.9.5
, .. .
8.4.9.6
,
, ,
. ,
.
8.4.9.7
.
8.4.9.8

.
8.4.10
8.4.10.1
()
() ,
, ,
, ,
.
:
-
;
-
;
- ,
, , , ,

;
- ,
" ";
-
, ,
.
, , ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 41 687
( )
().
8.4.10.2
,
, ,
,

(-),
.

.
8.4.10.3

.
: .
8.4.10.4

.

,
,
.
:
1

()
,
,
, , ,
,
.
2
,

:

.
3

, ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 42 687
, ,

( , ,
),

().
, , .

,

, ,
, ,
.

, ,
.
()
,
.
:
, ,
.
, .
,
.
: ,

.
, ,
.
//

/
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 43 687
,
.

( ),

.

( )
,
.
(
):

100 ;

;
;

;

.
:
()

( ).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 44 687
8.5 ,
8.5.1 , ,
, ,

, ,
.
, ,

.
8.5.2 , ,
,
,
.
, .
8.5.3 , , ,
,

( ).
:
+7 3452 492473
+7 3452 492480
+7 3452 492474 -
+7 982 9071959

,
, .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 45 687
8.6
8.6.1
.
,
, ,
, ,
,
.
8.6.2
,
.
8.6.3

, ,
,
, , .
8.6.4 (, , )
, ,
. ,
.
8.6.5
, www.utair.ru.
8.6.6

,
.
8.6.7 ,
.
, .
8.6.8
-
,
. (
cargo@utair.ru), ,
.
8.6.9 ,
-
,
.
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 46 687
9.1
9.1.1
,
.

, .
9.1.2 ,
,
, ,
, , ,
,

.
:
, .
:
, , ..
,
. ,
, ,
.
, .
9.1.3 ,
, ,
.
, .
9.1.4 ,
, ,
.
9.1.5 , ,

.
9.1.6 , ,
( ):
;
;
, , ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 47 687
;
;
.
9.1.7 - ( , )
/
, :
-
;
- ;
-
(
);
- -
, ,
, ;
- , ;
-
, .
9.1.8 ,
( ).
,
,
.
, ,
.
9.1.9 ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 48 687
9.2
9.2.1 , :
- ,
;
-
, ,
;
- , -,

() ;
- (:
,
- , ,
,
,
);
- -
,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 49 687
9.3
9.3.1
:
- 15 ;
- 10
,

.

, .
,
.
1
2
3

,

, ,
.

, ,

()
()
()
(),
(),
9.3.2

02.10.2000 110

.
,
()
.

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 50 687
9.3.3
.

, :
2
3

,

,

9.3.4
: . -6.002
9.3.5

.

____________________
:__________________
9.4
9.4.1
-3.001-03
. 51 687
9.4.1.1
-

.
, -
( - ) .
9.4.2

, ,
.
9.4.3
9.4.4
,
,
,
,

. ,
, ,
- .
9.4.5

. .

.
.
9.4.6
9.4.6.1 :
;
;
;

, .
9.4.6.2 ,
(, , , )
.
:
;
;
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 52 687
9.4.6.3 , ,

.
9.4.6.4 ,
.
9.4.7
9.4.7.1
, .
9.4.7.2 ,
( , ..),
.
9.4.7.3
.
-

.
9.4.8
9.4.8.1
, (, ) ,
.
,
.

.
9.4.9 -
9.4.9.1 , :
, ;
;
;
,
( ).
:
1

2
(),

: . , . 8.2
()

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 53 687
9.4.9.2 ,
( )
.
9.4.9.3 ( ) :
- 6
, ,
, ,
, ,
() ;
- ( ) ,
,
;
- , , ,
;
- 6
, ()
();
- (, )
;
- , 6
;
- , ()
;
- 6
( , , );
-
.
9.4.9.4
:

(, , ,
) ,
( )
- .
9.4.9.5 , ,
. (
)
1
2
3

()

,
: ,

____________________
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 54 687
.
.
-
, (
) -
()
.
.
.
, , 50

,

()
,
75

,

, ,

,
() ,
,
, .
, ,
.
/
9.4.10
9.4.10.1

:

;
,
, ,
, ,
, ;
( )
;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 55 687
, ()
() ;
,
, , ,
.

, ,
.
4
5
(,
)
(,
)

:

;

,
,
,
, ,
,
;
;

;

(), ()

,
, ,

, .
,

____________________
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
16
:__________________
:
,
,
,
,

:
:
,

(
);
,
.

()
(

1,5 )
( )
,

()
()
,
,
.

,
( ).

()
-3.001-03
. 56 687

____________________
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 57 687
-
,
.
, :
1
(

)
3

()
:

;

9.4.11
9.4.11.1
.
,
, .
9.4.11.2 ,
.
9.4.11.3 , , (
) , ,
.
9.4.11.4 ,
( -1, , Jet A-1 ..) ,
,
,

.
9.4.11.5
, .
9.4.11.6 ,
,
,
,

. ,
, ,
- .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 58 687
9.4.11.7 ,
, .
, ,
. () .
/ , .
9.4.11.8 ,
, , ,
, .
, , ,
, 3- .
9.4.11.9
. .
9.4.11.10

,

.
. ( ), ,
, .

(..
), .
9.4.11.11
,
.

, .
9.4.11.12

, 3 (10
) ,
.

3 (10 ).
, ,
, .

, ,
, , , .
9.4.11.13 ,
(, , , ).
,
.
9.4.11.14
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 59 687
9.4.11.15
/ ,
(
). , (
, , ).
, .
9.4.11.16
,
.
,
.
9.4.11.17 ,
, , ()
.
1) , :
- ;
- , , ,
;
- ( )
;
- ;
- ()
;
- ,
.
2) () ():
- ,
;
- , ;
- ;
- () ,
;
- .
3) , :
-
/ ;
- (),
;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ,
;
- ;
-
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 60 687
4) :
- ;
- ;
- , ;
-
(
);
- ,
(, , , ..);
- ;
9.4.11.18
, ,
, ,
.
(, ),
, , , ,
.
:
.
9.4.11.19
( )
:
1. , , ,
/ ,
, ,
, , ,
() ;
2. ( ) ,
,
;
3. , , ,
;
4. , ()
();
5. (, )
;
6. ;
7. , ()
.
8 . 6
( , , );
9.
.
9.4.11.20 ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 61 687
9.4.11.21 , ,
, - ,
,
.
9.4.11.22 -

.

____________________
9.5
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 62 687

9.5.1 () , (, )
, , (),
,
.
( ,
, )

( ),
.
,

() .
: ,
, ,
( ),
(),
,
,

( ),

.

,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 63 687
9.6
9.6.1
-6.022

( ).
, ,
,
.

.
.
9.6.2
: . -6.022
.

____________________
9.7
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 64 687
9.7.1 ()
.
, , :
- ,
-
-
- ,
- .
9.7.2 :
;
;
3 ;

;
- ;
- ;
- ,
;
- ;
- ;
-
- ;
-
;
- .
9.7.3
,
( ,
).
,
.

____________________
9.8
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 65 687

9.8.1
,
.

,
.
, .
9.8.2

(, ) ,
.
9.8.3
,
, , .
9.8.4

.
() .
9.8.5
, ,

, ,
.
9.8.6
,
.

,
, .

____________________
9.9
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 66 687
9.9.1
9.9.1.1 ,
:
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
9.9.1.2
.
9.9.1.3
, ,
, ,
( ,
, ..), .
9.9.1.4 10
.
9.9.1.5
,
, .
9.9.1.6
,
:
( );
;
;
(UN);
, ,
, ( );
, ;
, (
UN1845 ( ) );
, , - ,
;
, ,
, ;
;
;
,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 67 687
9.9.1.7 -
. ,
( )
. ,
, ( ).
-
9.9.1.8 :
(Load Instruction);
- (Loadsheet);
(Trim Sheet);
9.9.1.9

, ( ,
AHM-560, ),
.
9.9.2
9.9.2.1

- .
9.9.2.2

.
9.9.2.3
, ,
.
9.9.2.4
,
,
(-83), AHM-560.
9.9.2.5 ()

.
:
, .

, ( -1.012
).
9.9.2.6 , ,
,

.
, .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 68 687
9.9.2.7
.
,

.

, ,
.
.
(
),
.
9.9.2.8
,
.
,
.

.
9.9.2.9
, , ,
(
).
/ .
: . . 8.1
9.9.3 , ,
9.9.3.1
:
.
, (
):
- m = 80 ;
- m = 75 .
2 12 - m = 30 ;
2 - m
= 15 .

,
:
20 ;
- 30 ;
40 .

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 69 687

.
9.9.3.2 ,
( ,
),
.
. loadsheet SI
,
. ,
, 3 AHM 531.
9.9.4
9.9.4.1 ,
, (Loadsheet)
.

. ,
.
9.9.4.2 :
- , .
-
, .
- .
-
., ,
, ,
,
.
-
, .
.
.
-
( ).
-
.
- ,

.
-
-
.
- (Loadsheet)
/ ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 70 687
9.9.4.3
( , )

, ,
.
, .
9.9.4.4
,
.
9.9.4.5
.
9.9.4.6
( Loadsheet) .
.

( Loadsheet), ,
, .
9.9.5
9.9.5.1
(),
( ) .
9.9.5.2
.
(
DCS), .
,
( DCS).
, .
9.9.5.3
.
,

(DCS.)
9.9.5.4 ,
.
,
.
9.9.5.5
.
9.9.5.6
,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 71 687
, , .
,
.
9.9.5.7
, .
9.9.5.8
, .
.
.
9.9.5.9 , ,
,
,
, .
.
9.9.5.10 ,
, .
.

(Loadsheet) .
9.9.6
9.9.6.1

. ,
,
- Loadsheet.
9.9.6.2
. .

.
9.9.6.3 ,
. IATA 560. ,
,
,
.
9.9.6.4

.
9.9.6.5
,

IATA 561.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 72 687
9.9.6.6
560,
560, DEM (Data Exchange Message)
IATA 562.
9.9.6.7 (Loadsheet)

.
9.9.6.8

.
, ,
(Loadsheet) . ,
, .

.
9.9.7
9.9.7.1
,
. : ,
.
9.9.7.2
, .
, .
9.9.7.3 ,
,
.
, .
9.9.7.4 ,
, .
( ).
, ( , ..).
9.9.7.5

.
9.9.7.6
!
9.9.8
9.9.8.1 (Load minute changes).
-
(Load sheet),

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 73 687
(LMC)
. () .

,
.

:
()
30
300
30 75
400
75
500
9.9.8.2 , ,
:
- ,
.
- .
- .
9.9.9
9.9.9.1 :
- ;
- ();
- ( ).
9.9.9.2 , ,
, 25kg.
9.9.9.3 :
- : 25kg ( ).
- , /
.
- : ,
12 -15 , .
9.9.9.4
- , .
- ,
.
- .
- ,
.
9.9.10 -

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 74 687
9.9.10.1
.
9.9.10.2 ,
. ,
, (
).
9.9.10.3 , (
)
.
, ,
- .
, .
9.9.10.4 ,

.
.
9.9.10.5

. (LOADSHEET)

LDM (LOADMESSAGE).
:
- ,
, , , ;
- ,

, ,
, ;
- ,
.

.
: - 3.
9.9.10.6 4- ,
:
- ( - ,
);
- ;
- , .
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 75 687
9.9.10.7

, .
9.9.10.8 -
.

:
- ;
- ;
- ;
-
;
- ;
- LMC;
- ;
- .
: - . 4.
9.9.10.9

, , .

2 -83.
9.9.10.10 trimsheet
, -
,
.
, ,
. ,
, , .

.
( Loadsheet) :
, - . ()
.
: 5.
9.9.10.11 ()
.
.
9.9.10.12
, - ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 76 687
.
, .
9.9.10.13 ,
.
. ,
. ,
. , ,
- .

- . ,
.
9.9.10.14
, - , ,
.
9.9.11 -
9.9.11.1 - , ,
, -, - ,
/
.
9.9.11.2 -
,
-6.002 .

____________________
9.10
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 77 687
9.10.1
, .
.
9.10.2 -
:
- -
;
- , , ;
-
,
;
- , ,
, - ;
- (. -1.012
);
- ()
, ();
- ,
;
- ()
( );
- , ;
- ( ) ,
, ;
-

;
- ,
.
-154, -134, -40
(-83), 10 .
Boeing-737-500, ATR-72, ATR-42
9 .
2
3
, -

()

____________________
4
5
:__________________

:

()

(, ,
.)

,
- .
-3.001-03
. 78 687
9.10.3 - ()
,
.
- , .

, .
9.10.4
.
,
.
.
9.10.5
( )
9.10.6
, ,
,
.
9.10.7
.
:
, , ,
, ,
.
:
/
.
: , 60 (30
/):

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 79 687
- , ;
- , ,
.
: ,
65 (33 /),
.
: ,
40 (20 /),
.
: , ,
. ,
.
: ,
. , ,
.

____________________
9.11
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 80 687
9.11.1
9.11.1.1
-1.013
.
,
,
, (
IATA
Dangerous Goods Regulations,
).
-1.012
.

() , 1.012
.
() ,
, .
9.11.2
9.11.2.1
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- .
9.11.2.2
(.. ).
9.11.2.3
.

.
9.11.2.4
, .
: . 6.
9.11.2.5

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 81 687
( Boeing-737-500, -134)
:
1. Y ( )
2. ( )
3. , ( ).
(-154) / Y, M, C
.
9.11.2.6
:
1.
2. ,
3.
4. (, )
5.
6.
7.
8. .
:
VIP
, .

.
9.11.2.7
:
.
:
2
3
4
5
6
,

(
):

,
(
)

____________________
7
8
10
12
13
14
:__________________

-24
,

.

,
,

, (
, )
,

-3.001-03
. 82 687
( )
9.11.2.8

()
.

.
,
.
,
, , ,
/ .
9.11.3
9.11.3.1 :
- ;
- .
, ,
.
:
- ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 83 687
- ;
- ;
- .

.
20. , ,
.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

, ,
.

, ,

____________________
9.12
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 84 687
9.12.1 .
,
.
: -154 -25
. 15
. .
: (/ ) ,
.
9.12.2 ,
,
, ,
, .
9.12.3 () ,
,
. ()
.
9.12.4 () ,

.
9.12.5

:
,
;
,
() ,
,

.
, :

;
,
()

____________________
-3.001-03
:__________________
,
;
-
;
,

.
,
,

, 8.
. 85 687

____________________
9.13
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 86 687
9.13.1
9.13.1.1 , ,
( ), , ().
(, )
, .

.
,
,
.
9.13.2 -
9.13.2.1 , ,

.
- ,
,
.
9.13.2.2
(, ).
.
,
,
. ,

.
2
3
,
, :

, ,

____________________
5
6
7
8
9
:__________________
:

,

()

: 1-3
(),
4
, ,
.

,

()
.
-3.001-03
. 87 687
9.13.2.3 :
- ;
- (, .),
;
- ;
- ;
- , , .
ATR-42/72, Boeing-737-400/500, CRJ-200, Boeing-757-200
12, 13, 14, 15 .
9.13.3
9.13.3.1 - .
,
() ,
,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 88 687
.
.
9.13.3.2 ,
( 7).
,
,
.
:
,
.
, ,
,
, ,
.
, ,
.
, .
.

( 8)

____________________
9.14
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 89 687
9.14.1
.

, , ,
, , .

.
.
9.14.2 . .
75 / (40
).

.
,
.
.
.
.
:

.
.
.
-
.
.

.
, , . ,
, ,

, .
, , ,
, .
.
, .
,
. , .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 90 687
, ., , ,
.
, ., , ,
.
:
1. 75 / (40 ).
2. 65 .
9.14.3 .

, ,
.
,
.
,

.
, ,
.

,
.

.
9.14.4 .
:
1. .
2. ,
.
3. .
4. "".
5. .
6. .
7. .
:
1.
2. ,
3. , ., ,
, ,
.
4.
5.
6. .

____________________
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 91 687
9.14.5 .
,
, ,
, .
,
,
. ,
.
,
.
, ,
:
1. , ,

.
2.
.
3. .
4. .
, ,
:
1. .
2. ( )
3. .
4. ,
.

____________________
10
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 92 687
10.1
10.1.1
- ( ), . ,

.
.

. ,
, ,
( 7)
4
5
6

,
,

,
, ,
,
()

, , ,
, ,

____________________
:__________________
,

:

;
(

);
(
),
;
,
,

.
, .
-

;
,
;
,

-3.001-03
. 93 687
10.1.2
-
( ) .

.
1
,

2

(, )

3
,

,

, ,

,
4
/

,

____________________
:__________________
,
,

,

, () ,
,

,
-3.001-03
. 94 687

10
(

)

.

, .

, , .
,
(, ) (
).
9

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 95 687
10.2
10.2.1 ,
,
.

(. 9.11.2.8).
10.2.2

.

.

, .

, .
, ,
.
10.2.3 :
154,
154 ,
.
10.2.4

:
1
VIP .
2
.
3
.
4
.
10.2.5

:
- . ;
- ;
- (
);
- .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 96 687
10.2.6
:
- ;
-
10.2.7
() :
- ;
- ( , , ,
)
- ;
-
-
(),
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 97 687
10.3
10.3.1
,
.

:
- - ;
- , , ;
- ,
();
- (
);
- , ;
- ( ) , ,
;
-
;
- ,
.
10.3.2 ,

().
, , , ,
, .
,
-
, ,
.

,
.
, ,
-
,
.

____________________
10.4
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 98 687
10.4.1
.
( ), ,
( -
) :
- , ;
- ;
- , ;
- ;
- ;
- , , ,
;
- .
10.4.2 ,
, -
. -
.
10.4.3
, .
:
- ,
;
,
, , ,
(, );
( ).

( , -
, , - ).
10.4.4 , :
, ,
;
,
, ,
;
,
, , ()
, ;
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 99 687
10.4.5

, ,
( 6 )
, .

- , .
,
( ) (
, ).

____________________
11
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 100 687
11.1
11.1.1 ,
,
, , ,
,
.

, ,

.
11.1.2 , ,

, - ,
,
,
,
, , , 150
23.06.2003 .
11.1.3 (, , ),
,
,
( ).

2 , , 1
.

.

____________________
11.2
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 101 687
11.2.1
:
1. ,

2. .
11.2.2

.

.

,
,

,

,
.
,
.
.
.

, .
11.2.3
() ,
,
.
,

.
-1.020
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 102 687
12
12.1
12.1.1

, ( ,
) ,
, ,
.
12.1.2

.
:
- (, , ..);
- , ,
, ,
;
- , - ;
- .
12.1.3
( , ,
)
, ,
36 .
12.1.4

24 .
-1.012
12.1.5

. ,
, () .
,

.
12.1.6

( ). ,

, , .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 103 687
12.1.7

,
.
12.1.8
,

, .
12.1.9
,
, :
-
;
- ,
,
.
.
12.1.10
,
,
, .
, ,
,
, .
12.1.11

:
- ;
- ;
- , ,
;
- , ;
- (,
) ,
.
12.1.12

, , :
1) ;
2) ;
3) ;
4) ;
5) ;
6) .

,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 104 687
,
.
-
,
, .

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 105 687
12.2
12.2.1 -
,
,
.
,
, ,

.

.
12.2.2
.
:
- , ,
, ,
, ;
- ,
;
-
;
- ;
- , ,
;
- ,
.
12.2.3 ,
,
, , .

, .

____________________
12.3
12.3.1
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 106 687
12.3.1.1.

(, ,
)
.
, ,
,
,
.
12.3.1.2.
( , ,
) :
-
;
- , ,

, :
o
o
o
o
12.3.1.3.

, :
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
- .
12.3.1.4.
,
, ,
.
12.3.1.5.

, ,
, ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 107 687
,
, .
.
12.3.1.6.

:
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
12.3.1.7.
,
, ,
, :
-
;
- ,
,
.
12.3.1.8.
( , ,
)

, ,
36 ( ).
12.3.2
12.3.2.1
,
, ,
,
.
.

, .
12.3.2.2

, :
,
,
;
,
, , ,

() ;

, , , , ,
, ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 108 687

.

.
, , ,
,
. ,
,
.
12.3.2.3

() , ,
, ,
, , ,
,
, , ,
.
12.3.2.4

:
- ,
, ;
-
;
-
.
-
:
-
;
- , ,
;
- , ,
, , ,
.
12.3.3
12.3.3.1
,
:
- / ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 109 687
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- -/ ;
- ,
;
12.3.3.2
,
, ,
.
12.3.3.3

:
- ;
- ;
- ;
- , ;
- ;
- / ;
- , ,
;
- ;
-
;
- ;
- , ,
.
- ;
- ;
- ;
- /
12.3.3.4
1
3 , .
.
:
- ;
- ;
- , ;
- .
12.3.4
,

12.3.4.1
;
- ( );

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 110 687
- , ,
;
- ;
- , ;
- ;
-
;
- ;
- ,
;
- ;
- ;
12.3.4.2
;
- / ;
- ;
- ;
12.3.4.3
( ) ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
12.3.4.4
;
- ;
- ( );
12.3.4.5
;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
12.3.5
12.3.5.1
,
, ,
:
- - ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 111 687
- .
( , ,
)

, , 36
12.3.6
- /
12.3.6.1
, -/
, , ,

, ,
:
-
, ;
- ,
;
- ;
- , , , ;
- - ;
- ,
() ;
- () , ,
;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- , ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
-
;
- .
( , ,
) - /

,
, 36 .
12.3.7

12.3.7.1 :
- ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 112 687
-
;
12.3.7.2 ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
12.3.7.3 :
- ;
- ;
- / ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
12.3.7.4
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
-
12.3.7.5 ;
12.3.7.6 ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
12.3.7.7
- , ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .

____________________
1.
:__________________
-154
-134
-3.001-03
. 113 687

____________________
-40
ATR-42/72
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 114 687

____________________
Boeing-737-400/500
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 115 687

____________________
CRJ-200
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 116 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 117 687
2.

________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
_____ ______2002.
()
/ __________/_________________
______________________________________
_______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________
___________________________________________
_________________________________________________
____________________________________________
,

/
. - ..
.
/. . .
11.
11.1. -
.
11.2.
%/.-.
11.3.
.
11.4. , .
:
11.4.1. , :
11.4.1.1. 5/2 12
11.4.1.2. 12
11.4.2. , :
11.4.2.1. 5/2 12
11.4.2.2. 12
.
.

____________________
:__________________
11.4.3. , :
11.4.3.1. 5/2 12
11.4.3.2. 12
12. ()
.
.
-
13.
13.1. :
13.1.1. .,
():
13.1.1.1. 5/2 12
13.1.2.2. 12
.
.
.
13.1.2. ,
:
13.1.2.1.
13.1.2.2.
13.2. :
13.2.1.
13.2.2.
13.3. :
13.3.1.
. (.
/
.)
13.3.2. ./
.
13.4.
13.5.
14.
( 13)
15.
15.1.
15.2.
15.3. . :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
. 118 687
-
-.
-3.001-03

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 119 687
-
-
-
-
-
16. ( 15)
17.
( 12, 14, 16)
18.
%
19. ( 17-18):
:
20. _______________

21. ____________________

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 120 687
3. -
3.1. -

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 121 687
3.2 -

____________________
4.
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 122 687
1. ,
1
Priority
()
Address(es)
Originator
Recharge
5
6
7
8
()

LDM

,
LDM
LDM
/
Dale/Time
Initial

- LDM
LDM
Flight
QU QX
MSQ
4J/
120111
LDM
P2101
P2454
9
/ Reg

RA46609

RA85820
10
, 12/18/104
Version
,
C/M/Y
11

2/2/2
Crew
( , 3/5/3
)
:
(/
)
12

05jul06
Date
(, , )
: "0"- ;
""- ;
""- .
0
0
0

____________________
:__________________
2.
13

Basis weight
,

,
,

,

,

14
Crew
. . 11
15
Pantry
16
().

:
+
Operational items;
: ,
,
;

+
.
18 ,

,

Take-off fuel
.
19 ,
Operating weight
17, 18
3.
20

Max. weight for
,
zero fuel
21
,
17
-3.001-03
. 123 687
,

-
Dry
operating Weight
. 13-16

____________________
22

Max. weight for
take-off

Max. weight for
landing

Trip fuel
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 124 687
,
(

)
24
,

(
Allowed weight for .24. ""
take-off
"", . 21.)
25
Allowed traffic
.
load

.19.
. 24
"", "" .21
: ,
, .
, :
1,500 .
23
4.
26
Destination
27
No. of "PAX"
28
No. of "PAX"
29
No. of "PAX"

,
PAD (s).
-
- 2 12
- 2-

, ,
PAD (s)

,
PAD
27
28 LMC.
MOW
--------
123/22/3
0/0/0
0/0/0/0
36-44

____________________
30
31
Cabin baggage

Total transit
32

Total
33

Total

Total M
34
35

Total
36
Distribution
37
Pieces PCS
38
PAX
-3.001-03
:__________________
:

, ,
, "NIL"

,
() ,

"0/0/0".

,
"".

,

,
.

,
,
. 30

..31-34
LMC

1/40
2/80
3/1540
,
. (
+ , ,
LMC)

.
,
.
,

, PAD (.. 27
. 125 687

____________________
39
40
.PAX
41
PAD
42
43
44
.PAD/
-3.001-03
:__________________
,,)
,

, PAD (. .
28 , , )
.
- , .
./2/111
, PAD ./19/93
LMC. ..38 39.
. 126 687
,
PAD

"PAD"

.PAD/3/2
.PAD/5/16
PAD ,
LMC.

/. PAD

FY.
.RRY/1/B
.WM/4/255
F/Y

.

PAD,
.

.
np.PAD/0/0
5.
45
46
47

, ..

.
. 31-34
. .. 45-50.

.

____________________
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
-3.001-03
:__________________

,
,

,

. ..
38,39

ec
Total
passenger weight

.45 , , c, d.
,
Total traffic load , .

Underload
. 25 .51

Zero fuel weight
..17
51.

.
Take-off weight
.. 18 53

Landing weight
.
. 54. . 23.
. 127 687
6. , (LMC)
56
Destination
LMC
57
/ LMC
58
Specification
CL/CPT
59
+/-
60
Weight

,
,
, ,
"+"
"-"

. 57
Cargo

____________________
61
62
63

+/-LMC total+/ LMC
(LMC total weight)
LMC
-3.001-03
:__________________
. 128 687
,
"+" "-"
LMC
63=.62

.
7.
64
65
,
LDM.

: Notes ,
LDM,

Si
8.
66
67
68
69
70
Balance

Seating condition

,

, ..
Total passengers
.. 45 , , LMC
,
Prepared by

Approved by
,

(

).
"
(LMC) :
-
;
- LMC :
- ;
- -
;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 129 687
- .

:
.
LMC.
, ,
.
: , .
LMC , .25 a,
b , , Underload
before LMC.
.
( ).
( )
LMC. ,
/
/ .
.

,

.
:
.
()
. ,
.
.
" "
:
.I. - Basic Index -
.. -Take-off -
L. - Landing -
Z.F. -Zero fuel -
FWD - Forward -
CNT -Centre -
AFT - After -
, :
PAD
PAX
PCS -

____________________
:__________________
5.
1. -40
-3.001-03
. 130 687

____________________
2. -134
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 131 687

____________________
3. -154
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 132 687

____________________
4. ATR-72
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 133 687

____________________
5. ATR-42-300
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 134 687

____________________
6. ATR-42-320
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 135 687

____________________
7. BOEING-737-500
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 136 687

____________________
8. BOEING-737-400
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 137 687

____________________
9. CRJ-200
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 138 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 139 687

____________________
:__________________
6.
-3.001-03
. 140 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 141 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 142 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 143 687

____________________
:__________________
(Boeing-737)
60

*

- **

,

,
/
,

***
****
-3.001-03
. 144 687
50
40
30
20
10
. .
, 30 >
,
,
,
,
/,
,
,
,
,
* - ;
** - (
);
*** - , ,
;
**** - () ,
. ,
. ,
( ).

____________________
-3.001-03
. 145 687
:__________________
(-737)
0

. .

- *

,

,
/,
,
10
20
30
40
50
* - (
)

____________________
-3.001-03
. 146 687
:__________________
(-737)
0
10
20

. .

- *

,
-
-
,

,
/,
,
60

. .
( )
,

,
,
,
,

**
***
50
40
30
40
50
60

30
20
10

* - (
)

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 147 687
*** - , ,
;
**** - () ,
. ,
. ,
( ).

____________________
-3.001-03
. 148 687
:__________________
(ATR-72)
55

. .

*

- **

,

,
/
,

***
****
45
35
25
15
, 30 >
,
,
,
,
/,
,
,
,
*- ;
** - (
);
*** - , ,
;
**** - () ,
. ,
. ,
( ).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 149 687
(ATR-72)
0
10

. .

- *

,

,
/,
,
20
30
40
* - (
)

____________________
-3.001-03
. 150 687
:__________________
(ATR-72)
0
10

. .

- *

,
-
-

,
/,
,
20
30
40
50
10

50

. .
( )
,

,
,
,

**
***
40
30
20

* - (
);

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 151 687
** - , ,
;
*** - () ,
. ,
. ,
( ).

____________________
-3.001-03
. 152 687
:__________________
(ATR-42)
50

. .

*

- **

,

,
/
,

***
****
40
30
20
10
, 30 >
,
,
,
,
/,
,
,
,
* - ;
** - (
);
*** - , ,
;
**** - () ,
. ,
. ,
( ).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 153 687
(ATR-42)
0
10

. .

- *

,

,
/,
,
20
30
40
* - (
)

____________________
-3.001-03
. 154 687
:__________________
(ATR-42)
0
10

. .

- *

,
-
-

,
/,
,
20
30
40
50
10

50

. .
( )
,

,
,
,

**
***
40
30
20

* - (
);

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-03
. 155 687
** - , ,
;
*** - () ,
. ,
. ,
( ).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 156 687
7. ,
1.

.
.

.
2.

.
3.

,

,
,

.
5.

.

.
4.

,

, .

.
7.
(
)-
,

.
8.
(
)-

,

.
10.

,
.

.
-.
9.
(
)

,

6.
(
)-
,

.

____________________
:__________________
11.

.
13.

,
,
.
15.
,
.

.
17.

,
, .
,
,

.
19.

;
-
.

.
21. ,
,
;

.
-3.001-02
. 157 687
12.

,
,

.
14.

,
.

.
16.
-

,

;

.
18.

.
20.

;
-
.

.
22.

.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 158 687
1.

1.

3.

2.

1.

3.

3.

1.
3.
,

2.
4.

2.
4.

2.
4. ,

,

,
,
,
, .
6.
5.
,

,

,
()
,

.

7. ,

8. 9.
10.
()

12.
13.
( ,
)
11.
14.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 159 687
4. ,

,

,
()
,
1.
2.
3.
, ,

4. ,

,

,
,
,
, .
6.
5.
8.

10 .
12.
()
5.

1.
3.
, ,

7.

9
,

11.
2.
4.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 160 687

,

,
,
.
5.
()

.
6.
1.
2.

____________________
8.
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 161 687
1.
-
-
2.
( )

,
-
3.
( )

,
-
4.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 162 687

-
-
()
-

- ,
, ,
10
- ,
, ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 163 687
9.
1. -40
1) ,
,
.
2) 32% .
50% .
.
, 50% .
3)
- :
- ;
- , ;
-
;
- , .
4)
.
.
5) 32 .
6)

()
800
550
490
()
1620
1200
750
7) -40 .
8)
.
9) 400 / 2

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 164 687
10) 5
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 165 687
2. -134
1) - :
- ;
- , ;
-
;
-
, ;
2)
.
3)
.
4) : 76 ( ), 68
(8 - , 60 ).
5)
( ) 1920 ;
( ) 2700 .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 166 687
6) :
:
, 1920
( ), 7001610
( ), 7501250
, 25401260
, 2590 2390
:
, 2700
, 9051220
, 32001406
, 2670 2570
7) :
(), : 1,501,100,60
(), : 0,801,201,15
8) , , :

.
.
, , / (
) .
9) ,
, .
10) 5
( ).

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 167 687
3. -154
1) ,
.
-
. ,
, 27-28% .
2) -
:
- ;
-
.
2 ;
-
.
- , .
3)
.
4)
.
.
5) :
- 158 ( )
-166 ( );
- 134 (12 , 18 -, 104
);
- 128 (12 , 18 -, 98
).
-154
134
-154
166

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 168 687
6)
280 /2;
400 /2;
600 /2.
7) ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 169 687
- 1:
, 6450
(SxLxH), 2500x9000x1046
, . 21,5
, 850x1350
, 2175-1800
- 2:
, 4950
(SxLxH), 25007350951
, . 16,5
, 850x1350
, 2000-1900

, , ,
0,95
2,50
0,90
0,85
2,50
0,7
8) , , :
.
, , -
.
,
, - .
9) 5
( ).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 170 687
4. ATR-72
1) WBM
ATR-72. ( ), ,
.
2) , .
63% .
7
.

.
15
.
.
,
,
.
,
Hotel Mode, ,

.

.
,
.
.
3) .
WBM 1-10-04
91 ( )
0,762 .

400 /., 0,921 /..

200 /., 0,274 /..
510
/,
400 /., 0,921 /..
624 ;
.. 768 .

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 171 687
4) -

: 1,295x1,575 m
, 72
()
()
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
5-35
35-50
50-80
190
185
185
185
180
180
180
180
130
60
190
185
185
185
180
170
150
150
130
60
190
185
185
185
180
160
150
150
130
60
80-100
()
190
185
185
185
180
80
80
80
80
60
100-110
110-125
190
185
185
80
80
80
80
80
80
50
190
185
185
- :
- .

____________________
:__________________
5) , , :
-3.001-02
. 172 687

____________________
6)
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 173 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 174 687
5. ATR-42
, WBM
( ), ,
.
1) ,
.
WBM 1-10-00;
16720(17070*) ;
6700(16900*) ;
.16400 ;
15200(15540*) ;
*: 4076.

WBM 1-10-00, 1-10-02
2) ()
.
,
, ,
;

;
;
;
;
;
;
;
.

.
3) , .
WBM 1-00-04, 1-00-05. ,

WBM 1-00-06, 1-00-06, 1-00-06.
4) , .
WBM 1-10-04;
WBM 1-00-08, 1-80-07.
5) .
,
2866 (2250 ).
WBM 1-20-02, .
:
:

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 175 687
.. 20 ;
20 ;
4,3 ;
17 ;
15 ;
8 .
:
. ..280 ;
.. 80 ;
:
... 4 ;
.. 4 ;
... 3 ;
8 .
:
.. 255 .
6) ,
,
.
,
, WBM 1-70- 02.
,
, .
WBM 1 90 03
:
(W);
;
;
.
7) , .
63% ,
.

.
,
.

.
8) .
WBM 1-10-04
91 ( )
0,762 .

400 /., 0,921 /..

200 /., 0,274 /..

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 176 687
510
/,
400 /., 0,921 /..
480 ;
.. 480 ;
.... 720 .
9)

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 177 687
10)
11) , 42

()
()
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45-70
5-143
190
185
185
185
180
180
180
180
170
150 155
()
185 185
185 185
185 185
185 185
180 180
180 180
180 180
165
180
180
180
180

()
()
5-35
40-50
5-143
()
180
170

____________________
:__________________
12) , ,
-3.001-02
. 178 687

____________________
13)
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 179 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 180 687
6. BOEING-737-400/500
1) WBM .
- () , , ,
- ,
, , - .
2) -
:
- , ,
;
-
;
3)
,
:
- ();
- ;
- .

( )
()

(/)
(/2)
*
763,2
487,6

1572
B.A. 354 to B.A. 372
220
480
732
B.A. 372 to B.A. 429
483
334
732
B.A. 429 to B.A. 500
869
480
732

2888
B.A. 731 to B.A. 852
1756
14,5
732
B.A. 852 to B.A. 1008
1132
7,2
732
* - ,
, .

____________________
:__________________
4) :
5,74 3
: - 10,7 3
5)
-3.001-02
. 181 687

____________________
:__________________
6) -
-3.001-02
. 182 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 183 687
7) (cargo door)

(),
(),
1,301,22
0,891,22
7,52
1,221,22
0,841,22
19,72

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 184 687
10.
1. -154
:
-
- -
-
-
- -

- 0,5 ;
- 5,0 ;
- 3,0 ;
- 3,5 ;
- 0,3 .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 185 687
2. -134
:
-
- -
-
-
- -

- 0,5 ;
- 5,0 ;
- 3,0 ;
- 3,5 ;
- 0,3 .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 186 687
3. Boeing-737-400/500
TOW TRUCK

GROUND POWER UNIT

FWD AIRSTAUR

AIR START UNIT

BAGGAGE HANDLING

AIR CONDITIONING

BAGGAGE HANDLING
.
TOILET SERVICE
GALLEY SERVICE

POTABLE WATER SERVICE

____________________
3. ATR-72
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 187 687

____________________
4. ATR-42
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 188 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 189 687
5. -40
:
-
- -
-
-
- -

- 0,5 ;
- 5,0 ;
- 3,0 ;
- 3,5 ;
- 0,3 .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 190 687
1. CRJ-200

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 191 687
11.
1)

, () ,
.

.
:
- ,
;
- .

.
.
..
()
, .
,
. ,
, .

,
.

.

. ,
.

.
,
(, , ), ,
.

.
,
.
115220 V.

,
1 .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 192 687
, ,
. .

,
,
.
1) .
:
,
.
, .
, ,
.
,
, , ,
(, ..) ,
, .
- +5;
- ;
- , ,
,
.
- ( ).
,
-
, .
.

.
:
- , .
, 30
2,5 . -
,
-1;
- ( 3 )
- -2, -.
4) , .
:
-18 - ,
.
,
, .
3)

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 193 687
76 -
,
.
, .
210 - ,
. ,
. .
- , , ,
, .
-952 () - , , , .
- , ,
.
5) , .
:
-18 -210.
-76.
/
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
, , -
-
. .
.
. .
7.

8.

9.

10.

11.
,
12. -

13.

, ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 194 687
,
.
6) / .

1
, 10 ,

, , ,
.

,
()
2

.
, , ,

-
.
3

,
,
, ,
.
.

4
,

,
, , ,
.
5
- (

, , , ,
).
.
6

, , , ,
,
,
.
: ,
,
,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 195 687
7) .
--
: .

, - , , -, , , .

.

54009-06,
54004-03,
, - - 10.02.96.
.
, (..
).

1

, ,
: .
,
,( , )
2
,
,

( , )
, -
.
3

( , ,
, ..)
, ,
,
,( , )
4
(
, , ,

, ,
)
,
,( , )
5

, , - (, ) -, ,

.
,

____________________
:__________________
(, ) -
.

,
-, , ,
.
10
11

,
, ,

12
13
14
-3.001-02
. 196 687
,( , )

-, ,

, ,
,
,( , ),

, ,
,

, ,
,

, ,
,

,( , ),
:
,
;
;
.

.

, ,
,

____________________
8)
:__________________
, :

, ,
,

,
, , ,
,

,
.
,
,
.
-3.001-02
. 197 687
,
(, ),

,( , ),
,
(, ),

,( , ),
,
(, ),

,( , ),
,
(, ),

,( , ),
, (,
)
:
,

.

.

,

, (, )

.

, ,
-

, (, )

, (, )
,
(, ),

,( , ),

____________________
:__________________
10
-
.
11

, ,
12
-3.001-02
. 198 687
,

, ,
,
,(
, ),
,
(, ),

,( , ),
, , ,

(, ),
,
, ,
,( , ),

,

.

- -
.
13

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 199 687
12. ATR-42/72
1. ATR42/72
, / ATR72
.......................................................................................7,65
.............................................................................................22,67/27,166
...........................................................................4,1
.. ....8,781/10,77
:
.24,572/27,05
.....................................................................................54,5/61,00 .

.................................................................................14,66/19,156
2,57
.................................................................................1,91
..........................................4,8 .
................................................4.8 .

...........................................................................................1,53
.....................................................................................1,275

..1,75
...........................................................................................0,75

............................................................................................1,234
................................................................................................60,9
.....................................0,51 0,91
...........................0,43 0,508
...11,7

(IS, . 16900/22800 )..1150/1290
,
(IS, . 16400/22350 ).1050/1067
8000 (2400 )
...+ - 2 %
:
- ;
- ;
- ;
- 2 ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 200 687
- 1;
- .

ratt and Whitney nad W (120)121/PWC124B
............................................................................
.................milton Standart 14 SF-5/14 SF-11
............................................................................2100/2475 ..

......................................................... + 2,5 g -1 g
.................................................... +2 g 0
+2 g 0

, ..5 / (10 )
,
..................................................15/ (30 )
0,5 :
-
- ... 12
:
- .. 10
- .. 12
- .. 12 50
- .. 5 / (10 )
0,3 0,5
:
,
45 ....10/ (20)

....23 / (45 )
46/68
:
17070/22670
........................................................................16900/22800
..........................................................16400/22350
.................................................15540/20800

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 201 687
...................................................4915/7850
..........................4500/5000
:
........................................................................................................480
......................................................................................................480
.............................................380

...250 (463/)
.-54 /-35 ..
. 2
2. ATR42/72
1) - ATR42/72
.
2)
10 ,
.
3)
(
).
4)
;
, .
.
5) , ..
.
6)
.
- .
- .
-
..
.
,
( ).
-
.
-
, , .
- , , ,
, .
- : 10,
50 .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 202 687
7)

.
8)
(, ,
..) .
9) , ,
:
ATR42/72 :
- ,
.
- : .

,
.
- ,
.
- ( )
, (
) .
- -
, ;
,
.
, .
- 2-
( ),
.
- , .

. .
- 15 /
5 / .
- ,
.
-
10 .
- ,

,
:
- .
- .
- ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 203 687
3.

!
.

!

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 204 687
4.
1) :
- ;
: ,
;
.
- ;
- ;
- ;
- (5).
2) :
- , ;
- (5)
- ;
- ;
- ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 205 687
3) :
.
,
, .
;
(FLAP);
;
;
;
(5) OPEN
;

;
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 206 687
4) :
;
;
;
(5) CLOSE
;
;
;
;
.
:
.
.
5.
1) , ,
() ,
, ,
,
, , .
2) :
- -2 4 . ;
- ;
- 1 .;
- 1 .;
- 28 ,
.
3) , ,
, , ,
( 7).
.
4) (
HOTEL)
:
- ( 1.
);
-
28 , ,
, .
.
6.
:
1) / (
);

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 207 687
2) /
, .
(fuel station) /, .
;
3)

.
4) ATR-72 ;
5) / (
);
6) ( );
7) ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 208 687
7.
-20 .
8 :
; ;
; ; ;

.
-15 ..
8.
:
1) ;
2) / ;
3) ;
4) .

8,7 .
5) .

20..
30-60 . +80..

, -350 .
6) .
/
, .
-350
:
- +60.
-
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 209 687
-
-93 5.4.
!: ,
.
7)
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 210 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 211 687
9.
3
- .
,
,
,
.
1) , ,
:
- ;
- ;
- ,
;
- ;
- : , ,
,
, ,
.

. , ,
, .
2)
, , .
!: :
, , (
),

.
3)
,
.
4)
-93.
.
!: ,
60 .
.
5) , ,
, .
!: :
, , (
),

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 212 687
6)
.
7)
.

- ,
.
.
.
80 .
- ()
(, )
.
.
- ()

, ,

.
:
-
;
- , ,
,
.
- 5 /.
.
-
. ,
.
- .
- ,
.
- .
- , ,
. 5 /.
10. .
1)
, ,
, ,
.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 213 687
!: ,
, ( ).
2)
-93.
3) , , ,
, ,
.
4) , ,
, ,
, .
5) , ,
-
, , .
6) . ,
.

.
7) 3
. 10.
50 . .
8) !
.

!
11

14.6 .
,
, .

,
, , .

, .
12. .

1) :
- 28 ;
- 115 400 ;
- 115 .
2) :

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 214 687
- ;
- 2 ( );
- ,
.
3) 115 400
- 29VU.
Bat ON-OFF ON.
- 101VU- . .
4) :
DC, DC Power not user Avail
.
5) , - Avail, ON,
.
.
6) (
) :
- ;
- ;
- .
!
!

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 215 687
13. .
1) :
- . 1 (. 2);
- . 3 OPEN;
- 15 (
);
- . 3 OFF;
- , , .
2) :
- ;
- . 1;
- . 3 OPEN. .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 216 687
14. .
1) :
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
2) :
- , ;
- ;
- , ,
;
- ;
:
,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 217 687
-
.
70 , 8,7
.
,
115V.
115V (
).
15. . .
-
1)
. .
2)
.
3) .
4)
. .. .

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 218 687
16.
1) ATR 42/72 :
- ;
-
;
- , .
2) .
:
- 200 160 (353 LBS);
- ;
- 100 ( );

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 219 687
- Ma 2868/3185
2250/2500 (4960/5511 ).
- 5736/6370 4500/5000 (9920/11023 );
= 0,785 /.
3)
. , ..
.
4)
( ) 2 ,
.
5)
(..) . .. 50 PSI (3,5 .
/).
6) ,
. Ha ATR72
. .
.
,
.
7)
(..) > 11 PSI
(0,77 /), .
8) .

.

.
.
9) , ..
, ,
, .
10) ,
.
.
..
11) .
, : ,

.
12)
-93.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 220 687
17. /
!:
.
1) .
2)
.
3) (
).
4) REFUELOFFDEFUEL REFUEL. SELECTED QTY (KG)
.
5) REFUELOFFDEFUEL REFUEL. REFUEL VALVES
NORM.
LH VALVE RH ().

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 221 687
.
50 PSI (3,5 .).
6) REFUEL VALVES OPEN, SHUT- .
7) ,
DEFUEL,
OPEN ( ).
()
. 0,7
/2
8) ,
,
.
.
, 3,76
3 .
9)
( ).
10) /
, , , ,
.
11)
-93.
18.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6) 1,2,3,5
. ( 4) ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 222 687
19.
1) 29VU , ,
7 OFF.
2) 27VU, ,
13KG OFF.

____________________
:__________________
3) .
27VU 29VU.
4) 80VU 213AZ.
-3.001-02
. 223 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 224 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 225 687
5) . ( )
circuit breaker () , .
. 121VU:
-1HR AVIONICS VENT/CAUTION
-2HR AVIONICS VENT/EXTRACT FAN/XFR RLY
-5HR AVIONICS VENT/VALVES
-24HR AVIONICS VENT/EXTRACTION FAN/CTL
-20GB / LDG GEAR/WEIGHT ON WHEELS/SYS 2
-1HM CAB PRESS/AUTO PRESS;

____________________
:__________________
B. 124VU:
-4HR PWR SUPPLY ON PRIM DC BUS 2/EXTRACT FAN;
. 125VU:
-3HR PWR SUPPLY ON PRIM DC BUS 1 /EXTRACT FAN.
-3.001-02
. 226 687

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
6) .
() .
, c .
. 227 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 228 687
, , .
!
!

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 229 687
,
, .
7) ,
, , .
8) .1-.4.
9) 80VU 221AZ ( ,
).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 230 687
10) () .
11) , c .
12) .

____________________
:__________________
13) .
-3.001-02
. 231 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 232 687
14) c .
!
!
15) ,
, , .

.
.
1. , .
2. 29VU:
- 7 OFF;
- OVRD/UNDV 9PD ;
- 35PA 45PA .
3. , 122VU, 123VU, 124VU, 125VU (
) circuit breaker () ( ).
4. 29VU 7PA ON , :
- 6PA,
;
- BUS OFF 1 2 7XN 8XN , 5
INV FAULT 2.
5. 29VU 7PA OFF.
, , ,
, ( ) FDEP.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 233 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 234 687
, , , FDEP ( ). (
).
1. .
2. , :
- 122VU, 123VU, 124VU, 125VU ( ) circuit breaker
() ( );
- OVRD/UNDV 9PD ;
- 35PA 45P .
3. 29VU 7PA ON.
4. 3-5 29VU EXT PWR.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 235 687
5. 6PA, ,
.
6. ,
( ,
). EXT PWR.
7. FDEP .
8. FDEP SYST.
9. (3) 9.
10. UP DATE (5).
11. (4) , .
12. (3), , ,
24- (9/),
(0,1,2). UP DATE.
(4) .
13. UP DATE. (4)
(/).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 236 687
14. . 12, . UP
DATE. (4) .
15. UP DATE. (4) .
(3) (). UP DATE.
(4) .
16. (4), UP DATE,
.
17. EXT PWR 29VU, 35 29VU 7PA OFF.
18. .
19. (3) (
).
20.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 237 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 238 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 239 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 240 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 241 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 242 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 243 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 244 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 245 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 246 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 247 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 248 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 249 687
13 BOEING 737-400/500
1.
1)
a)

(.1).

.
,
,

, .
b)

. ,
,
.

. ,

.
c)
,

.
d)

.
,
. ,
, ,
.

,
.
2)
a)

, (. 2).
1. CARGO DOORS
1) Opening cargo doors
a) There is a cargo compartment door on the lower
right side of the fuselage serving each cargo
compartment (Fig. 1). Both doors are hinged at the
upper edges and open inward. Access panels are
provided in the cargo door external skin to enable
manual latch release if the operating mechanisms
fail. Except for slight differences of size and
shape, both doors are the same.
b) The door is opened from outside the airplane by

pulling the door handle out of the recess and
rotating the handle counterclockwise. As soon as
the door has moved clear of the latch fittings, the
handle may be released. Springs within the handle
will cause the handle to return to the normally
locked and recessed position. With little manual
effort, the door may be swung open to the open
latch position.
c) Airplanes with an unlatch

The door is latched open when the springloaded
mechanical latch on the lower edge of the door
engages with a fitting under the fuselage floor
structure.
d) Airplanes with counterbalance assembly
The idler crank engages a detent on the cam
inside the counterbalance assembly to latch the
door open.
The door may be opened from inside the airplane,
using the nonretracting inner handle. In this case,
the procedure is similar except that rotation of the
handle appears clockwise to the operator. Access
to the inside handle is obtained by pulling aside
the cargo net which extends from the ceiling to the
lower edge of the door.
2) Close cargo doors
a) Airplanes with an unlatch
- -
735: Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM), chapter 12 servicing, Airport Planning Facility (APF), Ramp Operations.

.

____________________
:__________________
,

,
.
, , ,

. ,
,
,
.
.
,
.

.
,
.
b)
,
,

.
, .

.
,
.
-3.001-02
. 250 687
The door is closed by pulling on the lanyard to

release the latch (Fig. 2). The lanyard is adjacent
to the cargo retaining net just inside and forward
of the door opening and is accessible to personnel
standing on the ground. The lanyard design
requires that the handle must be pulled outside the
door opening before the latch will disengage.
After the latch is disengaged, a continued pull on
the lanyard brings the door down until the
operating handle is within reach. The handle is
then lifted out of the recess. The lanyard is then
released to return to normal position within the
cargo compartment. Counterclockwise rotation of
the operating handle aligns the latch rollers with
the latch fittings and allows the door to be pulled
down and latched by a clockwise rotation of the
handle. When the door is thus closed and latched,
the handle may be released.
b) Airplanes with counterbalance assembly

The door is closed by pulling on the lanyard to
move the door down until the operating handle is
within reach. The handle is then lifted from its
recess
and
the
lanyard
is
released.
Counterclockwise rotation of the operating handle
aligns the latch rollers with the latch fittings and
allows the door to be pulled down and latched by
a clockwise rotation of the handle. When the door
is thus closed and latched, the handle may be
released.
- -

.

____________________
Door

Distance from aircraft nose
portion
:__________________
. 251 687

Door dimensions

Height from ground
Minimum
Minimum
Position
Meter
Inch
D
E
F
4.67
5.03
28.93
28.93
8.53
24.99
184
198
1 139
1 139
336
984
-3.001-02
Meter
Inch
Meter
0.76x1.65
0.86x1.83
0.76x1.65
0.76x1.83
1.22x0.89
1.22x0.84
30x65
34x72
30x65
30x72
48x35
48x33
2.62
2.62
2.62
2.62
1.27
1.37
Maximum
Maximum
Inch
Meter
Inch
103
103
103
103
50
54
2.77
2.77
2.67
2.67
1.40
1.37
109
109
105
105
55
54
.11 : Boeing 737-400

Fig.11 Dimensions and Arrangement of Aircraft Doors: Boeing 737-400
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 252 687
1.
Fig. 1. Cargo Doors Locations
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 253 687
. 2 .
Fig 2 Cargo Compartment Door Operation
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 254 687
2. 2. BOEING 737 EXTERIOR WALK BOEING 737 (. 3.)

AROUND CHECK
1) ,
- , , ,
- ( )
- / (
)
2)
-
-
-
(E and E)
3)
-
-
-
/
-

-

-
-

4) ,
- , , ,
( )
-
,
- / (
)
5) ,
,
-
-

- , , ,
( )
1) Left forward fuselage

- Probes, sensors, ports, vents, and drains (as
applicable) CHECK
- Doors and access panels (not in use)
LATCHED
2) Nose
- Radome CHECK
- Conductor straps SECURE
- Forward E and E door SECURE
3) Nose wheel well
- Tires and wheels CHECK
- Exterior light CHECK
- Gear strut and doors CHECK
- Nose wheel steering assembly CHECK
- Nose gear steering lockout pin AS
NEEDED
- Gear pin AS NEEDED
- Nose wheel spin brake (snubbers) IN
PLACE
4) Right forward fuselage

applicable) CHECK
- Oxygen pressure relief green disc IN
PLACE
LATCHED
5) Right wing root, pack, and lower fuselage
- Ram air deflector door EXTENDED
- Pack and pneumatic access doors SECURE
applicable) CHECK
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-

6) 2
- /
- , , ,
( )
- , ,
7)
- /
-

-
-
8)

-
-
9)
- ,
- ,
, .
- ,

.
- / , ,

-
10)
-
-3.001-02
. 255 687
- Exterior lights CHECK

- Leading edge flaps CHECK
6) Number 2 engine
- Access panels LATCHED
applicable) CHECK
- Fan blades, probes, and spinner CHECK
- Thrust reverser STOWED
- Exhaust area and tailcone CHECK
7) Right wing and leading edge
- Leading edge flaps and slats CHECK
- Fuel measuring sticks FLUSH AND
SECURE
- Wing Surfaces CHECK
- Fuel tank vent CHECK
8) Right wing tip and trailing edge

- Position and strobe lights CHECK
- Static discharge wicks CHECK
- Aileron and trailing edge flaps CHECK
9) Right main gear

- Tires, brakes and wheels CHECK
- Verify that the wheel chocks are in place as
needed.
- If the parking brake is set, the brake wear
indicator pins must extend out of the guides.
- Gear strut, actuators, and doors CHECK
- Hydraulic lines SECURE
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-
11) ,
- / (
)
-

-
- , , ,
( )
-
-
- -
.
12)
-

-
-

-
-
-
13) ,
- / (
)
- , , ,
( )
14)
- ,
,
,
- ,

- / , ,

-
-3.001-02
. 256 687
10) Right main wheel well

- APU FIRE CONTROL handle UP
- Wheel well CHECK
11) Right AFT fuselage
LATCHED
- Negative pressure relief door CLOSED
- Outflow valve CHECK
applicable) CHECK
- APU air inlet OPEN
- APU fire bottle CHECK
- Verify that the red and yellow discs show.
12) Tail
- Vertical stabilizer and rudder CHECK
- Elevator feel probes CHECK
- Horizontal stabilizer and elevator CHECK
- Strobe light CHECK
- APU cooling air inlet and exhaust outlet
CHECK
13) Left AFT fuselage

LATCHED
applicable) CHECK
14) Left main gear
- Tires, brakes and wheels CHECK
- Verify that the wheel chocks are in place as
needed.
- If the parking brake is set, the brake wear
indicator pins must extend out of the guides.
- Gear strut, actuators, and doors CHECK
- Hydraulic lines SECURE
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
15)
-
-

16)

-
-
17)
-
-
- /
18) 1
-
-
, ,
- , , ,
( )
- /
19) ,
,
-
- , , ,
( )
-
-

-
-3.001-02
. 257 687

15) Left main wheel well
- Wheel well CHECK
- Engine fire bottle pressure CHECK
16) Left wing tip and trailing edge
- Aileron and trailing edge flaps CHECK
- Position and strobe lights CHECK
17) Left wing and leading edge

- Fuel tank vent CHECK
- Wing Surfaces CHECK
- Fuel measuring sticks
FLUSH AND
SECURE
- Leading edge flaps and slats CHECK
18) Number 1 engine

- Exhaust area and tailcone CHECK
- Thrust reverser STOWED
- Fan blades, probes, and spinner CHECK
applicable) CHECK
19) Left wing root, pack, and lower

fuselage
- Leading edge flaps CHECK
applicable) CHECK
- Exterior lights CHECK
- Pack and pneumatic access doors SECURE
- Ram air deflector door EXTENDED
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 258 687
3.
Figure 3.Exterior walk-around check
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 259 687
3.
Figure 4 Jet Engine Exhaust Velocity Ground Idle Power BOEING 737-400/500
4 BOEING 737-400/500
Figure 5 Jet Engine Exhaust Velocity Break Away BOEING 737-400/500

5 BOEING 737-400/500
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 260 687
Figure 6 Jet Engine Exhaust Velocity Contours Take-off thrust BOEING 737-400/500
6 BOEING 737-400/500
Figure 7 Jet Engine Exhaust Velocity Ground Idle Power BOEING 737-400/500
7 BOEING 737-400/500
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 261 687
Figure 8 Jet Engine Exhaust Velocity Break Away BOEING 737-400/500

8 BOEING 737-400/500
Figure 9 Jet Engine Exhaust Velocity Contours Take-off thrust BOEING 737-400/500
9 BOEING 737-400/500
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 262 687
Figure 10 Engine Inlet and Exhaust Hazard Areas: Idle Power BOEING 737-400/500
10 BOEING 737400/500
Figure 11 Engine Inlet and Exhaust Hazard Areas : Breakaway Power BOEING 737-400/500
11 BOEING 737400/500
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 263 687
Figure 12 Engine Inlet and Exhaust Hazard Areas: Idle Power BOEING 737-400/500 (Reverse Thrust)
12 BOEING 737400/500 ( )
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 264 687
Figure 13 Engine Inlet and Exhaust Hazard Areas : Breakaway Power BOEING 737-400/500 (Reverse Thrust)
13 BOEING 737400/500 ( )
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 265 687
Figure 14 Engine Entry/Exit corridor BOEING 737-400/500

14 BOEING 737-400/500
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 266 687
Figure 15 Engine Noise Hazard Areas BOEING 737-400/500

15 BOEING 737-400/500
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 267 687
4.
BOEING 737-400/500
4. SERVICING WATER SYSTEM

BOEING 737-400/500
1)
a) -
.

.
737- 500 30 (114
) 20
(76 )
.
737-400 40 (151 )
30
(114 ) .

,

b)
25 psi (1,7 /2)
.

25 psi 100 psi,

(Schraeder 645E6)
.

.
c)
(Kaiser/Roylyn 4739-12)
(MS33658- 16).

.
,

1) Potable Water System

a) Potable water for the galleys and lavatories
is supplied by a pressurized water tank located
below the passenger floor behind the aft cargo
compartment. The water tank capacity for the
737- 500 is 30 gallons (114 liters) and is
standpiped to a capacity of 20 gallons (76
liters) for the standard airplane. The water tank
capacity for the 737-400 is 40 gallons (151
liters) and is standpiped to a capacity of 30
gallons (114 liters) for the standard airplane.
External servicing of the water system is
accomplished from ground level at the water
service panel located below the aft entry door
on the left side of the fuselage.
b) The potable water system is pressurized to

25 psi (1.7 kg/cm2) with engine bleed air
during flight. The system can be pressurized on
the ground by APU bleed air or by using a
ground source of air between 25 psi and 100 psi
connected to the air valve (Schraeder 645E6)
on the water service panel. The air and hose
should be clean and free of dirt and oil since
the air comes in contact with the potable water
in the tank.
c) The water tank is filled through one

connector (Kaiser/Roylyn 4739-12) and the
overflow drained through another connector
(MS33658-16). A drain handle is located in the
service panel to permit draining the water tank.
When the valve is open, water drains overboard
through a separate line to a fitting (internal
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 268 687

(
1/2 -14 ANPT,
),

.
d)
()

10 psi ( 35 psi).
25 psi (1.7 kg/cm2)
30
/ (114 /).
threads of 1/2 -14 ANPT, tapered pipe threads)

located on the lower fuselage skin just inboard
of the water service panel.
2) -

a)
, . 16
b)
.
c)

.
d)
.
e) :

.
,
.
f) :
55 psi (3,87 .).
55 psi,
.
g) 25-55 psi (1,76-3,87
.) .
h) ,

.
i)
.
2) Procedure - Fill the potable water system
d) The water service cart/truck should have a

minimum pumping pressure of 10 psi (35 psi
maximum) to fill the water tank. The water
tank fill rate is 30 gallons/minute (114
liters/minute) at 25 psi(1.7kg/cm2).
a) Open the access door for the potable water

service panel, Fug.16
b) Remove the cap for the fill connection.
c) Connect the water supply hose to the fill
connection at the service panel.
d) Turn the handle for the fill valve to the open
position.
e) NOTE: You will not have sufficient pressure
in the water system with the fill valve in the
open position. A fill valve in the open position
will not prevent high pressure in the water
system when the tank is full.
f) CAUTION: The water pressure must not be
more than 55 psi. If water pressure is more than
55 psi, it can cause damage to the water tank.
g) Use a pressure of 25-55 psi to fill the tank
with water.
h) Stop the procedure to fill the water tank
when the water flows from the overflow port.
i) Turn the handle for the fill valve to the
closed
position.
j) Disconnect the water supply hose from the
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 269 687
j)
.
k) .
l)
.
m)
.
.
n)
.
o) :
,

, ,

.
p)
, .
q) ,
,
.
r)
.
s) : ,
,
.
t) ,
,
,

fill
connection.
k) Drain the water supply hose.
l) Wipe dry potable water service panel and
adjacent areas.
m) Visually examine the fill connection for
leaks. Leaks are not permitted.
3) -

a) :

,
b) WATER
HEATER ( )
18 DO-
3) Procedure - Pressure Drain the Potable

Water System
a) CAUTION: You must drain the water
system when the outside air temperature is low
as shown in the cold weather maintenance procedure
n) Install the cap on the fill connection.

o) NOTE: If the servicing is done in cold
weather conditions, the potable water fill
connection should be left open as long as
possible to drain the residual water from the fill
line.
p) Add pressure to the potable water system, if
it is necessary.
q) Make certain that working area is clean and
clear of tools and miscellaneous items of
equipment.
r) Close the access door for the potable water
service panel.
s) NOTE: Make sure that the latches are
correctly locked and that the doors makes a
continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.
t) Remove the ground support and maintenance
equipment, the special and standard tools and
all
other items.
b) Open the WATER HEATER circuit breakers

on the P18 panel and attach DO-NOT-CLOSE
tags.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
NOT-CLOSE.
c) .
d)

e)

DRAIN
().
f)

DRAIN ().
g)
, .
h)
,
.
i) ,
.
j)
SUPPLY()
ON () .
k)

SUPPLY() ON
() .
l) ,

DRAIN ().
m)

DRAIN ()
-3.001-02
. 270 687
c) Pressurize the water system.

d) Turn the drain valve handle found at the
service panel to open the water drain valve.
e) In each lavatory, open the sink cabinet door
and turn the drain valve handle to DRAIN.
f) AIRPLANES WITH A SECONDARY

DRAIN VALVE IN THE FORWARD
LAVATORY:open the secondary drain valve
and then turn the water valve handle to
DRAIN.
g) In each galley with a faucet installed, open
the
faucet.
h) When the water flow from the drain outlets
stop, close the tank drain valve.
i) In each galley with a faucet installed, close
the
faucet.
j) Turn the drain valve handles found in the
lavatories to SUPPLY or ON as applicable.
k) AIRPLANES WITH A SECONDARY
LAVATORY: shut the secondary drain valve
SUPPLY or ON as applicable.
l) After two minutes, turn the drain valve
handle in each lavatory to DRAIN to exhaust
the remaining water.
m) AIRPLANES WITH A SECONDARY
LAVATORY: open the secondary drain valve
and then turn the water valve handle to DRAIN
to exhaust the water that remains.
n) When the water flow stops, turn the drain
valve handle to SUPPLY or ON as applicable.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
.
n) ,

SUPPLY() ON
() .
o)

SUPPLY() ON
() .
p)
,
2 .
q)
1/2 q) , .
r) ,
/
,
OFF
().
s)
,
2 .
t)
.
u) .
v) ,
,
.
-3.001-02
. 271 687
o) AIRPLANES WITH A SECONDARY

LAVATORY: shut the secondary drain valve
p) In each lavatory allow 2 minutes for the
pressure to become stable.
q) Open each lavatory water faucet for 1/2
minute, then close the water faucet.
r) In the galleys with the water boiler and/or
coffeemaker installed, move the switches for
the water boilers and coffeemakers to the OFF
position.
s) In each galley, allow 2 minutes for the
pressure to become stable.
t) Drain the water from the water boilers and
coffeemakers.
u) Depressurize the water tank.
v) In the galleys that have a water filter that is
installed below the level of the lowest water
outlet, drain the water filter.
4) Procedure - Gravity Drain the Potable

Water System
a) CAUTION: You must drain the water
system when the outside air temperature is low
as shown in the cold weather maintenance 4) - procedure
a) : b) Open the circuit breakers for the lavatory

water heaters on the P18 panel and attach DO,
NOTCLOSE tags.
c) Open the fill and overflow valve and the tank

.
drain valve.
b) d) In each lavatory, turn the handle for the
lavatory drain valve to DRAIN.
18 DO-NOTe) AIRPLANES WITH A SECONDARY
CLOSE.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
c)
,
.
d)
DRAIN
().
e)
,

DRAIN ().
f)
, ,
.
g)
SUPPLY()
ON () .
h)

SUPPLY() ON
() .
i) ,
, .
j) ,
/
,
OFF
().
k)
.
l) ,
, , .
m) ,
,
.
n) ,
.
-3.001-02
. 272 687

LAVATORY: open the secondary drain valve
DRAIN.
f) When the flow of water stops from drain
outlets, close the fill and overflow valve and
tank drain valve.
g) Turn the handle for the lavatory drain valve
to SUPPLY or ON as applicable.
h) AIRPLANES WITH A SECONDARY
LAVATORY; shut the secondary drain valve
i) In the galleys with a faucet installed, open
the faucet.
j) In the galleys with a water boiler and/or
coffeemaker installed, move the switches for
the water boilers and coffeemakers to the OFF
position.
k) Drain the water from the water boilers and
coffeemakers.
l) In the galleys with a faucet installed, close
the faucet when the flow of water stops.
m) In the galleys that have a water filter
installed below the level of the lowest water
outlet, drain the water filter.
n) Install the towel disposal container if it is
necessary and close the doors.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 273 687
.16
Fig. 16. Water system service panel
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 274 687
5.
BOEING-737-400/500
5. SERVICING OF THE TOILET SYSTEM

BOEING 737-400/500
1)
a) 737
.
.
.
15
(57 ),
17 (64
)
.

3 4 ( 11 15 )
.
b)
11,7 (3,6 ) ,
3,8 (1,2 )
6,0 (1,8 ) .
737-400
98,0 (29,9 ), 737-500
80,2 (24,4 ) ,
0,8 (0,2 )
7,6 (2,3 ) .
4
(10,2 )
.
1 (2,54 )
.
c)

.
.
:
(1) :
- 100 (378,6
)
- 24
(90,9 )
. - 16 (60,6
)
(2) :
1) Toilet System
a) The 737's have one lavatory installed at the
forward end of the passenger cabin and one or
two lavatories at the aft end of the passenger
cabin. The forward toilet tank has a capacity of
15 gallons (57 liters) while the aft tank/s each
have a 17 gallon (64 liters) capacity. Precharging with chemical water solution requires
3 to 4 gallons (11 to 15 liters) per tank.
b) The location of the forward service panel is

11.7' (3.6m) aft of the nose, 3.8' (1.2m) right of
the centerline and 6.0' (1.8m) above the
ground. The location of the aft service panel is
98.0' (29.9m) - for 737-400 and 80.2' (24.4m) for 737-500 aft of the nose, 0.8' (.2m) right of
the centerline and 7.6' (2.3m) above the
ground. Each service panel has a 4 inch (10.2
cm) connector for draining the toilet tank/s.
Each toilet tank has a 1 inch (2.54 cm)
connector in the service panel for flushing and
precharging
the tank.
c) A mobile cart with three or more separate

tanks and a pressure pump for servicing the
toilets is required. For a typical three lavatory
arrangement the sizes of the tanks and the
requirements for the pressure pump are as
follows:
(1) Tanks:
Waste water tank -100 gallons (378,6 liters)
Flushing water tank - 24 gallons (90,9 liters)
Chemical tank -16 gallons (60,6 liters)
(2) Pump:
20 to 50 psi (1.4 to 3.5 kg/cm2 )
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
20 50 psi ( 1,4 3,5 /2)

15 20 GPM ( 57 76 /)
2) - ,
(.
.17)

.
:
.

:
a) Y-
.

.
b)
- Y-
: - ,

.
c) -
,
.
- .
d)

, :

.

.

OPEN/CLOSE
(/),
-3.001-02
. 275 687
15 to 20 GPM (57 to 76 liters/min)
2) Procedure - Draining, Flushing and Fill of

the Toilet System (REF. FIG. 17)
Open the service panel and the toilet drain cap.
NOTE: Fluid in the drain line can show
leakage from the drain valve. On the service
panels without the levers for the flapper valve
in the drain outlet, do these steps to connect the
toilet service cart and to remove the drain plug:
a) Connect the Y-fitting to the drain outlet on

the
service panel. Connect the flush line to the
applicable flush port on the service panel.
b) Remove the drain plug with the T-handle on

the Yfitting. Push the T-handle to engage the
end of the rod with the mating part in the drain
line plug.
c) Turn the T-handle counterclockwise until the

drain line plug releases. Pull the T-handle out
until it stops.
d) On service panels with levers that open the
flapper valve in the drain outlet, do these steps.
Connect the waste drain hose from the service
cart to the toilet drain outlet on the service
panel.
Connect the flush line to the applicable flush
port on the service panel.
On service panels with the OPEN/CLOSE
levers, turn the OPEN lever to open the flapper
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
OPEN ( ),
.
e)
: Y-
T- (Royln
part number 2651-133 )

, , T .

.
f)

PUSH-TO-OPEN
( ) .
.

.

.

PUSH-TO-OPEN ( ),
PUSH-TO-OPEN,
.
: ,
.
,

.
g)
:

.
:
, 90

.
.

() ,
90
.
-3.001-02
. 276 687
valve.
e) NOTE: If a Y-fitting equipped with a Thandle (Royln part number 2651-133 or
equivalent) is connected between the service
cart and the drain outlet, make sure the Thandle is fully extended. This will give
clearance for the flapper valve at the drain
outlet.
f) Do the steps that follow to connect the toilet

service cart to the service panel with the
PUSH-TO-OPEN lever.
Open the cap for the flush port.
Connect the flush line from the toilet service
cart to the applicable flush port on the service
panel.
Connect the drain hose on the service cart to
the
drain outlet on the service panel.
On service panels with the PUSH-TO-OPEN
lever, push the PUSH-TO-OPEN lever to open
the flapper valve.
CAUTION: Make sure that no person flushes

a
toilet that has a drained waste tank. A person
who flushes a toilet that has a drained waste
tank can cause damage to the toilet flush motor.
g) Do these steps to drain the toilet tank:
Turn the handle for the waste drain valve until
it is not locked.
NOTE: The drain valve handle is not locked
when you turn it 90 degrees counterclockwise
from the locked position.
Pull the handle for the waste drain valve. To
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
.
:

,
.
h)
,
.
i)
:
:

60 PSIG (414 ).
60 PSIG (414 )
.
8 (30,3 )

.
:
20-50 psig
(138- 345 ). : 60
psig (414 ).
20 psig (138 )

,
.
,
5
.
.

.

90
,
.
.
j)

, .
-3.001-02
. 277 687
lock the drain valve handle in the extended

(open) position, turn it 90 degrees clockwise.
Let the waste drain into the toilet service cart.

NOTE: For the best flushing action of the
drain lines, drain the toilet tanks one at a time.
h) Turn the drain valve handle until it is not

locked and release the drain valve handle to
close the drain valve.
i) Do these steps to flush the toilet tank:
CAUTION: Do not use a toilet service line
pressure of more than 60 PSIG (414 kPa).
More than 60 PSIG (414 kPa) line pressure can
possibly cause equipment damage and leaks.
Put a minimum of 8 gallons (30,3 liters) of
water through the flush line to flush the toilet
system.
NOTE: The recommended toilet service line

pressure is 20-50 psig (138-345 kPa). The
maximum pressure is 60 psig (414 kPa). If the
rinse pressure is less than 20 psig (138 kPa) the
waste tank will not get clean.
Make sure that the drain valve handle is not
locked. While the water goes through the flush
line, pull and release the drain valve handle 5
times. This will cause the valve face and the
valve seat to be clear.
Stop the flow of water through the flush line.
Pull the drain valve handle and turn it 90
degrees clockwise to lock the drain valve
handle in the extended position.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
k) :

.

.
.
l)
,
90
.
m)
,

.
n)

:
(1) (
)
.
(2) -
,

.
:

.
, .
o)
.
p) : ,
.
,
.

.
q) -
.
, ,

,
-3.001-02
. 278 687
Drain the toilet tank until it is empty.

j) Turn the drain valve handle until it is not
locked and release the drain valve handle to
close the waste drain valve.
k) NOTE: Let the drain valve handle move
suddenly into the closed position. This will
make sure there is a watertight seal at the tank
drain valve. At this time you can charge the
toilets and do a check for leakage of the drain
valve.
l) To lock the drain valve handle in the closed
position, turn it 90 degrees clockwise.
m) On service panels that service more than

one toilet tank, do the steps again to drain and
flush the remaining toilet tank(s).
n) On service panels with the drain plug in the
drain outlet, do the steps that follow:
(1) Install the drain plug (if applicable) and
disconnect the toilet service cart.
(2) Push the T-handle as far as you can and at

the
same
time
turn
the
handle
counterclockwise.
NOTE: This decreases the friction between the

drain plug and the drain tube wall. Hold the Thandle in as far as you can.
o) Turn the handle clockwise to lock the drain
plug in its position.
p) CAUTION: Make sure the drain plug is
correctly locked. If you do not feel the handle
yield, the handle is not correctly locked. This
can cause leakage at the drain plug.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
.
r) : ,
.

.
s) - ,
.
t)
.
u)

.
v) :

60 psig (414 ).
60 psig (414 )
.
w)
,
.
3 (11,4
)
x) :

.
y)
:

20-50 psig (138- 345 ).
: 60 psig(414 ).
z) .
aa)
,
.
bb) :
/
, .
6 ,
.
cc) /
( ).
-3.001-02
. 279 687
q) Continue to turn the T-handle clockwise. If

it is necessary, use more force to expand the
drain plug against the drain tube until the
locking device is overcenter.
r) CAUTION: Make sure the drain plug is

correctly locked. If the coupling handle does
not disengage easily, the drain plug is not
correctly locked and leakage can occur.
s) Pull the T-handle to disengage it from the
drain plug.
t) Disconnect the waste drain tube from the
service panel.
u) Connect the chemical hose from the toilet
service cart to the flush port on the service
panel.
v) CAUTION: Do not use a toilet service line
pressure of more than 60 psig (414 kPa). More
than 60 psig (414 kPa) line pressure can
possibly cause equipment damage and leaks.
w) Fill the system with the recommended

chemical precharge to the quantity shown on
the service panel placard. The suggested
amount is 3 gallons (11,4 liters).
x) NOTE: too much precharge can cause the
toilet tank to become full if usage is high.
y) NOTE: The recommended toilet service line
pressure is 20-50 psig (138-345 kPa). The
maximum pressure is 60 psig (414 kPa).
z) Disconnect the chemical hose.
aa) Make sure the flush/fill port is drained.
bb) NOTE: The flush/fill port is fully drained
when fluid no longer drips. The fluid could
take as long as 6 minutes to drain
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
dd) :
.

.
ee)

.
ff) :
, .
gg)

.
hh) :

, .
ii)
OPEN/CLOSE
:
(1) CLOSE
CLOSED
.
(2)
OPEN
OPEN,

.
(3) .
ii) :

.
jj)
.
kk) .
ll) :

/ ,
,
.
mm) :
,

,
-3.001-02
. 280 687
cc) Close the cap for the flush/fill port (if

installed).
dd) CAUTION: Do not let the toilet fluid
touch the seals. If the toilet fluid touches the
seals, it can cause the seals to deteriorate.
ee) On service panels with a flapper valve,
examine the flapper valve seal for damage or
deterioration.
ff) NOTE: If the seal shows damage or
deterioration, you must replace it.
gg) Examine the end of the drain tube and the
seal in the drain cap for damage or
deterioration.
hh) NOTE: You must replace the drain tube
nipple or the drain cap seal if they are
damaged.
ii) On service panels with the OPEN/CLOSE
levers on the service panel, do these steps to
close the flapper valve:
(1) Turn the CLOSE lever in the direction of
the CLOSED arrow and hold the CLOSED
lever in the closed position.
(2) Turn the OPEN lever momentarily in the
opposite direction of the OPEN arrow to lock
the flapper valve in the closed position.
(3) Release both levers.
ii) NOTE: Allow lines to drain completely
before fitting caps.
jj) Wipe dry toilet service panel and adjacent
area.
kk) Close the drain cap.
ll) NOTE: On the service panels with the
interlocking drain cap/drain plug, the drain cap
will not close if the drain plug in not installed
correctly.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
,
.
nn) ,

.
oo)
.
pp) : ,
,
.
qq)
,

.
-3.001-02
. 281 687
mm) NOTE: If the servicing is done in cold

weather conditions, the flash and drain port
should be left open as long as possible to drain
the residual fluid from the fill and drain line.
nn) Make certain that working area is clean and

clear of tools and miscellaneous items of
equipment.
oo) Close service panel access door as
required.
pp) NOTE: Make sure that the latches are
correctly locked and that the door makes a
continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.
qq) Remove the ground support
maintenance equipment, the special
standard tools and all other items.
and
and
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 282 687
.17. BOEING 737-400/500

Fig. 17. BOEING 737-400/500 Toilet System
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 283 687
6. BOEING-737-400/500
1) , 14.4
.
2) N21 N22 ,
.
.
, .
1 2.
3)
, .
:
(1) .
(2) .
(3) 1 2 , .
(4) - .
4) .
.
5) G.E. D50TF2.
6) ,
.
7) 453 ,
. ,
, ,
.
: N21 N22 .

.
: ,
.
() .
() , .
()
.
(d) .
: , ,
, . ,
.
() , N21 .
() , N22 .
: ,
.
: .
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 284 687
8) .
7.
: ,
.
1) :
() ( )
.
(b)
.
() .
2) .
:
, .
115 ,
, .
3) , :
() , -6 : INVERTER PWR,
INVERTER CONT, BUS CONT MANUAL
() ON.
() STANDBY POWER .
: STANDBY POWER

,
.
.
, .
15-20 .
4) .
5) , .
() TEST GAGE.
() .
() .
(d) ,
.
6) -
, .
7)
8)
( GROUND HERE ).
.
9)
.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 285 687
10) , :
: ,
0.15:1:0.25 ,
.
() OPEN.
() ,
.
:
.
() CLOSE.
(d) .
11) ,
: .
() ,
.
(b)
OPEN.
() .
(d) .
(e)
, CLOSE.
(f) .
12) .
13) .
14) .
15) .
16) .
17) .
18) .
19) ( ).
20) ,
:
() AUTO.
() OFF.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 286 687
8.
Figure 18. Fuel Measuring Stick Extended Position
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 287 687
Figure 18. Fuel Measuring Stick Extended Position

- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 288 687
Figure 19. Pressure Refueling
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 289 687
9.
BOEING-737-400/500
9. PUSHBACK BOEING-737-400/500
1) .
(
)
a)
:

.
b) ,

,
:
(1) C ;
(2) C
.
c)
/
, :
, ,
.
d)

.
e)

.
f)
,
.
g)

, ..

.
h)

1)
Pushback
operations.
controlled (tractor and towbar)
Nose-gear
a) NOTE: We recommend that you use a

towbar that has a damping system.
b) You can use the NLG towbar fitting to tow
or push the aircraft:
(1) With maximum weight;

(2) With the engines between zero and idle.
c)
The
tractor
and towbar/shear-pin
combination should be suitable for the
operation, considering: the aircraft type and
weight, the weather conditions, the apron
surface conditions.
d) The tractor should be in the appropriate
drive mode prior to the commencement of the
operation.
e) Chocks should not be removed from the
maingear until the tractor and towbar are fully
secured to the nose-gear and the parking brake
set on the tractor.
f) When connecting the towbar to the aircraft's
nose-gear assembly the towbar should be
detached from the tractor.
g) When connecting the towbar to the tractor

personnel should be facing the tractor and have
both legs on only one side of the towbar. I.e.
they should not straddle the bar.
h) The tractor and towbar should be inline with
- -

.

____________________
:__________________

.
i)
.
j)

.
k) ,

,
,

,
.
l) ,

, ,

, -

( ).
m)

.
n)
,
.
o)

.
p)

.
q) :
-3.001-02
. 290 687
the center line of the aircraft before the

pushback
commences.
i) The tractor should not be left unattended
with its engine running.
j) The wheels on the towbar should be fully
retracted/off the ground before the pushback
commences.
k) For aircraft fitted with a Steering By-pass
system, ensure that the bypass pin is correctly
installed prior to connecting the tow bar to the
aircraft and before pushback commences and is
removed after the tow bar has been
disconnected.
l) For aircraft not fitted with a Steering By-pass

system, ensure that either the steering hydraulic
system is depressurized or the nose leg steering
torque links are disconnected (as applicable).
m) Personnel should not step across the tow bar

whilst the pushback operation is in progress.
n) If the connection between the aircraft and
tractor should be lost while in motion it is
important to inform the flight deck to apply
brakes gently.
o) When stopping the pushback the throttle on
the tractor will be closed and brakes applied
gently.
p) At the end of the pushback sequence and
before the tow bar is disconnected, the flight
deck should be instructed to set the aircraft
brakes and hold position until receipt of visual
signals for final clearance to taxi.
q) NOTE: Brakes set must be confirmed to
- -

.

____________________
:__________________

.
r)

.
s)
,

,
( )
.
t) :
,
(
).
u) ,

,
.
v) :
,

,

.
w) :
(
).
.
2) .
( )
a)
:
-3.001-02
. 291 687
ground staff
r) At the end of the pushback sequence and
before the tow bar is disconnected, tension
must be released from the tow bar.
s) Before the aircraft commences taxiing under
its own power, ground staff shall give the final
clearance signal, display the by-pass pin (if
appropriate) to the flight deck and receive
acknowledgement.
t) NOTE: Towing by the nose gear is permitted
with the engines at idle (ground idle).
u) To push the aircraft rearwards with the

engines at idle the engine thrust must be added.
v) CAUTION: IF YOU USE A TOW BAR,

YOU CAN CAUSE THE SHEAR PINS TO
SHEAR IF YOU USE THE AIRPLANE
BRAKES WHILE YOU TOW THE
AIRPLANE.
w) WARNING: WHEN YOU WILL USE A
TOW BAR TO MOVE THE AIRPLANE IN
HIGH WINDS, CONNECT THE TOW BAR
BEFORE YOU INSERT THE STEERING
LOCKOUT
PIN
(TOW
PIN).
THE
AIRPLANE COULD MOVE IN HIGH
WINDS AND CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
2)
Pushback
operations.
Nose-gear
controlled (towbarless tractor)
a) NOTE: This procedure gives general
instructions for installation of the towbarless
- -

.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
.
,
(/, ..),
.
b)
.
, ,

.
c)
: ,
,
.
d) :
, ,

.
e)
, .
f) ,
.
g)
.
h) :
,
.
,

. 292 687
tractor. For more instructions related to the

operation of the tractor (loading/unloading,
etc.), refer to the tractor manufacturer's
instructions.
b) There are special approval procedures for
towbarless tractors. Before towing, be sure that
the towbarless tractor is approved for towing
this aircraft.
c) The tractor should be suitable for the
operation, considering: the aircraft type and
weight, the weather conditions, the apron
surface conditions.
d) CAUTION: WHEN YOU USE A
TOWBARLESS TRACTOR, MAKE SURE
THAT YOU OBEY FULLY ALL THE
INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS PROCEDURE. IF
YOU DO NOT, THE TRACTOR CAN
CAUSE IMPORTANT SCRAPING OR
OTHER DAMAGE TO THE NLG AND TO
THE AIRFRAME STRUCTURE AROUND
THE NLG.
e) Set the aircraft type on the towbarless

tractor, if necessary.
f) Make sure that the aircraft parking brake is
applied.
g) Align the clamping device of the tractor with
the NLG axis.
h) CAUTION: WHEN YOU PUT THE NOSE
LANDING GEAR ON THE TRACTOR, BE
CAREFUL TO ALIGN THE CLAMPING
DEVICE OF THE TRACTOR WITH THE
NLG AXIS. THE GAP BETWEEN THE
CRADLE AND THE TORQUE LINK IS
VERY SMALL. THUS, IF YOU DO NOT
ALIGN THE CLAMPING DEVICE WITH
THE NLG AXIS, THERE IS A RISK OF
DAMAGE TO THE TORQUE LINK PIN.
i) Lock on and lift the NLG.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
.
i)
.
j) :
/ .

.
k)

.
l)

.
m)
,

.
n) ,

.
o)

. ,

.
p)
.
q)
:
OFF ()

-3.001-02
. 293 687
j) CAUTION: THE AIRCRAFT SHALL NOT

BE LIFTED WHILE EQUIPMENT AND/OR
BOARDING
BRIDGE
ARE
STILL
CONNECTED
TO
THE
AIRCRAFT.
INFORM COCKPIT CREW PRIOR TO
LIFTING THE AIRCRAFT NOSE LANDING
GEAR.
k) The nose gear is jacked up and positioned at

the appropriate location on the tractor. It is held
in place by means of a nose gear wheel locking
system.
l) Chocks should not be removed from the
maingear until the tractor is fully secured to the
nose-gear and brakes on tractor set.
m) Ensure that the aircraft nose wheels are
safely locked in the tractors locking mechanism
when
connected to aircraft.
n) Ensure that the nose wheels are lifted well
above ground during the entire pushback.
o) The tractor should be in-line with the centre

line of the aircraft before the pushback
commences. Make sure that the nose landing
gear is correctly on the center of the tractor
platform and cannot be disengaged from the
tractor.
p) Release the aircraft parking brake.
q) CAUTION: PUT THE PARKING BRK
CONTROL SWITCH IN THE OFF
POSITION BEFORE YOU TOW OR PUSH
BACK THE AIRCRAFT. THIS IS TO
PREVENT HIGH LOADS WHICH CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE NOSE
LANDING GEAR.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
,

.
r) ,

,
,
,
.
s) ,

, ,

, -

( ).
t) .
u) :

.
v)
,
.
w)
:
,

.
x)

:
(1)
;
(2)
-3.001-02
. 294 687
r) For aircraft fitted with a Steering By-pass

system, ensure that the by-pass pin is correctly
installed prior to connecting the tractor to the
aircraft and before pushback commences and is
removed after the tractor has been
disconnected.
s) For aircraft not fitted with a Steering By-pass

system, ensure that either the steering hydraulic
system is depressurized or the nose landing
gear steering torque links are disconnected (as
applicable).
t) Tow slowly and smoothly.

u) NOTE: During towing operations, put one
person in the cockpit to operate the brakes if
necessary.
v) If the connection between the aircraft and
tractor should be lost while in motion it is
important to inform the flight deck to apply
brakes gently.
w) WARNING: WHEN YOU TOW THE
AIRCRAFT WITH A TOWBARLESS
TRACTOR, THE PARKING BRAKE OR
THE BRAKE PEDALS SHALL ONLY BE
USED IN CASE OF EMERGENCY.
x) IF YOU APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE

OR THE BRAKE PEDALS, YOU CAN
CAUSE:
(1) OVERLOAD TO THE NOSE LANDING
GEAR;
(2) DAMAGE TO THE TOWBARLESS
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 295 687
(3)
.
TRACTOR;
(3)
INJURY
TO
MAINTENANCE
PERSONNEL.
y) y) MOST TOWBARLESS TOW VEHICLES
DO NOT HAVE A SHEAR PIN TO LIMIT

THE LOADS IF AIRPLANE BRAKES ARE
USED DURING TOWING. IF AIRPLANE
BRAKES ARE USED WHILE TOWING
. WITH A TOWBARLESS TOW VEHICLE
ATTACHED TO THE NOSE LANDING
GEAR, PERFORM THE "EXCEEDING
, MAXIMUM NOSE LANDING GEAR
TOWING ANGLE OR MAXIMUM TOWING
,
LOAD" INSPECTION FOR THE NOSE
LANDING GEAR AREAS.

,

z) After you complete the towing operation,

z) , make sure that the nose wheels are aligned with
, the aircraft centerline.
aa) Before the tractor is disconnected the flight
.
deck shall be instructed to set the aircraft
aa) brakes and hold position until receipt of visual
signals for final clearance to taxi.

bb) NOTE: Brakes set must be confirmed to

.
ground staff.
bb) :
cc) Remove the nose landing gear from the
.
towbarless tractor.
cc) dd) After disconnecting the tractor from the
.
nose gear and before removal of the by-pass
dd) pin, position the tractor in such away that it is
visible from the cockpit (e.g. at a 90 degrees
, angle from the aircraft).
,
(, 90 ee) Before the aircraft commences taxiing
).
under its own power, ground staff shall give the
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 296 687
ee) final clearance signal, display the bypass pin (if

, appropriate) to the flight deck and receive
acknowledgement.
,
( )
.
- -

.

____________________
:__________________
10.
.
1)
:
a) -

;
b) - .
2)
a) :
(1) - ;
b) :
(1) - .
3) :
,
.

.
4) :
,
,
,
.
5) : ,
.
6) :
:

).
7)
,
.
-3.001-02
. 297 687
10. PROCEDURE - PARK THE AIRCRAFT

FOR SHORT PERIOD OF TIME.
1) The airplane is usually parked for a small
quantity of time as follows:
a) - Chocks in front of and behind a minimum of
one group of the main gear wheels;
b) - The parking brakes off.

2) Put the wheel chocks in position
a) For the NLG:
(1) - In front of and behind the wheels;
b) For the MLG:
(1) - In front of the FWD wheels and behind the
aft wheels.
3) NOTE: The parking brake holds the airplane
until the chocks are in their positions. The wheel
chocks on the nose landing gear and the parking
brake give more safety in bad weather.
4) CAUTION: do not let the parking brake stay
engaged for more time than is necessary if the
brakes are hotter than usual, if the brakes are very
hot, they can bond together when the parking
brake is engaged.
5) WARNING: MAKE SURE WHEEL
CHOCKS ARE PROPERLY SET. IF THE
PARKING BRAKES RELEASES AND THE
CHOCKS ARE NOT PROPERLY SET, THE
AIRPLANE
CAN
MOVE
WITHOUT
WARNING. IF THE AIRPLANE MOVES
INJURY TO PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
6) CAUTION: DURING THIS PROCEDURE:

KEEP THE ACCESS PLATFORM AT A
SUFFICIENT
DISTANCE
FROM
THE
AIRCRAFT (IN WIND, SHOCK ABSORBER
REBOUND CAN CAUSE MOVEMENT OF
THE AIRCRAFT).
7) A static ground on the airplane is not necessary
when the airplane is parked or is serviced during
the turnaround operation.
- - 735:
Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM), chapter 12 servicing, Airport Planning Facility (APF), Ramp Operations.

.

____________________
:__________________
8) :
:
a)
,
.
b)
.
c)
.
d)
:
(1) ;
(2) ;
(3) ;
(4) ,
.
9) : ,
45 ,

,
.

2 ,
.
,
.
10) :
-3.001-02
. 298 687
8) NOTE: This does not include when the

maintenance steps given below are done:
a) A static ground on the airplane is not necessary,
but we strongly recommend to provide this when
you pressure fuel the airplane.
b) An electrical bond between the airplane and the
refuel vehicle shall be provided.
c) Do a static ground of the airplane when you do
maintenance procedures.
d) Static ground the airplane when you use devices
such as those that follow:
(1) Power tools;
(2) Lights;
(3) Electrical cords;
(4) Instruments powered from external cords.
9) NOTE: In cold weather it is necessary to drain

the fuel tank sumps prior to refueling to remove
water from the fuel tanks if the airplane has been
idle for more than 45 minutes prior to refueling.
Drain the fuel tank sumps again after refueling if
the airplane has been idle for 2 hours or more after
refueling, prior to departure. In cold weather water
can freeze, and not let the drain valves open.
10) NOTE: In cold weather conditions, we

recommend that you put a fiber material between
the tires and the ground surface.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
11.
.
1)
, :
a)
:
(1) - ,
(2) - , .
2) ,

.
3) :
:
(

).
4)
.
5) , , ,

.
6) ,
.
7) :

.

.
8) :
a) :
(1) - .
b) :
(1) - .
9) :

-3.001-02
. 299 687
11. PROCEDURE - PARK THE AIRCRAFT

FOR LONG PERIOD OF TIME.
1) This section gives the procedure to park the
aircraft in normal weather conditions but:
a) If the aircraft is parked in high wind conditions:
(1) - do a check of the aircraft stability,
(2) - moor the aircraft if necessary.
2) Make sure that the wheels of the nose landing
gear are in the aircraft axis and that the aircraft
points into the wind.
3) CAUTION: DURING THIS PROCEDURE:
KEEP THE ACCESS PLATFORM AT A
SUFFICIENT
DISTANCE
FROM
THE
AIRCRAFT (IN WIND, SHOCK ABSORBER
REBOUND CAN CAUSE MOVEMENT OF
THE AIRCRAFT).
4) Install the safety devices on the landing gears.
5) Make sure that the flaps, the slats, the spoilers
and the thrust reversers are retracted.
6) Set the stabilizer, aileron and rudder trim
control to ZERO.
7) CAUTION: DO NOT PREVENT THE
MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROL COLUMN
OR THE RUDDER PEDALS. YOU CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE CONTROL
SYSTEM THE COLUMN OR THE RUDDER
PEDALS CANNOT MOVE.
8) Put the wheel chocks in position:

a) For the NLG:
(1) in front of and behind the wheels.
b) For the MLG:
(1) in front of the FWD wheels and behind the aft
wheels.
9) NOTE: The wheel chocks on the nose landing
gar and the parking brake give more safety in bad
weather.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
10) .
11) .
12) ,
30%
.
13) .
14) :

.
15)
a) - , ,
.
16)
a) - ,
, .
17)
,
.
18)
:
,
.

.

.
19)
:
,
,

.
-3.001-02
. 300 687
10) Ground the aircraft.

11) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits.
12) If necessary, refuel the fuel tanks to 30%
minimum of their total capacity.
13) Drain water from all the fuel tanks.
14) NOTE: Do the water drain procedure one
hour after refueling is completed.
15) Potable water system
a) - drain, flush and dry the system if necessary.
16) Toilet system
a) - drain, flush and use disinfectant to clean the
system if necessary.
17) Protect all the probes, the engines and the
APU with adapted protective equipment.
18) WARNING: PITOT PROBE COVERS AND
STATIC
PORT
COVERS
ARE
RECOMMENDED WHEN THE AIRPLANE IS
PARKED FOR MORE THAN A STANDARD
TURNAROUND OR WHEN CONDITIONS
SUCH AS INSECT ACTIVITY, DUST STORMS
OR VOLCANIC ASH MAY INCREASE THE
RISK OF PITOT PROBE OR STATIC PORT
CONTAMINATION. A PITOT PROBE OR
STATIC PORT SYSTEM BLOCKED BY
FOREIGN OBJECTS SUCH AS INSECTS MAY
CAUSE LARGE ERRORS IN AIRSPEEDSENSING
AND
ALTITUDE-SENSING
SIGNALS, WHICH MAY LEAD TO LOSS OF
SAFE FLIGHT.
19) CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE PITOT

STATIC PROBE COVER IS IN GOOD
WORKING
CONDITION
WITH
NO
EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE, ESPECIALLY
FRAYING AROUND THE COVER OPENING.
FRAYED FIBERS FROM THE COVER
COMBINED WITH OTHER SUBSTANCES
SUCH AS DIRT, GREASE AND FLUIDS CAN
CAUSE OBSTRUCTION IN THE PROBE.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
20) :

,
,
.
,

,
,
.

,

,

.
21) :
.
22) .
23)
,

.
24)
,

.
25)
.
26)
/.
-3.001-02
. 301 687
20) WARNING: WHEN THE PITOT

STATIC PROBES ARE COVERED, MAKE
SURE THAT CONDITION IS VISIBLE FROM
THE GROUND. IN ADDITION, ATTACH A
TAG TO THE LEFT CONTROL WHEEL IN
THE FLIGHT DECK AS A REMINDER THAT
PITOT STATIC PROBES ARE COVERED.
FAILURE TO OBSERVE AND REMOVE
COVERINGS OVER PITOT STATIC PROBES
BEFORE FLIGHT MAY CAUSE LARGE
ERRORS IN AIRSPEEDSENSING AND
ALTITUDE-SENSING
SIGNALS,
WHICH
MAY LEAD TO LOSS OF SAFE FLIGHT.
21) CAUTION: ENGINES SHOULD

NOT BE OPERATED WITH COVERS IN
PLACE BECAUSE THE COVERS CAN COME
OFF AND DAMAGE THE ENGINES.
22) De-energize the electrical circuits.

23) Make an entry in the aircraft logbook
or attach a tag on the captain control column to tell
the crew that protection covers/devices are
installed.
24) Remove the ground support and
maintenance equipment, the special and standard
tools and all other items.
25) Close all the pressurized access doors.
26) Close the passenger/crew doors.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
12.

.
1)
.
2)
,

.
3)

.
4) ,
:
a) - ,
b) - ,
c) - ,
d) - ,
e) -,
f) -
.
5) ,
.
6)
, .
7)
.
8)
.
9)
:

.
10)
,
,
.
11)
,
, ,
,
.
-3.001-02
. 302 687
12. PROCEDURE - RETURN OF TO

OPERATION
AFTER
LONG
TERM
PARKING
1) Put an access platform adjustable in
position near the aircraft.
2) Put a warning notice in position in the
cockpit to tell persons not to operate the systems
while you prepare the aircraft for operation again.
3) Do a general visual inspection of the
airframe from the ground for correct condition.
4) Make sure that there are no leaks from:
a) - the wings,
b) - the lower fuselage,
c) - the landing gear,
d) - the engines,
e) -theAPU,
f) - the horizontal and vertical stabilizers.
5) If necessary, clean the aircraft
externally.
6) Remove all the protection equipment
from the engines, the APU and the probes.
7) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits.
8) Drain water from all the fuel tanks.
9) NOTE: Do the water drain procedure
one hour after refueling is completed.
10) Remove the tag from the Captain
control column or write in the log book that the
protection covers/devices are no longer installed.
11) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and
support equipment used during this procedure.
- - 735:

.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 303 687
. 20. IRBUS-319, BOEING 737

Fig. 20. Typical Installation of Wheel Chocks AIRBUS-319, BOEING 737
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
13.

1)
:
a)
b)
2) ( )

(
).
3)

.
4)
:
a) /
b)
:
-
-
-
-
c) .
5) :

. ,
:
a) ,

.
b)
.
c) (. .21)
-3.001-02
. 304 687
13. AIRCRAFT GROUNDING

General
1) This procedure contains these tasks:
a) Static Ground procedure
b) Bonding procedure
2) Grounding (Static Grounding) is the process of
connecting one or more metal objects and ground
conductors to ground electrodes (an electrical path
to earth).
3) Bonding is the process of connecting two or
more metal objects together with a conductor.
4) The aircraft must be grounded in the following
conditions:
a) Refueling/Defueling
b) When performing maintenance tasks using
these devices:
- Power Tools
- Electrical Power Sources
- Lights
- Powered Instruments
c) Adverse weather conditions.
5) NOTE: In all other conditions the electrostatic
discharge through the tire is considered as
sufficient. However, static grounding is necessary
for:
a) Airplanes having inadequate conductivity to
ground through the tires.
b) Airplanes on parking sites that have inadequate
conductivity.
c) Grounding points are (Ref. Fig. 21):
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
7) :
:
a)
22 2 (0.0033 2)
.
b)

500 .
c)

10 .
8)

.
,

.
9) :

,
.
10)
.
11) : ,
.
a)
b)
-3.001-02
. 305 687
7) NOTE: For satisfactory removal of an

electrical charge from the aircraft:
a) The aircraft ground cable must have a section
of 22 mm2 (0.0033 in2) or more.
b) The total electrical resistance of the cable
between the parking ground point and the
grounding point of the landing gear must not be
more than 500 milliohms.
c) The resistance between the end connector on
the ground cable and the nearest adjacent metal
part of the landing gear must not be more than 10
milliohms.
8) During normal pressure refueling of the

airplane bonding is essential, grounding is
recommended. Static grounding is not necessary
as long as the conductivity of the airplane and the
parking site are adequate. The operator must
ensure that the conductivity of the airplane and the
parking site is adequate and may need to establish
local procedures in areas where parking site
conductivity is seasonal or permanent.
9) NOTE: Parking site conductivity may be

inadequate on dry snow, dry sand or in areas of
low moisture.
10) An electrical bond is necessary between the
airplane and the refueling vehicle.
11) WARNING: Make sure that fuel tanker is
grounded.
a) Connect a bonding cable between the fuel
tanker and a grounding point on one of the MLG
Legs or the NLG Leg,
or
b) Connect a bonding cable between the fuel
tanker and the grounding point on the wing
surface.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 306 687
12) :
.

,
:
a) ,
b) .
12) NOTE: The aircraft wheels must be on

ground. If aircraft is on jacks for retraction and
extension checks of the landing gear, connect the
parking ground cable:
a) To the aircraft grounding point on the wings,
or
b) On the engines.
13)
, ,
.
14)

.
15) :
.

,
:
a) ,
b) .
16) :

,
.
13) When you used access platforms make sure

that the workstands are grounded.
14) We recommend to connect the ground cable of
the access platform or the step ladder to the
aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.
15) NOTE: The aircraft wheels must be on
ground. If the aircraft is on jacks for retraction and
extension checks of the landing gear, connect the
ground cable of the work-stands:
a) To the aircraft grounding point on the wings,
or
b) On the engines.
16) WARNING: Local fire codes and customs
may require alternative or additional procedures to
those defined here.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
14. -
1) :
,
.
.
2)
:

,
.

. .
3) :

.

,
,
.
,
,

.
4)

,
:
a)

,
.

.
b)

.
5)
-3.001-02
. 307 687
14. PROCEDURE - GROUNDING

1) WARNING: Do not wear a headset connected
to the aircraft, or handle any umbilical connections
to the aircraft, during adverse electrical weather
disturbances. A lightning strike is hazardous to
personnel.
2) WARNING: Always connect the ground cable
to the parking ground point before you connect it
to the aircraft. Do not attach the cable to the
aircraft first. There is risk of electric shock.
3) CAUTION: Attach grounding cables only to

specified points. on the airplane. Incorrectly
attached grounding cables can cause scratched
which can cause corrosion and cracks on stressed
parts. Ground wires attached to doors or fairings
made from composite materials do not provide a
ground.
4) Attach grounding cable to a static ground and to

the airplane in the following sequence:
a) Connect the grounding cable to an approved,
identified static ground point. These points may be
located in the parking surface or in another fixed
location.
b) Connect the grounding cable to approved
grounding attach point on the airplane.
5) Before the airplane is moved, remove the

ground cables from the approved grounding attach
point on the airplane.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
15.
1) :
,
.
.
2) :.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
3)

.
4)

.
-3.001-02
. 308 687
15. PROCEDURE - BONDING

1) WARNING: Do not wear a headset connected
to the aircraft, or handle any umbilical connections
to the aircraft, during adverse electrical weather
disturbances. A lightning strike is hazardous to
personnel.
2) CAUTION: Attach bonding cables only to
specified points. on the airplane. Incorrectly
attached bonding cables can cause scratched
which can cause corrosion and cracks on stressed
parts. Bond wires attached to doors or fairings
made from composite materials do not provide a
bond
3) Connect a bonding cable to a recognized

bonding or grounding point on the airplane and a
recognized grounding or bonding point on the
support equipment in use.
4) Before the airplane is moved, remove the

bonding cables from the airplane.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 309 687
. 21. (Boeing 737-400/500)

Fig.21. Location of the Grounding Point on the Main Landing Gear (Boeing 737-400/500)
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
16.

1)

().

,
.
2)
,

, .

.
3)

,
.
4) :

,

.
,
,

.
,
,
,
.
,
.
-3.001-02
. 310 687
16. GROUND POWER SUPPLY

1) Electrical power requirements for ground
operations can be supplied by the onboard
auxiliary power unit (APU). Electrical power for
ground operation may be supplied by an external
source through a connector located on the
underside of the fuselage.
2) On the APU electrical load demands have
automatic priority thus, at maximum electrical
output, pneumatic output is reduced. To take full
advantage of air conditioning capacity when
operating at high ambient temperatures, it may be
necessary to supply all or part of electrical load
demands from an external power source.
3) Upon arrival, ground power shall be connected

after engines are shut down, taxi lights off, and
whellchocks in place.
4) NOTE: Upon arrival of the aircraft with failed
APU, ground power may be connected when one
engine is on, provided adequate safety measures
and local airport procedures for this operation are
observed. Before starting this procedure, the
personnel performing the operation shall make
sure the reliable communication with the flight
deck is established, and permission to start the
operation has been received from the flight deck.
The personnel responsible for ground power
connection shall be aware of the hazardous zones
when one engine is on, and required standard hand
signals. It is recommended that hazardous zone be
indicated by putting safety cones in front of the
engines.
.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
5)

(
)
(
).

.
6)
(
).
.
7)

.

,
.
8) ,
,

.
9) : ,
.
10) :

,
.
.
11) :
,
.
:
a)
;
b)
.
12) : ,

, ,

.

/ .
-3.001-02
. 311 687
5) Power for airplane servicing and ground

handling operations is supplied from the external
power buses (ground only loads) and the ground
service bus (ground and flight loads). It is possible
to supply these buses from the external ground
power without energizing the main airplane buses.
6) Ground service buses energize ground service

circuits (such as ceiling lights and service outlets).
This procedure energizes only the ground service
buses
7) The airplane has an external power receptacle
near the nose wheel well. You will connect
external ac power to the receptacle to connect
electrical power to the ground service buses.
8) Make sure the external power supply operates

correctly before you supply external power to the
airplane.
9) WARNING: Make sure that the aircraft is
grounded.
10) WARNING: Make sure that the electrical
system is clear of other persons before you supply
power to the airplane. High voltages can cause
injuries.
11) CAUTION: Do not use a ground power unit
with a capacity less than required. If you use a less
powerful unit:
a) An overload of the ground power unit could
occur;
b) It could be necessary to reset many computers
on the aircraft.
12) CAUTION: Before you connect the ground
power unit to the aircraft, make sure that there are
no foreign objects or fluid in the external power
receptacle or the GPU connector. Foreign objects
and fluid can cause an overheat and/or damage to
equipment.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
13) : ,

, ,

. ,
.
14) : ,
,
,

.
,

-3.001-02
. 312 687
13) WARNING: Before you connect the ground

power unit to the external power receptacle of the
aircraft, make sure that the external electrical
power supply is not energized. If it is energized,
dangerous arcing can occur.
14) WARNING: Before you start the ground

power unit, make sure that the connector of the
ground power unit is correctly connected to the
external power receptacle. There is a risk of arcing
if the connector is not correctly connected.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
17. /

BOEING 737-400/500
1) -

a)
.
b)

,

.
, ,
,
, ,
.
c)
:

.

.
d) .

P19.
.
,
EXTERNAL POWER CONN P19.

,
, NOT IN
USE P19.
: NOT IN USE
,
.
, GRD
POWER AVAILABLE P5.
e) , BUS TRANS
P5 AUTO.
f) , GRD PWR
P5 OFF.
-3.001-02
. 313 687
17. SUPPLY/REMOVE POWER TO THE

GROUND SERVICE BUSES BOEING 737400/500
1) Procedure - Supply external power to the
ground service buses only
a) Open the door for the external power
receptacle.
b) Examine the external power supply cord and
the airplane external power supply receptacle
before you connect the external power supply to
the receptacle. If you find excessive arc erosion,
corrosion and heat damage or discoloration to the
pins or receptacles, repair the problems that you
find.
c) WARNING: Remove electrical power from the

power cable before you put the power cable into
the external power receptacle. Electrical arcs can
cause injuries.
d) Install the power cable.

Put the connector of the power cable into external
power receptacle on the P19 panel.
Energize the power cable.
Make sure the EXTERNAL POWER CONN light
on the P19 panel come on.
If the refuel panel door is closed, make sure the
NOT IN USE light on the P19 panel come on.
NOTE: The NOT IN USE light will not come on

if the refuel panel door is open.
Make sure that the GRD POWER AVAILABLE
light on the P5 panel come on.
e) Make sure that the BUS TRANS switch on the
P5 panel is in the AUTO position.
f) Make sure the GRD PWR switch on the P5
panel is in the OFF position.
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 314 687
g) : GRD
PWR P5 ON,
GROUND SERVICE
P13 .
h)
GROUND
SERVICE P13
ON.
g) NOTE: When the GRD PWR switch on the P5

panel is in the ON position, the GROUND
SERVICE switch on the forward attendant's panel
P13 does not operate.
h) Move the GROUND SERVICE switch on the
forward attendant's panel P13 to the ON position.
2) -

(. . 22,23,24)
a)
GROUND
SERVICE P13
OFF.
b)
:

.

.
c)
.
d)

P19.
(1) ,
EXTERNAL POWER CONN NOT IN USE
P19.
(2) , GRD
POWER AVAILABLE P5.
e)
.
2) Procedure - Remove external power from

the ground service buses only
(Ref. Fig.22,23,24 )
a) Move the GROUND SERVICE switch on the
forward attendant's panel (P13) to the OFF
position.
b) WARNING: Remove electrical power from the
power cable before you remove the power cable
from the external power receptacle. Electrical arcs
can cause injuries.
c) Remove power from the external power cable.

d) Remove the power cable from the external
power receptacle on the P19 panel.
(1) Make sure that the EXTERNAL POWER
CONN
and NOT IN USE lights on the P19 panel go off.
(2) Make sure that the GRD POWER
AVAILABLE light on the P5 panel go off.
e) Close the door for the external power
receptacle
- - 735:

.

____________________
:__________________
. 22. P19
Fig. 22. Location and view of panel P19
-3.001-02
. 315 687

____________________
:__________________
. 23. P5
Fig. 23. Location and view of panel P5
-3.001-02
. 316 687

____________________
:__________________
. 24. P13
Fig. 24. Location and view of forward attendants panel P13
-3.001-02
. 317 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 318 687
18.
4-00
4-10
4-10-1
1. ,
, .
.
: ( )
.
2. (REW) (. 2-30).
3. ,
. ..
.
.
28 .
4. , .
, . ,
.
.
5. .
.
.
, .
:
A.
?
B. ,
, , .
C. ,
( ).
D. , .

(. . 2-10-3-1 . 2-10-3-3).
E. ?
F. .
G. (. 4-30)?
(1) .
(2) ,
.
4-10-2
1. , .
. , , ,
, .
:
A. ,
. .
: ,
. ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 319 687
.
.
: ,
, (. 40. 5-10-3).
: .

.
B. , , ,
.. .
, ,
. .
.
(. 3-30;
).
C. .
.
: .
D. , .
(. 4-30;
).
F. .
4-10-3 .
1. .
:
A. .
B. .
: ,
.
.
2. ,
.
.
(. .. 4-10-5-1 4-10-5-2).
3. 5 (1 2.5c 30c).

( . 4-30).
: ,
.
(. 2-10-3). ,
.

().
4.
. ( , 3/4 19 , )
( ) (1/4 6 ) (. . 410-5-3). (. . 4-10-5-4),
(. . 4-10-5-5).
: , . 3/4-
(19 ) 1- (25 ) ()

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 320 687
. .
.
4-10-4
1. , ,
( ) .
.
2. (. 2-50).
3. ,
.
:
.
.
: ,

.
. 12 .
4. :
A.
B.
C.
D.
5. (. 3-30).
4-10-5
1. ,
, (. 4-30).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 321 687
:
,
1/4 (6MM)
. 4-10-5-1

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 322 687
. 4-10-5-2
1 2,54
. 4-10-5-3

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 323 687
. 4-10-5-4

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 324 687
. 4-10-5-5

4-20
4-20-1
1. .
,
.
2. , . :
A. ,
B. , .
C. , .
:
.
.
. ,
.
3. ,
:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
4. (. 4-10 4-30).
4-20-2
1. , .
, ,
, .
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 325 687
2. , .
(UP).
(DOWN). . 32 .
: , ..
.
, ,
. , ,
.
4-20-3
1. ,
..
, ,
. . .
.
2.
.
.
4-20-4
1.
A. ,
.
. .
, .
B. .
. 3-30-6.
2. ( ) .
A. ,
.
(. 4-10).
B. ,
( ). (),
() (), .
, .
() ,
.
,
. ,
-.
C. ,
, , (. 3-307 . 3-30-7-13).
() (. . 4-20-5-2 4-20-5-3).
() ,
(. . 4-20-5-2). ,
(. F70244 . 3-30-6-4,
F80241 . 3-20-3-17).
, ( ) (. . 4-20-5-4).
3. -
A. . -

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 326 687
, , - ..
,
.
B. , .
, .
4-20-5
1.
A. (ARTS) Goldhofer Trailers .
4-20-5-5 . 4-20-5-6.
( 747) .
.
.
B. 747
1992., (
).
, .
(.
5-30-3).
C. . 4-20-5-7 4-20-5-8 ,
(DARTS) KAMAG. Kai
Tai .
2. .
A. . 4-20-5-9 . 4-20-5-10.
( ,
..) .
.
B. . 4-20-5-9 . 4-20-5-10
155 (47 ) 100 (91 ) 1992. -
. :
(1) 25 .
, .
(2) -
( Trakway Aluminum Panels -)
(. . 4-10-5-2).
. ,
, , .
, .
(3)
- .
27
( ). .
C. .
, (.
5-30-3).

____________________
:__________________
. 4-20-5-2

-3.001-02
. 327 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 328 687
. 4-20-5-3

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 329 687
. 4-20-5-4

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 330 687
. 737
,

. 4-20-5-6
GOLDHOFFER.(ARTS)

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 331 687
. 4-20-5-7 KAMAG
(DARTS).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 332 687
DARTS ,
, . ,
,
, ,
.
,
.

.
. 4-20-5-8 KAMAG
(DARTS).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 333 687
:
(
, 737, 155 , 100 ).

,

. 4-20-5-9

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 334 687
:
,

. 4-20-5-10
4-30
4-30-1
1.
2. , ,
, .
, . , ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 335 687
3. - ,
.
4. , ,
. .
: . ,
.
. , .
, .
:
.
.
. ,
.
4-30-2
1. .
2. , . 4-20-4.
3. 2-30.
4.
.
W =
:

:

6% x W)

3% x W

3% x W + 1% x W 1%

6% x W + 1% x W 1%
: 48989 2%
3919 .
(6% x 108,000 + 2% x 108,000 = 8640 )
: .
.
.
, , 2-10-2.
W.
5.
, . 4-30-4-1, 4-30-4-2, 4-30-4-3, 4-30-4-4 4-30-4-9.
6. 707/720, ( ) (CG)
(35% CA).
7. 727 737, . . . 4-30-4-5
4-30-4-13.
8. (
), .
. ,
,
. ,
. . . 4-30-4-14
, -.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 336 687
9.
9 .
10. .
11. , , . 4-10-3.
4-30-3 .
:
.
.
:
737

F80005-1, -2, -5, -9, -12
F72957-1 -51, -58
2. .
3. .
A. .
B. :
737-300/-400/500

23 (58.4c)
.
: ,
. -
.
4. .
:
. . . 9
.
4-30-4 .
: .
,
.
1. 737, (
, F72719-500). . . 4-30-4-6.
2. .
,
.
(. . 4-30-4-16 )
. . . 3-20-3-21 3-20-3-22
( , )
3. 5.
.
4. .
5. , , , .
.
.
6. . ,
() .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 337 687
7. , .
. , ,
, .
8. .
.
9. , .
.
, .
10. ,
.
, (. . 4-30-4-15).
.
11. ,
( ). . . 4-30-4-17.
.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 338 687
, / ()
A
B
C
737-400
61 - 0 (18.6)
62-0 (18.9)
68-0 (20.7)
737-500
50-0 (15.2)
59- 0. (18.0)
61-0 (18.6)
. 4-30-4-8 , 737
( AFT)
737-400
737-500

(K)

(K)180

(K)30
139,000 - 150,500
(63050 - 68267)
22,575 (10240)
32,150 (14583)
134,000- 136,500
(60782 - 61916)
20,100 (9117)
32,150 (14583)
. 4-30-4-9 , 737

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 339 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 340 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 341 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 342 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 343 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 344 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 345 687
14. CRJ200
1. .
: Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) CRJ-200
Revision 39
.
1. ,
.
2.
, ,
, , .
3. ,
, ,
, .
4. ,
.
5.
4 (8
)
34
(56 ) .
6.
10 ,
.
7.
(
).
8.
,
,
.
9.
:
- ;
- ;
-
.
,
.
10.

.
11.
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 346 687
12. ,
(1 4)
,
:
- ;
- ;
- ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 347 687
2.
Revision 39

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 348 687

,
.

____________________
:__________________
/ Aircraft dimensions
-3.001-02
. 349 687

____________________
:__________________
48 .
50 .
-3.001-02
. 350 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 351 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 352 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 353 687
3.
CRJ-200.
Revision 39
, ,
, .

-
B -
-
D -
E -
F -
G -
H -
J - 3-
K - 3-
L - 3-
M -
N -
O -
Q - 1- ,
R - S -

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 354 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 355 687
4. , , CRJ-200.
Revision 39
, ,
, .
CARGO DOOR OPENING
(1)
,
. 90

.
,
, .
,
,
.

,
.
.
(2)
. ,
(
(1) To open the cargo compartment door, the

trigger plate must be pushed to eject the handle.
The
handle
is
turned
90
degrees
counterclockwise to disengage the latch pins.
When the handle is turned, the actuator turns
with it and the push rod connected to the
actuator is moved. This movement is
transmitted to a pivot fitting the turns and
moves the two push rods that are connected to
the latch pins. The two latch pins are pulled in
and become disengaged from the fittings on the
adjacent fuselage structure. The compression
spring holds the pivot fitting in the disengaged
position.
(2) When the latch mechanism is disengaged,
the cargo compartment door is pushed in and
up. The rollers that move in the tracks (on the

____________________
:__________________
) 0,80
(20,3 )
.
,
.
,
.
-3.001-02
. 356 687
forward and aft sides of the door frame

structure) move the door inboard 0.80 in. (20.3
mm) at the bottom and turn it in at the top. The
balance springs make allowance for the weight
of the door structure while it is pushed up to the
open position. The rollers continue to control
the movement of the cargo compartment door
until it is in the fully open position.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 357 687
PASSENGER DOOR

.

. 36
(91 ) 70 (178 )
,
I
.

/

.
.

.

.
A.
(1)
.
.

.
(2) ,
,
,
.

.
(3)
,
:
/

,

.
(4)
6 8 (15-20 ).

.
(5) , ,
.
(6) , ,

.
The passenger door is the normal entry and exit

point for passengers and crew. The door is located
on the left side of the forward fuselage, adjacent to
the flight deck. The door opening measures 36
inches (91 cm) wide and 70 inches (178 cm) high,
exceeding the requirements for use as a Type I
emergency exit.
The door is equipped with integral entry/exit stairs
and handrails on each side of the stair, to facilitate
passenger boarding from ground level. Handrails
can be stowed in order to board passengers from a
passenger loading bridge.
The door can be opened manually from the inside
and outside. It can be closed using the electricallyoperated power-assist system from the inside, or
manually from the outside.
A. Opening the door
(1) To open the passenger door using the outer
handle, push through the hinged flap and grab the
handle. Pull the handle upward and outward. As the
handle moves, the door mechanism unlocks and the
vent flap opens.
(2) To open the passenger door using the inner
handle, pull up on the inner handle located on the
forward side of the integral stairs. As the handle
moves, the door mechanism unlocks and the vent
flap opens.
(3) As the inner or outer handles move to the open
position, the latch mechanism:
Moves the inner/outer handle to the open position
Turns the two latch cams to disengage them
Retracts the four latch pins from the fittings
attached to the door surround structure
Opens the pressure valve
Turns the pull-in levers to move the passenger
door out of its opening.
(4) As the door unlocks, it opens approximately 6 8 inches (15-20 cm). The door can then be
deployed electrically or manually.
(5) To deploy the door from inside, push outwards
on the door.
(6) To deploy the door from the outside, step away
from the underside and sides of the door and pull
on the outer handle.

____________________
:__________________
(7)

.
,
,
.

,
.
(8)

.

,

.
B.
(1)
, .
(2) :

,
,

,
,

.

.
(3)
, ,

,

.
C.
(1) ,
, "close"
(
)
,
, .
(2) :

-3.001-02
. 358 687
(7) As the door deploys the following occurs:

The power-assist motor damper slows the descent
of the door
The door support wheel extends
The handrail operation rods pull the handrails up
to the extended position. As the forward handrail
deploys, it moves a push rod which extends the
folding step at the bottom of the stair structure
The folding step at the top of the stair folds over
the door sill creating a step between the cabin floor
and the steps.
(8) To lower the passenger door with the handrails
folded, remove the quick-release pins from the
joints between the two upper posts and the two
operation rods. Install the two quick-release pins in
the two brackets on the sides of the steps that the
springs on the upper posts engage with when the
handrails are folded.
B. Closing the door from the outside
(1) To close the passenger door from the outside,
push the door to the closed, but unlocked position.
(2) When the door is pushed to the closed position,
the following events occur:
The retraction cable pulls the door support wheel
inward as the door closes
The folding step at the bottom of the door
structure, which extends over the door sill folds to
the closed position
The folding step attached at the top of the door
structure, and connected with a push rod to the
lower post of the forward handrail folds back to
reveal the door latch cams and the lock lever
The handrails fold against the door structure.
(3) If the door has been opened with the handrails

folded, make sure that the two quick-release pins in
the two brackets on the sides of the steps are
installed, or redeploy the door and unfold the
handrails and reinstall the quick-release pins in the
operation rods.
C. Closing the door from inside the cabin
(1) To close the passenger door from inside the
cabin, press the "close" button on the attendant
panel (located on the aft side of the stairs on the
side panel) until the door comes to the closed but
not locked position.
(2) When the door is retracted, the following events
occur:

____________________
:__________________
,
.
,
.
,
.

,
,
.
,

, ,

.

.

, ,

,

.
D.
(1) , ,

( ).
(2) , ,
,

.
(3)
:

, ,

,
,

,
-3.001-02
. 359 687
The power-assist motor activates and winds the

power-assist cable around the pulley attached to the
motor. As the door gets near to the closed position,
a limit switch disconnects the motor.
The retraction cable pulls the door support wheel
inward as the door closes.
The folding step at the bottom of the door
structure, which extends over the door sill folds to
the closed position.
The folding step attached at the top of the door
structure, and connected with a push rod to the
lower post of the aft handrail folds back to reveal
the door latch cams and the lock lever.
The handrails fold against the door structure.
If the door has been opened with the handrails
folded, make sure that the two quick-release pins in
the two brackets on the sides of the steps are
installed, or redeploy the door and unfold the
handrails and reinstall the quick-release pins in the
upper brackets.
D. Locking the door

(1) To lock the door from the outside, push the
door in and push the outer handle into the recess
(closed position).
(2) To lock the door from the inside, pull the door
in, using the grab handle located on the stair and
push the inner handle down to the closed position.
(3) When the door is locked, the following events
occur:
The striker plates contact with rollers on the door
surround and move the door into the correct
horizontal alignment
The tension sockets that extend out of both sides
of the door, contact with tension tie bar buttons
The pull-in levers rotate around the cams causing
the door seal to compress against the seal striker
The four latch pins extend into the receptacles
The two latch cams to engage the door spigots
The pressure valve closes
The inner or outer handle moves to the closed
position
The upper and lower lock mechanisms engage.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 360 687
CRJ-200

, :
- ;
- n/;
- , .. /
.
,
Close/,
Close/ .
CLOSE/
!

!

, :
- ;
-
n/;
- , . . /
.
Close door/ ,
.
,
,
, Close/.
CLOSE/
!
, /, ,
LOCKED/3AKPblTO .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 361 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 362 687
5. -
CRJ-200
Revision 39
, ,
, .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 363 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 364 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 365 687
6. CRJ-200
Revision 39
, ,
, .
( )

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 366 687
, ,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 367 687

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 368 687

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 369 687
7. CRJ-200
Revision 39
, ,
, .

A.

.

.

,
().
,

.
EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL POWER
/
.
A. .
:

/
.
/
.
B.
/
.
C.
( )
(B).
: ,
,
Connect External AC Power
A. This procedure gives instructions to connect and

remove power from the external AC and DC buses.
The external AC connection is found on the right
side of the forward fuselage, above the door of the
nose landing gear. The external DC connection is
found on the right side of the aft fuselage, below
the auxiliary power unit (APU) exhaust port.
The external service panel is found below and to
the left of the external AC ground-powerreceptacle.
WARNING: GROUND THE AIRCRAFT

BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE EXTERNAL
ELECTRICAL POWER. IF YOU DO NOT DO
THIS, YOU CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE
EQUIPMENT.
A. Ground the aircraft

WARNING: OBEY ALL THE SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO
MAINTENANCE
ON OR NEAR ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC
EQUIPMENT. IF YOU DO NOT
DO THIS, YOU CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
TO THE EQUIPMENT.
B. Obey all of the electrical/electronic safety
precautions.
C. Connect the ground power unit (AC) to the AC
receptacle (B).
NOTE: If necessary, use two external power units,
AC and DC, together.
D. Open access door/panel 122BR/122CR

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 370 687
, .
D. / 122BR/
122CR
:
A.
:
(1)
115
400 .
(2)
.
B.

(A), :
(1) ,
AVAIL - EXT AC PUSH.
(2) - EXT AC PUSH.
(3) , IN
USE - EXT AC PUSH.
(4) , AVAIL
- EXT AC PUSH
C.

ELECTRICAL POWER
SERVICES,
:
(1)
.
(2)

.
Procedure:
A. Connect the external AC power as follows:
(1) Set the ground power unit to 115 volts at 400
hertz.
(2) Start the ground power unit.
B. To energize the external AC system in the
ground service configuration with the external
service panel (A), do the steps that follow:
(1) Make sure that the AVAIL part of the EXT AC
PUSH switch/light comes on.
(2) Push the EXT AC PUSH switch/light.
(3) Make sure that the IN USE part of the EXT AC
PUSH switch/light comes on.
(4) Make sure that the AVAIL part of the EXT AC
PUSH switch/light goes off.
C. To energize the external AC system with the
ELECTRICAL POWER SERVICES panel, do the
steps that follow, as necessary:
(1) Energize the external AC system in the ground
service configuration.
(2) Energize the external AC system in the external
service configuration.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 371 687
EXT AC
PUSH

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 372 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 373 687
/
.
,
.
A.
(A)
:
(1) - EXT AC PUSH.
(2) , IN USE -
EXT AC PUSH .
(3) , AVAIL -
EXT AC PUSH .
(4)
.
(5)
(B).
B.

ELECTRICAL POWER SERVICES,
:
(1)

.
(2)

.
Remove External AC Power

PRECAUTIONS
WHEN
YOU
DO
MAINTENANCE
ON
OR
NEAR
ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT. IF
YOU DO NOT DO THIS, YOU CAN CAUSE
INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
TO THE EQUIPMENT.
A. Remove the external AC power at the external
service panel (A) as follows:
(1) Push the EXT AC PUSH switch/light.
(2) Make sure that the IN USE part of the EXT
AC PUSH switch/light goes off.
(3) Make sure that the AVAIL part of the EXT
AC PUSH switch/light comes on.
(4) Stop the ground power unit.
(5) Disconnect the ground power unit from the
AC receptacle (B).
B. To remove the external AC power from the
system with the ELECTRICAL POWER
SERVICES panel, do the steps that follow, as
necessary:
(1) Remove the external AC power from the
system in the ground service configuration.
(2) Remove the external AC power from the
system in the external service configuration.
Connect External DC Power

WARNING: GROUND THE AIRCRAFT
BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE EXTERNAL
ELECTRICAL POWER. IF YOU DO NOT DO
THIS, YOU CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE
EQUIPMENT.
A.
:

/
.
A. Ground the aircraft

PRECAUTIONS
WHEN
YOU
DO
MAINTENANCE
ON
OR
NEAR
TO THE EQUIPMENT.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 374 687
/
.
B.
/
.
C.
.
: ,
,
, .
D. 312AR.
B. Obey the electrical/electronic safety

precautions (Ref. TASK 24-00-00-910-801).
C. Connect the ground power unit (DC) to the DC
receptacle.
NOTE: If necessary, use two external power units,
AC and DC, together.
D. Open access door 312AR.
A.

:
(1) 28
.
(2) .
B.

Procedure
A. Connect external DC power as follows:
(1) Set the ground power unit to 28 volts.
(2) Start the ground power unit.
B. Energize the external DC system

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 375 687

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
/
.
,
.
A.
/
A.
.
B.
.
C.
.
. 376 687
Remove External DC Power

PRECAUTIONS
WHEN
YOU
DO
MAINTENANCE
ON
OR
NEAR
TO THE EQUIPMENT.
A. Obey the electrical/electronic safety
precautions
Procedure
A. Remove the power from the external DC
system.
B. Stop the ground power unit.
C. Disconnect the ground power unit from the DC
receptacle.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 377 687
8.
CRJ-200
Revision 39
, ,
, .
/
WATER/WASTE REPLENISHING
1.
A.

,
(12-1838).
, ,
:

.
1. General
A. Water/waste replenishing includes procedures to
do water quantity checks and add potable water to
the lavatory wash-water system and the potable
water tank in the galley (12-18-38). It also includes
procedures to do checks, drain, flush, and fill the
lavatory waste-water system. The servicing
procedures include the tasks that follow:
Wash-water system replenishing
Potable water-tank replenishing
Waste-water system replenishing.
2.
. . 1.
A.
(1)
,

.
.
:

(2)

,
. ,

.
(3)
.
,
,
.
,
2. Description
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Wash-Water System Replenishing
(1) The wash water system has a five-gallon tank
that is replenished with potable water through an
exterior service panel. The service panel is on the
lower right side of the fuselage, aft of the wing.
The service panel includes the components that
follow:
Water fill connection
Tank drain handle
(2) To fill the wash water tank, the operator
connects a water pressure source to the fill
connection and fills the tank until the water flows
from the rear drain mast. If the tank is overfilled,
the extra water will come out of the rear drain mast.
(3) The water-tank drain handle operates a drain

valve on the water tank. This permits the tank to be
drained to replace the water supply or to make the
tank empty when the aircraft is parked. When the
handle is operated, the water goes through the
lavatory drain mast on the bottom of the fuselage to

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 378 687
the ground.
B.
(1)
,
/
.
,
.
:

(2)

,
. ,

.
(3)
.
,
,
.
,
.
B. Potable Water-Tank Replenishing

(1) The forward galley has a five-gallon water tank
that contains the potable water supply for the
coffee maker and the cold/hot water dispenser. The
tank is
replenished through a service panel on the lower
right side of the fuselage, forward of the wing. The
service panel has the components that follow:
Water fill connection
Tank drain handle
(2) To fill the potable water tank, the operator
connects a water pressure source to the fill
connection and fills the tank until the water flows
from the rear drain mast. If the tank is overfilled,
the extra water will come out of the rear drain mast.
C.

(1)

, .

,
.
(2)
,

.
(3)

.
,

.
(4) ,

.

.
C. Waste-Water System Replenishing
(3) The water-tank drain handle operates a drain

valve on the water tank. This permits the tank to be
drained to replace the water supply or to make the
tank empty when the aircraft is parked. When the
handle is operated, the water goes through the
galley drain mast on the bottom of the fuselage to
the ground.
(1) The lavatory waste-water system is replenished

through a service panel on the right wing-root
fairing, aft of the wing. The service panel includes
a waste outlet, a recharge port, and a waste-tank
drain handle.
(2) The waste outlet has a hinged cover that latches
closed. The cover is opened to connect the external
waste drain line from a lavatory servicing unit to
the outlet.
(3) The waste-tank drain handle operates a drain
valve on the lavatory waste tank. When the valve is
opened, the contents of the waste tank go out of the
waste outlet into the external drain line.
(4) When the waste tank is drained, the recharging

line from the lavatory servicing unit is connected to
the recharging port. The waste tank is then flushed
and filled with a fresh supply of chemical solution.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 379 687
1.
WATER/WASTE SYSTEM - SERVICING
A.

.

.

.
B.
.

.
C.

.
A. The procedures that follow give the instructions

to do the servicing of the potable water systems of
the galley and the lavatory. The servicing of the
galley water tank is done from an external service
panel on the right side of the fuselage, forward of
the wing. The servicing of the lavatory water tank
is done from an external service panel on the right
side of the fuselage, aft of the wing.
B. Also given is the procedure to do the servicing
of the lavatory toilet tank. The servicing of the
toilet tank is done from an external service panel at
the aft end of the right wing root fairing.
C. A procedure to clean the galley drain line with
chemical cleaning agent is also given.

:
/ (2), . 301,
- .
A.
:
(1)
(1),
, .
(2) /
142BR.
: (4)
(3)
.
, (4)
(3).
(3) - (2)
.
,
.
: -
.
100 .
(4)
, - (2)

.
: -
.
(5) /
142BR.
(6) -
(1).
Servicing of the Galley Water System

NOTE: The water fill/drain handle (2) described in
Figure 301 is referred to as the T-handle in the
procedure that follows.
A. To drain the galley water tank, do as follows:
(1) Put the container on the ground below the
forward drain mast (1) to catch the water from the
overflow of the galley water tank.
1. General
(2) Open the potable water service and drain access

door 142BR.
NOTE: The dust cap (4) for the fill port (3) is
attached to the inner surface of the access door.
When the door opens the dust cap (4) is removed
from the fill port (3).
(3) Pull the T-handle (2) fully out and turn
counterclockwise to the stop. Make sure that water
comes out of the drain mast at the bottom of the
fuselage.
NOTE: The T-handle will come out about threequarters of an inch. The rotation to the stop will be
about 100 degrees.
(4) When the water from the drain mast stops, turn
the T-handle (2) clockwise to the vertical position
and push the T-handle (2) fully in.
NOTE: The T-handle is spring loaded to the detent.
(5) Close the potable water service and drain access
door 142BR.
(6) Remove the container from below the drain

mast (1).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 380 687
(7)
, .
(8)

,

.
, ,
.
:
,

.
(9)
, .
(10) .
(11) - (2)

.
: -
.
(12) /
142BR.
(13) -
(1). .
(7) When the water from the drain mast stops,

remove the coffee maker from the galley.
(8) With a suitable blunt-end tool, depress the shutoff valve in the coffee rail of the galley to vent the
coffee maker fill line of any water that remains.
Monitor the forward drain mast to make sure that
the coffee maker fill line has been completely
drained.
NOTE: Opening the shut-off valve will let the
water in the coffee rail of the galley and the fill line
to the coffee rail drain into the drain valve.
B.
:
(1)
(1),
, .
(2) /
142BR.
: (4)
(3)
142BR.
,
(4) (3).
(3) - (2)
.
: -
.
(4)

(3).
(5) .
(6) , 50
. (344.75 ).
(7)
(1), .
(8)
(1),
(3).
(9)
B. To fill the galley water tank, do as follows:

(1) Put the container on the ground below the
forward drain mast (1) to catch the water from the
overflow of the galley water tank.
door 142BR.
(9) When the fill line has been drained completely,

release the shut-off valve.
(10) Install the coffee maker.
(11) Turn the T-handle (2) clockwise to the vertical
position and push the T-handle (2) fully in.
NOTE: The T-handle is spring loaded to the detent.
(12) Close the potable water service and drain

access door 142BR.
(13) Remove the container from below the drain
mast (1). Dispose of the contents of the container.
attached to the inside of the potable water service
and drain access door 142BR. The dust cap (4) will
be removed from the fill port (3) when the door is
opened.
(3) Leave the T-handle (2) in the detent and rotate
the T-handle (2) clockwise to the stop.
NOTE: The T-handle is spring loaded to the detent
position.
(4) Connect the fill line from the water servicing
cart to the fill port (3).
(5) Start the supply of potable water.
(6) Make sure that the pressure is not more than 50
psi (344.75 kPa).
(7) When the water flows from the forward drain
mast (1), stop the water supply.
(8) When the water stops flowing from the drain
mast (1), move the container to below the fill port
(1).
(9) Disconnect the fill line from the fill port (3).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 381 687
(3).
(10) , (3),
(3) .
(11) - (2)
.
: -
.
: -

.
(12) /
142BR.
(13) -
(1). .
(10) Let all of the remaining water in the fill port

(3) drain out of the fill port (3) into the container.

:
/ (2), . 302,
- .
A.
:
(1)
(1),
,
.
(2) /
172CR.
: (4)
(3)
.
, (4)
(3).
(3) - (2)
.
,
.
: -
.
100 .
(4)
, - (2)

.
: -
,
.
(5) /
172CR.
: -

.
(6) -
(1). .
:
Servicing of the Lavatory Water System

NOTE: The water fill/drain handle (2) described in
Figure 302 is referred to as the T-handle in the
procedure that follows.
A. To drain the lavatory water tank, do as follows:
(1) Put a container on the ground below the aft
drain mast (1) to catch the water from the overflow
of the lavatory potable water tank.
(11) Turn the T-handle counterclockwise to the

vertical position.
NOTE: The T-handle is spring loaded to the detent
position.
NOTE: The T-handle must be in the vertical
position before the door will close.
access door 142BR.
(13) Remove the container from below the fill port
(3). Dispose of the contents of the container.

door 172CR.
attached to the inner surface of the access door.
When the door opens the dust cap (4) is removed
from the fill port (3).
(3) Pull the T-handle (2) fully out and turn
counterclockwise to the stop. Make sure that water
comes out of the drain mast at the bottom of the
fuselage.
NOTE: The T-handle will come out about threequarters of an inch. The rotation to the stop will be
about 100 degrees.
(4) When the water from the drain mast stops, turn
the T-handle (2) clockwise to the vertical position
and push the T-handle (2) fully in.
NOTE: The T-handle, when in the vertical position,
is spring loaded to the detent position.
(5) Close the potable water service and drain access

door 172CR.
position before the access door will close.
(6) Remove the container from below the aft drain
mast (1). Dispose of the contents of the container.
WARNING: USE POTABLE WATER IN THE

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 382 687
.
-
.
,
.
LAVATORY WATER TANK. PASSENGERS

FREQUENTLY DRINK FROM THE WASH
WATER SUPPLY IN THE LAVATORY. IF
POTABLE WATER IS NOT USED, THEY CAN
BECOME SICK.
B.
:
(1) /
172CR.
: (4)
(3)
172CR.
,
(4) (3).
(2) - (2)
.
: -
,
.
(3)

(3).
(4) .
(5) , 50
(344.75 ).
(6)
(1), .
(7)
(1),
(3).
(8) - (2)
.
: -
,
.
(9)
(3).
(10) , (3),
.
(11) /
172CR.
: -

.
(12) - 172CR.
.
B. To fill the lavatory water tank, do as follows:

door 172CR.
NOTE: The dust cap (4) for the fill port is attached
to the inside of the potable water service and drain
access door 172CR. The dust cap (4) will be
removed from the fill port (3) when the door is
opened.
(2) Rotate the T-handle (2) clockwise to the stop.

is spring loaded to the detent (retracted in) position.
(3) Connect the fill line from the water servicing

cart to the fill port (3).
(4) Start the supply of potable water.
(5) Make sure that the pressure is not more than 50
psi (344.75 kPa).
(6) When the water flows from the aft drain mast
(1), stop the water supply.
(7) When the water stops flowing from the aft drain
mast (1) move the container to below the fill port
(3).
(8) Turn the T-handle counterclockwise to the
vertical position.
is spring loaded to the retracted (in) position.
(9) Disconnect the fill line from the fill port (3).
(10) Let all of the remaining water in the fill port
drain from the fill port (3) and into the container.
access door 172CR.
position before the access door will close.
(12) Remove the container from below the potable

water service and drain access door 172CR.
Dispose of the contents of the container.
Servicing of the Waste Water System
WARNING: USE RUBBER GLOVES WHEN
YOU DO THE SERVICING OF THE WASTE
WATER SYSTEM. IF THE WASTE WATER

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 383 687
GETS ON YOUR HANDS, IT CAN CAUSE AN

, . INFECTION.
A.
:
(1)
(1).
(2)
(2).
(3) .

(3).
(4)
.
(4).
(5) (5) ,
(6) .
(6) (7),
.
,
,
.
(7) ,
.

,
.
(8) ,
, ,
. 3. B.
:
,

.
:
,
. ,
,
,

.
B.
:
(1) .
.
(2) (
), (7).
,

,
.
A. Drain the toilet tank as follows:

(1) Release the lock and open the drain port cover
(1).
(2) Release the lock and open the charge port cover
(2).
(3) Connect the charging line from the lavatory
servicing cart to the charge port (3).
(4) Connect the waste drain line from the lavatory
servicing cart to the drain port (4).
(5) Push the lever (5) to release the spring-loaded
valve (6) in the drain port to the open position.
(6) Operate the toilet drain handle (7) to open the

drain valve of the toilet tank. Turn the handle
counterclockwise, pull it out fully, and turn it
clockwise to lock it in the open position.
(7) Make sure that the contents of the toilet tank
come out of the drain port. Feel the waste drain line
for vibrations or listen for the sound of the liquid
flow through the drain line.
(8) When you are sure that there is a flow through
the drain line, start the flushing operation given in
step 3. B.
CAUTION: FLUSH THE WASTE WATER
SYSTEM FULLY. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS,
YOU CAN CAUSE A MALFUNCTION OF THE
WASTE WATER SYSTEM.
CAUTION:
STOP
THE
FLUSHING
OPERATION IF YOU THINK THERE IS A
BLOCKAGE IN THE SYSTEM. THE RINSE
WATER SUPPLIED TO THE TOILET TANK
CAN CAUSE THE TANK CONTENTS TO
COME OUT OF THE TOP OF THE TOILET.
B. Flush the toilet tank as follows:

(1) Start the supply of rinse water from the
servicing cart as the toilet tank contents drain out.
(2) When the tank is drained of its waste contents

(the drain line flow decreases to a level that is the
same as the rinse water flow), close the toilet drain
handle (7). Turn the handle counterclockwise, push
it in, and turn it clockwise to lock it in the closed
position.

____________________
:__________________
(3) 12
(45 )
.
: ,
18.5 (70 )
.
18.5 (70 ).
(4) (7),
.
, .
: (8)
.
(5) (7)
, ,
.
(6) (7).
(7)
.
: (6)

, (1)
(4).
(8) (6)
(1).
(9)
(3).
(10)
(2).
:
,
.
,

.
-3.001-02
. 384 687
(3) Supply a minimum amount of 12 U.S. gallons

(45 L) of rinse water to the toilet tank.
NOTE: Make sure that you do not use more than
18.5 U.S. gallons (70 L) of rinse water. The
maximum capacity of the toilet tank is 18.5 U.S.
gallons (70 L).
(4) Open and lock the toilet drain handle (7) and
drain the toilet tank of all the rinse water. Make
sure that the tank is empty.
NOTE: The pushbutton switch/light (8) will be
OFF when the tank is empty.
(5) Move the toilet drain handle (7) in and out three
or four times to make sure that the toilet drain
valve seals correctly.
(6) Close and lock the toilet drain handle (7).
(7) Disconnect the waste drain line from the drain
port.
NOTE: The spring-loaded valve (6) in the drain
port is closed and latched automatically when you
close the cover (1) of the drain port (4).
(8) Close the spring-loaded valve (6) in the drain
port and the drain port cover (1).
(9) Disconnect the charging line from the charge
port (3).
(10) Close and lock the charge port cover (2).
CAUTION: DO NOT OVER FILL THE
LAVATORY WATER SYSTEM. IT IS
POSSIBLE THAT THE LAVATORY CAN
OVER FLOW. CLEAN THE OVER FLOW
IMMEDIATELY.
IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS IT CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT AND THE
EQUIPMENT.
C. :
(1)
(2).
(2) .

(3).
(3) 2.3 (8.7 )
(05-041) (.
) .
.
C. Fill the toilet tank with precharge solution as

follows:
(1) Release the lock and open the charge port cover
(2).
(2) Connect the charging line from the lavatory
servicing cart to the charge port (3).
(3) Prepare 2.3 U.S. gallons (8.7 L) of precharge
chemical (05-041)/water solution (refer to the
manufacturers instructions) in the lavatory service
cart.
/

:

WARNING: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT

FOLLOW WHEN YOU USE DE-ICING/ANTIICING FLUID MIXTURES:
USE SAFETY GOGGLES
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
DO NOT LET THE FLUID MIXTURE TOUCH

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 385 687
.
/
.
YOUR SKIN, EYES, AND MOUTH
OBEY
THE
MANUFACTURERS
INSTRUCTIONS
GET MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION
OCCURS.
DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID MIXTURES
ARE POISONOUS.
(4) Add 10-001 or 10-002 anti-icing agent to the

precharge solution (refer to the manufacturers
instructions) in the lavatory service cart.
(5) Operate the servicing cart to fill the toilet tank
with the precharge solution.
NOTE: The pushbutton switch/light (8) will be ON
when the tank is full.
(6)

,
.
(7)
(3).
(8)
(2).
(4) Add 10-001 or 10-002 anti-icing agent to the

precharge solution (refer to the manufacturers
instructions) in the lavatory service cart.
(5) Operate the servicing cart to fill the toilet tank
with the precharge solution.
NOTE: The pushbutton switch/light (8) will be ON
when the tank is full.
(6) If you over fill the lavatory waste water system
with chemical toilet fluid, immediately clean all the
contaminated surfaces.
(7) Disconnect the charging line from the charge
port (3).
(8) Close and lock the charge port cover (2).
D. (3)
(4) " ":
(1)
(2) (1),

(05-041).
.
(2) (3)
(4) ,
.
(3) (3)
(4)
,
(6) (4)
(4).

(4)
(4).
D. Do a check of the charge port (3) and the drain

port (4) for "blue-staining" as follows:
(1) With the charge port cover (2) and the drain
port cover (1) closed and locked, inspect the area
for signs of precharge chemical (05-041)/water
solution leakage. If no leaks are seen, go to the next
step.
(2) If a leak is detected at the charge port (3) or the
drain port (4), do the servicing procedure again.
(3) If the charge port (3) or the drain port (4) still
leaks when the servicing procedure is done again,
inspect the spring-loaded valve (6) in the drain port
(4) and also the seals for the drain port (4). Replace
the drain port (4) or the seals in the nipple
assembly of the drain port (4) if necessary.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 386 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 387 687

____________________
:__________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
-3.001-02
. 388 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 389 687
9. CRJ-200. .
Revision 39
, ,
, .
1
. .
2.
.
3. .
4. .
.. .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 390 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 391 687
.
,
.
.

.
TOWING AND PUSHBACK OPERATIONS

The aircraft can be towed or pushed with a towing
tractor when it is impractical to move the aircraft
with its own power. The aircraft is towed with a tow
bar that attaches to the axle of the nose landing gear.
A minimum of two persons is necessary for towing
operations. Five persons are necessary for towing
operations in confined areas.

,
.

, ,
-
360 .
Towing
The aircraft is pushed or towed with the tow bar
connected to the axle of the nose landing gear and to
the towing tractor. The nose-wheel steering system
must be off and the steering torque arms
disconnected when the aircraft is towed or pushed to
permit the nose wheel to turn freely. With the
steering torque arms disconnected, the nose wheel
can be turned 360 degrees.

.
.

.
70
.
Push Back
The aircraft can be pushed back with the steering
torque arms connected or with the steering torque
arms disconnected. The tow bar is connected to the
axle of the nose landing gear and to the towing
tractor. The nose wheel steering system must be off.
The angle of the nose wheel must not be more than
70 degrees with the steering torque arms connected.

(1)
,
.
,

.

,
.
(2)

.

10,850 (4922 ).
,
40,000
/
(4519
/).
Tow Bar
(1) The aircraft can be towed with the standard tow
bar or with the collapsible tow bar installed in the
aft equipment compartment. The collapsible tow bar
is a telescopic type that is extended and locked with
a pin to prepare the tow bar for use. Both tow
bars attach to the nose wheel with a forked towing
head that engages with the holes in the ends of the
nose wheel axle.
(2) A shearpin and shear bolt in the tow bar give the
aircraft protection from too much towing force. The
shearpin will break if the push or pull force is more
than 10,850 pounds (4922 kg). The shear bolt will
break if the turning force is more than 40,000
pound-inches (4519 Nm).
A. ,
A. Towing Crew

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 392 687
(1) , ,
.
,
.

.
(2)
.

.

.
(1) The minimum towing crew has two persons.

One person operates the towing vehicle and one
person operates the aircraft brakes in the flight
compartment. The aircraft brakes are to be used
only in an emergency.
B.
(1) :
-
-
- :
-
- , .
B. Towing Equipment
(1) The equipment necessary for a towing operation
is as follows:
Towing tractor
Main wheel chocks
Tow bar - standard or collapsible
Two headsets with extension cord
Passenger-door support cable.
90 .
Aircraft Towing Radius

The towing radii are given based on towing
operations with the nose wheel turned 90 degrees
from the center to get the smallest possible turning
circle.
(2) When the aircraft is towed in a confined area,

two additional persons must be at the wingtips.
They make sure that sufficient distance is given to
prevent contact with objects or aircraft. When the
aircraft is pushed rearward, a person must be at the
tail to make sure that the aircraft tail does not hit
other objects or aircraft.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 393 687
36,64 .
44,60 .
37,57 .
5,21 .
44,41 .

90
Aircraft Towing Radius

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 394 687
Towing of the Aircraft with Torque Links

- Disconnected
(1)
/
.
:
/
.
(2)
.
(3) , .
(4) ,

.
(5) , .
(6) ,
.
(7) ,
.
(8) ,
DOWN.
(9) ,
.
(10) ,
.
(11) ,
.
(12) .
(13)
,

.
:

:
; ,
.
:

.
:
(1) Obey all the electrical/electronic safety

precautions.
WARNING: OBEY ALL THE HYDRAULIC
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO
WORK ON THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
AND/OR
A
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM
COMPONENT. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS,
YOU CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(2) Obey all the hydraulic safety precautions.

(3) Make sure that the tires are correctly inflated.
(4) Make sure that the shock struts of the main and
nose landing gear are set to the correct pressure.
(5) Make sure that all the landing gear lockpins are
installed.
(6) Make sure that the air driven generator lockpin
is installed.
(7) Make sure that the nose wheel steering system
is off.
(8) Make sure that the landing gear selector-handle
is in the DOWN position.
(9) Make sure that all ground equipment is
removed from areas adjacent to the aircraft.
(10) Make sure that all external services are
disconnected from the aircraft.
(11) Make sure that the grounding wire is
(12) Close the passenger door.
(13) When the aircraft is towed, make sure that
sufficient trained personnel and serviceable
equipment are employed to move the aircraft
safely.
NOTE: A typical towing crew, for aircraft towing
in open areas, has the following personnel: A
towing supervisor to supervise the towing
operation. A person to operate the towing vehicle.
And, a person to operate the aircraft brakes and
navigation lights from the flight compartment.
NOTE: When the aircraft is towed in confined
areas, additional personnel are necessary to monitor
each wing tip and the tail for sufficient clearance.
NOTE: Typically the towing supervisor is in
control of the towing operation, and can
communicate at all times with other members of

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 395 687
the towing ground crew. Light wands can be used

to give signals in low visibility.
, .

.
:
:
,
;

15 (24 KM/)

3 (5 KM/)

CAUTION: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT

FOLLOW WHEN YOU TOW THE AIRCRAFT:
MAKE SURE THAT THE TORQUE LINKS OF
THE
NOSE
LANDING
GEAR
ARE
DISCONNECTED
DO NOT TOW AT MORE THAN 15 MPH (24
KM/H)
DO NOT TOW REARWARD AT MORE THAN
3 MPH (5 KM/H)
KEEP TURNS AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE
MAKE ALL CHANGES TO TOWING SPEED
OR DIRECTION SLOWLY
USE THE AIRCRAFT BRAKES TO STOP THE
AIRCRAFT ONLY WHEN
THERE IS A RISK OF COLLISION OR
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
IF
YOU
DO
NOT
OBEY
THESE
PRECAUTIONS, DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT
OR EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
A.

:
(1)
.
(2) BATTERY
MASTER ON.
(3) ,
1500
.
(10342 )
:
(a)
:
1
.
2

(EICAS).
3
.
(b)
.
A. To tow the aircraft, do the procedure that

follows:
(1) When necessary, connect a headset to the
service interphone.
(2) Set the BATTERY MASTER switch to ON.
(3) Make sure that there is a minimum hydraulic
brake pressure of 1500 psi (10342 kPa) by using
one of the following procedures:
(a) Read the hydraulic system synoptic page.
1 Supply AC electrical power to the aircraft, from a
ground power unit or the auxiliary power unit.
2 Set the engine indication and crew alerting
system (EICAS) to the hydraulic system synoptic
page.
3 Read the hydraulic system synoptic page.
(b) Read the brake system pressure gauges.

1 Open the forward equipment compartment access

____________________
:__________________
1 (211L)

.
2
.
(4) 1500
. (10342 ),
2 3
,
1500 . (10342
).
(5)
, .
(6) BATTERY
MASTER ON.
(7) .

.
(8) (1)
, (2)
.
(9) (3)
(4)
- (5).
(10) (1) .
(11) .
, , ,
.
(12) .
(13) .
,
.
(14)
15 (24 /),
3 (5
/).
.
:
.
(15)
,

.

.
(16)
, .

.
(17) .

.
(18) .
-3.001-02
. 396 687
door (211L), to gain access to the brake system

accumulators.
2 Read the brake system accumulator pressure
gauges.
(4) When the hydraulic pressure is less than 1500
psi (10342 kPa), pressurize hydraulic systems No.
2 and No. 3. Do this until you have a minimum of
1500 psi (10342 kPa) in the system.
(5) Remove the AC electrical power from the
aircraft, when applicable.

(7) Apply the parking brake. Tell the towing
supervisor that the parking brake is on.
(8) Install the towbar (1) on the nose landing gear.
Engage the axle engagement pins (2) on the towing
head with the holes in the ends of the nose landing
gear axle.
(9) Pull out, at the same time, the two quickdisconnect handles (3) to disconnect the upper
torque link (4) from the lower torque link (5).
(10) Connect the towbar (1) to the towing mule.
(11) Remove all the wheel chocks. Tell the brake
operator that the wheel chocks are removed.
(12) Set the NAV lights switch to ON.
(13) Release the parking brake. Tell the towing
supervisor that the brakes are off.
(14) Tow the aircraft forward at a speed of not

more than 15 mph (24 km/h), or push back the
aircraft at a speed of not more than 3 mph (5 km/h).
Control the towing speed with only the towing
mule.
NOTE: Do not stop the aircraft in a turn if it is not
necessary.
(15) If the aircraft is turned before it is parked,
move it forward or rearward in a straight line for a
short distance. This is to remove twisting forces
from the landing gear before you stop the aircraft.
(16) When the aircraft is in the correct position,
stop the aircraft with the towing mule. Tell the
brake operator to apply the parking brake.

(18) Install the wheel chocks.
(19) Set the NAV lights switch to OFF.

____________________
:__________________
(19) .
(20) BATTERY
MASTER OFF.
(21) (1) .
(22) (1)
. ,
.
(23) -
:
(a)
- (3).
(b) (4)
- (5).
(c) - (3).
,

- (5).
(24) (1) .
(25) (1) .
(26) ,
.
: ,
. ,
,
.
(27) ,
.
: ,
.
,
,
.
(28) ,
.

-

,
:
:
-3.001-02
. 397 687
(20) Set the BATTERY MASTER switch to OFF.
(21) Disconnect the towbar (1) from the towing

mule.
(22) Move the towbar (1) by hand to align the
upper and lower torque links. This is done when
the nose landing gear is aligned with the aircraft
center line.
(23) Connect the torque links as follows:
(a) Pull fully out and hold the two quick-disconnect
handles (3).
(b) Align the pivot of the upper torque link (4) with
the pivot of the lower torque link (5).
(c) Release the quick-disconnect handles (3). Make
sure that the two quick-disconnect pins engage
fully with the pivot of the lower torque link (5).
(24) Disconnect the towbar (1) from the nose
landing gear.
(26) When applicable, remove all landing gear
lockpins.
NOTE: There are situations when the landing gear
lockpins are not removed. For example, when the
aircraft has been moved into a hangar, is parked, or
an engine is to be ground tested.
(27) When applicable, remove the air driven
generator lockpin.
NOTE: There are situations when the air driven
generator lockpin is not removed.
For example, when the aircraft has been moved
into a hangar, is parked, or an engine is to be
ground tested.
(28) When applicable, disconnect the headset from
the service interphone.
Push Back Procedure with Torque Links
Disconnected
Obey all the related safety precautions during the
push back procedure and complete the following
before moving the aircraft:
PRECAUTIONS
WHEN
YOU
DO
MAINTENANCE ON OR NEAR ELECTRICAL
/ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT. IF YOU DO NOT
PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

____________________
:__________________
(1)
/
.
:
/

(2)
.
(3) ,
.
(4) ,

.
(5) ,
.
(6) ,
DOWN.
(7) ,
.
(8) ,
.
(9) ,
.
(10) , ,
.
(11)
, ,

.
:

:
;
,
.
:

.
:

, .

.
-3.001-02
. 398 687

precautions.
AND/OR
A
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM

nose landing gear are correctly pressurized.
(5) Make sure that the nose wheel steering system

is off.
(10) Make sure that all external doors and panels
are closed and installed correctly.
(11) When the aircraft is pushed back, make sure
that sufficient trained personnel and serviceable
equipment are employed to move the aircraft
safely.
NOTE: A typical towing crew, for aircraft push
back in open areas, has the following personnel: A
towing supervisor to coordinate the towing
operation. A person to operate the towing vehicle.
And, a flight crew member to operate the aircraft
brakes and navigation lights from the flight
compartment.
NOTE: When the aircraft is towed in confined
areas, additional personnel are necessary to monitor
each wing tip and the tail for sufficient clearance.
NOTE: Typically the towing supervisor oversees
the towing operation, and can communicate at all
times with other members of the towing ground
crew and flight crew. Light wands can be used to
give signals in low visibility.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 399 687
:
,
;
-
15
(24 KM/)

3 (5 KM/)
-

-
,

/ .
CAUTION: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT

FOLLOW WHEN YOU TOW THE AIRCRAFT:
MAKE SURE THAT THE TORQUE LINKS OF
THE
NOSE
LANDING
GEAR
ARE
DISCONNECTED
KM/H)
DO NOT TOW REARWARD AT MORE THAN
3 MPH (5 KM/H)
MAKE ALL CHANGES TO TOWING SPEED
OR DIRECTION SLOWLY
USE THE AIRCRAFT BRAKES TO STOP THE
AIRCRAFT ONLY WHEN THERE IS A RISK
OF COLLISION OR DAMAGE TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
IF
YOU
DO
NOT
OBEY
THESE
A.
:
(1)
.
(2) BATTERY
MASTER ON.
(3) ,
1500 .
(10342 )
:
(a)
.
1
.
2

(EICAS).
3
.
(b)
.
1 (211L)

.
2
.
(4) 1500
. (10342 ),
A. To push back the aircraft, do the procedure

that follows:
service interphone.

page.
accumulators.
gauges.

____________________
:__________________
2 3
,
1500 . (10342
).
(5)
, .
(6) BATTERY
MASTER ON.
(7) .

.
(8) (1)
, (2)
.
(9) (3)
-
(4) - (5).
(10) (1) .
(11) .
, , ,
.
(12) .
(13) .
,
.
(14)
3 (5
/)
15 (24 /).
.
:
.
(15)
,

.

.
(16)
, .

.
(17) .

.
(18) (1) .
(19) (1)
-.
,
.
(20) -
:
(a)
-3.001-02
. 400 687

head with the holes in the ends of the nose landing
gear axle.
(9) Pull out, at the same time, the two quickdisconnect handles (3) to disconnect the upper
torque link (4) from the lower torque link (5).
(11) Remove all wheel chocks. Tell the flight crew
member that the wheel chocks are removed.
(13) Release the parking brake. Tell the towing
(14) Push back the aircraft at a speed of not more
than 3 mph (5 km/h), or tow the aircraft forward at
a speed of not more than 15 mph (24 km/h).
mule.
necessary.
(15) If the aircraft is turned before it is in position,

stop the aircraft with the towing mule.
Tell the flight crew member to apply the parking
brake.

mule.
(19) Move the towbar (1) by hand to align the
upper and lower torque links. This is done when
the nose landing gear is aligned with the aircraft
center line.
(20) Connect the torque links as follows:
(a) Pull fully out and hold the two quick-disconnect

____________________
:__________________
- (3).
(b) (4) (5).
(c) - (3).
,

- (5).
(21) (1) .
(22) (1) .
(23)
.
(24)
.
-3.001-02
. 401 687
handles (3).
(b) Align the pivot of the upper torque link (4) with
the pivot of the lower torque link (5).
(c) Release the quick-disconnect handles (3). Make
sure that the two quick-disconnect pins engage
fully with the pivot of the lower torque link (5).

landing gear.
(23) Tell the flight crew member to continue with
flight operations.
Push Back Procedure with Torque Links

- Connected

,
:
:
Obey all the related safety precautions during the

push back procedure and complete
the following before moving the aircraft:
PRECAUTIONS
WHEN
YOU
DO
(1)
/
.
:
/

(2)
.
(3)
:
(a)


precautions.
AND/OR
A
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM

(3) Prepare the aircraft for the push-back procedure
as follows:
(a) Before the aircraft will be pushed back, make
sure that the you have the towing crew that follows:
One towing supervisor to control the towing

____________________
:__________________
:
-

-

- -
-

-
.
:
,

.

.
(4) ,
(5) ,

.
(6)
:
(a) ,
.
(b) ,
DOWN.
(7) ,
.
(8) ,
.
(9) ,
.
(10) , ,
.
:
70
-
3,750 /
(5,084
/)

- 6400
(28649 )
-

-3.001-02
. 402 687
operation
One person in the flight compartment to operate
the brakes
One person to operate the towing vehicle
One person on the left wing-tip and one person
on the right wing-tip to monitor sufficient clearance
during the turns
One person behind the tail to monitor sufficient
clearance during the turns.
NOTE: The towing supervisor is in control of the

towing operation and must have visual and radio
communication with all the members of the towing
and flight crews at all times. Light wands can be
used to give signals in low visibility.
nose landing gear are correctly pressurized.
(6) In the flight compartment do the steps that
follow:
(a) Make sure that the nose wheel steering system
is off.
(b) Make sure that the landing gear selector-handle
(10) Make sure that all external doors and panels
are closed and installed correctly.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU TOW THE AIRCRAFT
WITH TORQUE LINKS CONNECTED, OBEY
THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW :
DO NOT TURN THE NOSEWHEEL MORE
THAN 70 DEGREES
DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN 3,750 LBFFT
(5,084 NM) OF TORQUE ALONG THE SHOCK
STRUT AXIS
DO NOT APPLY LOADS OF MORE THAN
6400 LBF (28649 N) PARALLEL TO THE
GROUND
DISCONNECT THE TOWBAR BEFORE YOU
ARM THE NOSEWHEEL STEERING
KM/H)
DO NOT PUSH REARWARD AT MORE

____________________
:__________________

-
15
(24 KM/)

3 (5 KM/)
-
,
.
-

/
.
: ,

2000 (907 )

.

. ,

/

:
(1)
,

(ADG).
(2)

,
:
(a)
(b)
(c)
ADG.
(3) ,
.
(4) ,

.
(5) :
-3.001-02
. 403 687
THAN 3 MPH (5 KM/H)

DO NOT USE THE AIRCRAFT BRAKES TO
STOP THE AIRCRAFT UNLESS THERE IS AN
EMERGENCY
MAKE ONLY SLOW CHANGES TO SPEED
OR DIRECTION.
IF
YOU
DO
NOT
OBEY
THESE
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE LOAD ON
THE NOSEWHEEL IS NOT LESS THAN 2000
LB (907 KG) AND NOT MORE THAN THE
MAXIMUM LIMIT GIVEN BY THE CG
ENVELOPE. IF NECESSARY, MAKE A
BALLAST OR FUEL ADJUSTMENT TO GET
THE CORRECT LOAD. IF YOU DO NOT DO
THIS, YOU CAN DISCONNECT OR DAMAGE
THE STEERING MECHANISM, AND/OR
CAUSE THE AIRCRAFT TO TIP OVER.
To push back the aircraft, do the procedure that

follows:
(1) If you push back the aircraft for maintenance,
do not remove the lockpins from the landing gear
and from the air-driven generator (ADG).
(2) If the flight crew members are on board and
you prepare to push back the aircraft from the gates
for departure, make sure to remove the ground
safety items that follow:
(a) Remove the nose landing gear (NLG) lockpin.
(b) Remove the main landing gear (MLG) lockpins.
(c) Remove the ADG ground safety pin.
service interphone.
(5) In the flight compartment, do the steps that

____________________
:__________________
(a) BATTERY
MASTER ON.
(b)
EICAS.
(c) ,
EICAS
STEERING INOP.
(d) ,
1500 . (10342 ).
1 1500
. (10342 ),
2 3
1500 . (10342 ).
(e)
.
,
.
(1)
, (2)
.
(7) (1)
(8)
, , ,
.
(9) :
(a) .
(b)
.
,
.
(10)
3 (5
/)
15 (24 /).
:
.
:
.
(11)
,

.
:

.
(12)
, .
(13) :
(a)
.
-3.001-02
. 404 687
follow:
(a) Set the BATTERY MASTER switch to ON.
(b) Set the EICAS to the hydraulic synoptic page.
(c) Make sure that the STEERING INOP is shown
on the primary EICAS display.
(d) Make sure that there is a minimum hydraulic
pressure of 1500 psi (10342 kPa).
1 When the hydraulic pressure is less than 1500 psi

(10342 kPa), pressurize hydraulic systems No. 2
and No. 3. Do this until you have a minimum of
(e) Apply the parking brake. Tell the towing
head with the holes in the ends of the NLG axle.

(8) Remove all wheel chocks. Tell the flight crew
member that the wheel chocks are removed.
follow:
(a) Set the NAV lights switch to ON.
(b) Release the parking brake. Tell the towing
(10) Push back the aircraft, at a speed of not more

than 3 mph (5 km/h), or tow the aircraft forward at
a speed of not more than 15 mph (24 km/h).
mule.
NOTE: Control the push-back speed with the use
of the towing vehicle speed-indicator only.
necessary.
short distance.
NOTE: Moving the aircraft in a straight line
removes twisting forces from the landing gear
before you stop the aircraft.

stop the aircraft with the towing mule.
follow:
(a) Set the parking brake. Tell the towing
(b) Set the NAV light switch to OFF.

____________________
:__________________
(b) .
(c) BATTERY
MASTER OFF.
(14) (1) .
(15) (1)
.
(16) (1) .
(17)
.
(18)
.
-3.001-02
. 405 687
(c) Set the BATTERY MASTER switch to OFF.

mule.
landing gear.
(17) Tell the flight crew member to continue with
flight operations.
Movement of the Aircraft with a Towbarless

Vehicle
/
.
:
:
/

(1)
/
.
:
/

(2)
.
(3) ,
(4)
NOTE: Towbarless towing is permitted for push

back and maintenance towing. It is not permitted
for dispatch towing. The towbarless towing vehicle
must
have
oversteer
and
overload
protection/indication.
Before you move the aircraft, do the steps that

follow:
PRECAUTIONS
WHEN
YOU
DO

precautions.
AND/OR
A
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM

(4) Do a visual check of the nose and main landinggear shock-strut extensions. If necessary, make
sure that the shock struts are set to the correct
pressure.

____________________
:__________________
. ,
,
.
:
,

.
(5) ,
:

.
:
,
.
(6) , N/W STRG
ARMED OFF.
(7) ,
DOWN.
(8) ,
.
(9) ,
.
(10) ,
.
(11)

:
:

:
-

- - ,

-

:

.
:

, .

.
-3.001-02
. 406 687
NOTE: Do not move the aircraft with a towbarless

vehicle if the NLG is unserviceable or less than
fully inflated.
(5) Make sure that the lockpins that follow are

installed:
The nose landing gear lockpin
The main landing gear lockpins
The air driven generator lockpin.
NOTE: It is not necessary to install lockpins if the
aircraft movement is a push back before dispatch.
(6) Make sure that the N/W STRG ARMED switch
is set to the OFF position.
(10) Make sure that the passenger door is closed.
(11) When the aircraft is towed, make sure that
sufficient trained personnel and serviceable
equipment are used to move the aircraft safely.
NOTE: A typical ground crew, for aircraft
movement in open areas, has the personnel that
follow:
A movement supervisor to supervise the moving
operation
A person to operate the towbarless vehicle
A person to operate the aircraft brakes and
navigation lights from the flight compartment.
NOTE: When the aircraft is moved in a small area,

additional personnel are necessary to monitor each
wing tip and the tail for sufficient clearance.
NOTE: A supervisor is usually in control of the
moving operation. He/she can speak at all times
with other members of the ground movement crew.
Light wands can be used to give signals in low
visibility.
: WARNING: OBEY ALL THE SAFETY

PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU MOVE THE
AIRCRAFT WITH A TOWBARLESS VEHICLE

____________________
:__________________
/
.
A.
:
(1)
,
. ,

.
(2) , ,
, .
:
, ,
,
:

.
(3) ,
, .
.
(4) ,
, .
.
(5)
, ,
(.
,
).
(6) ,
.

.
(7) ,
, ,
.
(8) ,
,
.
(9) , -
.
(10) ,
.
(11)
,
-3.001-02
. 407 687
THAT HAS OVERSTEER PROTECTION OR

INDICATION. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE
PRECAUTIONS, INJURY TO PERSONNEL
AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN
OCCUR.
A. Obey the precautions that follow when you

move the aircraft with a towbarless vehicle:
(1) Before you connect or release a towbarless
vehicle from the aircraft, make sure that the aircraft
is stable. Make sure that the parking brake is on
and there are chocks at the main wheels.
(2) Make sure that the towbarless vehicle is
approved for towing without a towbar (refer to the
Tools and Equipment table).
NOTE: To prevent damage to the nose landing gear

(NLG), the vehicles approved for this procedure
have the systems that follow:
Brake limiting
Tractive force limiting
Oversteer protection or indication.
(3) Refer to the towbarless vehicle operating
manual for the operating instructions.
(4) Refer to the towbarless vehicle maintenance

manual for the maintenance schedule of the
vehicle.
(5) Before you use the towbarless vehicle, make
sure that it is in good condition and serviceable
(refer to the manufacturers operating manual.)
(6) Make sure that the pavement is clear of all

unwanted material. Moving the aircraft on a very
rough surface is not permitted.
(7) Make sure that each person who is in the
aircraft is in a seat with the seat belt attached.
(8) Make sure that there is a person in the flight
compartment who can operate the brakes when
necessary.
(9) Make sure that the NLG torque links are

connected.
(10) Set the type of aircraft on the towbarless
vehicle.
(11) Be careful when you install the NLG into the
clamping device of the towbarless vehicle. Make
sure that the clamping device aligns with the axis

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 408 687
- , of the NLG to prevent damage to the torque links.

.
B. :
(1)
.
(2) BATTERY
MASTER ON.
(3) ,
1500 .
(10342 ) :
(a)
:
1
.
2

(EICAS).
3
.
(b)
.
1 (211L)

.
2
.
(4) 1500
. (10342 ),
2 3
1500 . (10342 ).
(5)
, . ,
BATTERY
MASTER
ON.
(6) ,
.
(7) .

.
(8) , ,

.
(9) .
(10) ,
,
.

(.
).
(11) .
, .
(12) .
B. To move the aircraft, do the steps that follow:

service interphone.
page.

accumulators.
gauges.
aircraft, when applicable. Make sure that the
BATTERY MASTER switch remains ON.
(7) Set the parking brake. Tell the towing
(8) Move the towbarless vehicle into position to lift

the NLG.
(10) Move the support platform of the towbarless
vehicle into position below the NLG.
Lift the NLG and lock it safely with the vehicle
clamping device (refer to the vehicle operating
manual).
(11) Remove all the wheel chocks. Tell the brake
operator that the wheel chocks are removed.
(12) Release the parking brake. Tell the movement

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 409 687
, supervisor that the brakes are off.

.
:
:
,
.

,
,
.

,
.

70
. ,
,
,

.
,
,

(
).
, 5450
(24243 ).

,
,
2385 / (3234
/).
/
.
CAUTION:
OBEY
THE
SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW WHEN YOU
USE
A TOWBARLESS TOWING VEHICLE:
WHEN YOU MOVE THE AIRCRAFT WITH A
TOWBARLESS VEHICLE, DO NOT USE THE
AIRCRAFT BRAKES UNLESS THERE IS AN
EMERGENCY.
DURING THE AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT,
MAKE
SURE
THAT
NO
UNUSUAL
VIBRATION OR INSTABILITY IS CAUSED AT
THE NLG.
IF NECESSARY, DECREASE THE SPEED OF
THE TOWBARLESS VEHICLE.
MAKE ALL TURNS AS WIDE AS POSSIBLE,
AND CHANGE SPEED AND DIRECTION
SLOWLY.
TURN ANGLE LIMITS ARE 70 DEGREES
RIGHT AND LEFT FROM THE CNTER. IT
MUST BE POSSIBLE FOR THE TOWBARLESS
VEHICLE OPERATOR TO SEE WHEN THE
NLG IS NEAR TO THESE LIMITS.
THE TOWBARLESS VEHICLE OPERATOR
MUST OBEY ALL WARNINGS GIVEN BY
THE VEHICLE. (THESE WARNINGS ARE
FOUND
IN
THE
MANUFACTURERS
OPERATING MANUAL.)
THE MAXIMUM FORWARD OR AFT
APPLIED FORCE PERMITTED BY THE
TOWBARLESS VEHICLE IS 5450 LBF (24243
N).
THE MAXIMUM APPLIED TORQUE
PERMITTED
BY
THE
TOWBARLESS
VEHICLE IS 2385 LBFFT (3234 NM).
IF YOU DO NOT DO OBEY THESE
(13) ,
, .
(14)
(13) Move the aircraft at the speed recommended

in the towbarless vehicle operating manual.

____________________
:__________________
,

.

.
(15)
, .
(16)
.

.
(17)
.
(18) .
(19) BATTERY
MASTER OFF.
(20)
(.
).
-3.001-02
. 410 687


stop the aircraft with the towbarless vehicle.
(16) Set the parking brake. Tell the towing
(17) Install the main wheel chocks.
(18) Set the NAV lights switch to OFF.
(19) Set the BATTERY MASTER switch to OFF.
(20) Release the aircraft from the towbarless
vehicle (refer to the vehicle operating manual).

____________________
1.
2.
3. -
4.
5.
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 411 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 412 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 413 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 414 687
10. .
Revision 39
, ,
, .

A.

(1)

/
.

/

.

,
.

.
(2) ,

/,
/
FUEL
AUTO.

OFF/START,
.

.
,
.

,

.
B.
(1)

, ,
.
/,
FUEL SYSTEM REPLENISHING

A. Automatic Single-Point Refueling
(1) The automatic-single-point refueling operations
are done with a pressure fuel source connected to
the single-point refuel/defuel adapter at the right
wing-root leading edge. The operator controls the
fueling operation from the refuel/defuel control
panel on the fuselage side forward of the fueling
adapter. The fueling computer permits the operator
to set the fuel quantity to be put in the tanks. The
computer also automatically operates the refuel
shutoff valves and monitors the quantity of fuel in
each tank.
(2) To start an automatic refueling operation,

pressure from the fuel source is applied to the
refuel/defuel adapter, and the refuel/defuel mode
selector is set to FUEL AUTO mode. The
OFF/START switch is operated to set the necessary
fuel quantity, which is shown on the adjacent
indicator display. The fueling computer
automatically opens the refuel shutoff valves to let
the fuel from the pressure fueling source into the
tanks. When the preset fuel quantity is shown, the
refuel shutoff valves are automatically closed. The
operator then stops the system and removes the fuel
source pressure before the fueling nozzle is
disconnected from the adapter.
B. Manual Single-Point Refueling

(1) The manual pressure-refueling operation is
similar to the automatic pressure refueling, but the
inflow of fuel is controlled manually. With fuel
pressure applied to the refuel/defuel adapter, the
refuel/defuel mode selector is put to FUEL
MANUAL mode.

____________________
:__________________
FUEL MANUAL.
(2)
ON
.

/ .
,
OFF
.

,

.
-3.001-02
. 415 687
(2) The manual refuel-shutoff-valve toggle

switches for each tank on the refuel/defuel control
panel are set to ON by the operator to start the fuel
inflow to the tank. The operator monitors the fuelquantity indicator displays on the refuel/defuel
control panel. When the necessary fuel quantity is
shown, the operator sets the refuel-shutoff toggle
switches to OFF to stop the inflow of fuel to the
tank. The operator then stops the system and
removes the fuel source pressure before the fueling
nozzle is disconnected from the adapter.
C.
(1)
,
.

.

.

.
.

.
C. Gravity Refueling
(1) Each fuel tank can be refueled through the
gravity fuel-filler adapters when a pressure
refueling source is unavailable. There is one
gravity fuel-filler adapter for each of the three fuel
tanks. Each main tank has an adapter at the center
of each
upper wing skin. The center tank has an adapter at
the inboard end of the upper-right wing skin. Each
adapter is closed by a gravity fuel cap. The center
tank adapter is recessed below an access panel on
the wing skin.
D.
(1)
/.

DEFUEL.

.
,
,
/
OFF.
E.
(1)

D. Single-Point Suction Defueling

(1) Suction defueling is controlled manually from
the refuel/defuel control panel. With suction
applied to the fueling adapter, the refuel/defuel
mode selector is set to DEFUEL. The suction force
automatically opens the refuel shutoff valves to let
the fuel flow from the tank. The operator monitors
the fuel quantity and when the necessary fuel
quantity is shown, the fuel suction is removed and
the refuel/defuel mode selector is set to OFF.
E. Gravity Defueling
(1) The fuel tanks can be defueled by gravity to
remove fuel to do maintenance or to defuel the
aircraft when a suction defueling source is not
available. Each tank has a gravity fuel-drain valve

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 416 687
.

,
.
.

.
(2)

,
.

.

in the lower wing skin. A drain adapter is used to

open the drain valves. A cover plug keeps foreign
objects out of the drain valve.
F. /
(1) /
, ,
.

TEST
/ .
F. Refuel/Defuel System Test

(1) A test of the refuel/defuel system is done to
make sure that the system components operate
correctly. The test is started automatically by the
refueling computer after the operator makes a
TEST selection at the refuel/defuel mode selector.
G.

(1)

,
.

.
,
.

.
(2) ,
,

,
.
,
.
G. Quantity Checks with the Magnetic Level

Indicators
(1) The fuel quantity can be measured without
electrical power with the magnetic level indicators
installed in each fuel tank. There are two level
indicators in each main tank and one in the center
tank. Each indicator uses a magnetic float to hang a
measurement stick from the indicator housing in
the lower wing skin. The operator reads the fuel
level from the markings on the measurement stick.
(2) To gravity defuel the aircraft, the operator

removes the cover plug and installs the adapter on
the end of the gravity defueling hose into the drain
valve. The valve automatically opens to let the fuel
drain from the tank. Removal of the adapter when
the desired amount of fuel is drained from the tank
automatically closes the drain valve.
(2) Because the attitude of the aircraft has an effect

on the fuel levels shown on the magnetic quantity
indicators, the indicator values do not show the fuel
quantity. The aircraft attitude must be measured at
the time the quantity values are written. The
magnetic indicator values are corrected for the
aircraft attitude with tables included with the
servicing procedures. The tables are used to find
the actual fuel quantity for a given indication with a
given aircraft attitude.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 417 687
.
H.
(1)

:

,

.
(2)
,
.
H. Fuel-Tank Water Drains

(1) Sixteen water drain valves are installed at
different low points in the fuel tanks to let water
and contaminants out of the tanks. They are located
as follows:
Four water drain valves in each main tank
Two water drain valves in the center tank
Two water drain valves in the pickup assemblies
of the electric boost pumps
Two water drain valves at the end of the water
drain lines from the collector tanks.
(2) Each drain valve is operated with a tool that is
pushed into the valve to open it.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 418 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 419 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 420 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 421 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 422 687
11. , , CRJ200
Revision 39
, ,
, .
1. CRJ-200.
,
:
1.1. , ,
, , ,
, ,
.
1.2.
, , , ,
.

. ,
, , .

:
- ( 1 .
);
-

.
:
3- , 115 , 400;
.

.

.

, .
:
28 ; .
.
2
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 423 687
2. .

:
- ;
- ;
- , .
3. .
:
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
-/
(-30 .
) :
- ;
- 1 ;
- + 60 . ;
- 60 .

,

-29 . + 4 . + 4 ..
40 . .
.
/
, .
+ 60 ..
+ 5.
.
!: .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 424 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 425 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 426 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 427 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 428 687
12.
:
1. Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) CRJ-200
Revision 39
2. Maintenance Facilities and Equipment Planning Manual CRJ-200
Revision 5
, ,

, .

AIRCRAFT RECOVERY
(1)
.
,
.

,
, .
(2) ,

,

.
,
,
.
, ,
,
. ,
,
,
.
(3)

.

.
,
,
.

.
(4)
.
.
(1) As soon as possible, remove the aircraft and

APU batteries. If the removal of the batteries is
not possible, disconnect and insulate the battery
connectors. Do not reconnect the batteries or
connect external electrical power until a complete
aircraft check has determined that it is safe to do
so.
(2) In incidents that involve collapsed landing
gear, or landing with landing gear retracted, it
may be possible to extend the gear after the
aircraft has been lifted. Therefore, it should be
determined if the structure is capable of
supporting the weight before the aircraft is
lowered onto the gear and towed back to a hangar
by the main gear. When the landing gear is
extended and before the aircraft is lowered onto
the gear, make sure that the nose and main
landing-gear lockpins are installed. Once the
aircraft is in the hangar, a hard/overweight
landing inspection must be done.
(3) The weight and balance of the aircraft should

be determined to calculate the weight to be lifted
and the load at the specific jacking points. A
record of the quantity and the location of the
cargo and fuel will be used for the weight and
balance calculations. The Weight and Balance
should be referred to for the proper procedures
and calculation methods required to determine the
center of gravity of the aircraft. The weight and
balance calculation may need to be re-evaluated
or re-done during the recovery operation.
(4) Baggage and cargo should be removed from
the aircraft. The cargo compartment door opens
inwards and upwards.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 429 687
(5) ,
, .

, , .
(5) Defueling a damaged aircraft, if it is

necessary, may take a long time. Therefore it
should be started as soon as it is certain that it is
necessary. The points that follow should be
considered:
(a) (a) Make sure that local Fire Services personnel
, are present before the defueling operation starts.
.
(b) (b) If the aircraft fuel system is undamaged and
, electrical power can safely be applied to
accomplish the defueling operation, then the
aircraft should be suction defueled by a fuel truck
through the single-point refuel/defuel adapter.

/.
(c) / (c) If the aircraft fuel system is damaged and/or
, electrical power cannot be applied safely, it is

, probaly safer and fster to defuel by external
, suction from the overwing and center-tank
gravity-filling points. This is because of the
reasons that follow:
. :
- - Electrical power will not be available to the fuel
system for defueling until a complete aircraft
, check has been done
- / - The single-point refuel/defuel adaptor may be
damaged or unreachable

- , - The fuel lines, tanks and valves may be ruptured
.
or damaged.
(d) (d) To defuel the aircraft in this case, a hose must
be inserted into the appropriate tank and the fuel
(
removed by external suction (provided by a fuel
).
truck). To prevent spills when a filler cap is

, removed, the fuel lvel inside the tank must be
below the gravity fueling adaptor opening. This
will depend on the quantity of fuel in the tank and

. the attitude of the aircraft.

.
(e) , (e) If absolutely necessary, fuel can be removed
( from the aircraft by the fuel drain valves (if these
). , can be reached). However, because this method is
- , very slow and the danger due to fumes is high,
this method should be used only as an absolute
.
last step.
(11) (11) In recovery operations there are two basic
:
situations that can occur:
(a) ( (a) The aircraft can be towed on its landing gear
(either on the main and nose gears, or on the main
, gear with the nose supported appropriately).
).
(b) The aircraft must be carried on a low trailer.
(b)

Landing gear serviceable
1. 1. If the landing gear is still serviceable after the

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 430 687
,
. ,
.
2. (
) ,
,

.

,
.
aircraft has run off the runway or taxiway, it is

possible to tow it back, preferably by the main
gear. If any of the landing gear has flat tires, there
may be certain towing limitations.
2. If the landing gear has collapsed (or the aircraft
has landed gear up) and it has been determined
that the gear can be safely extended, then the
aircraft should be lifted with pneumatic bags and
then supported by jacks or by slings and cranes.
The landing gear can then be extended by the
alternate extension method. Make sure that the
nose and main landing-gear lockpins have been
installed before the aircarft is lowered onto its
landing gear.

1. ,
,

.
2. , ,
,
,
.
.

, :
-
-
- .
3.
. ,
,

.
,

.

.

.
,
,
,
.
4.
,

Landing Gear Unserviceable

1. If the landing gear is unserviceable, pneumatic
lifting bags or cranes and slings (cradles) cn be
used to lift the aircraft so that it can be carried on
a flat bed trailer.
2. An aircraft at rest on its fuselage can be lifted
with the use of pneumatic bags positioned under
each wing, the forward fuselage, and the aft
fuselage. The recommended locations for the
positioning of the air bags is shown in the figure.
Stabilizing cables or ropes should be used at the
points that follow to stabilize the aircraft being
lifted, or at rest on the pneumatic bags:
- The nise jacking point
- The rear fuselage mooring point
- Around the wingtip at the base of the winglet.
3. The aircraft should be lifted in periods of calm
winds only. Given the larfe area of the wings, the
empennage, and the fuselage, ecven a small
breeze can cause lage swinging forces. To help
control any movement of the aircraft being lifted,
it must be stabilized with the use of ropes attached
to the nose jacking point and rear fuselage
mooring points. Stabilizing ropes can also be
attached around the wingtip at the base of the
winglet. If the engines are removed from the
aircraft, ropes to stabilize the aircraft can be
attached to the forward engine mounts. During
lifting, the aircraft should first be leveled and then
raised only high enough so it can be put on a flat
bed trailer.
4. The pneumatic bags should be inflated

sufficiently to permit the installation of the nose
jack, the wing jacks, and the rear fuselage support.

____________________
:__________________
.
:

.

()
.
5.

().
, ,

.
:

,
,
.
,
,

.

.
CRJ,

.
-3.001-02
. 431 687
NOTE: If structural damage has occurred, it is not

recommended to use jacks to support the aircraft.
In this case, it is safer to use locally manufactured
cradles (slings) to lift and support the aircraft in
conjunction with the pneumatic bags.
5. A nose-down aircraft can be lifted about the

main landing gear axis with the use of a
pneumatic lifting bag for initial lift followed by
the use of a cradle (sling).
As stated above, an aircraft that cannot be

removed on its landing gear can be carried on a
flat bedtrailer. The following items should be
considered when the trailer is prepared:
A steel beam with vertical columns to the wing
jacking points, installed across the aft end of the
trailer, will support the aircraft through its wing
jacking points.
A rear fuselage support, installed at the forward
end of the trailer, will support the rear of the
aircraft through its rear fuselage support location.
To prevent any movement of the aircraft, the
beam and the rear fuselage support should be
welded to the frame of the trailer.
Due to the small size of the CRJ, it may be easier
and faster to recover and move the aircraft with
the use of cranes and slings.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 432 687
( 4 )
:

,
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 433 687
12 (0,30 ), 10
(0,25 ).

12 (0,30 )

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 434 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 435 687
13.
14.6 .
,
, .

,
, , .

, .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 436 687
14. , CRJ200 .
Revision 39
, ,
, .
/ .
/
, .
+ 60 ..
+ 5.
.
!: .

GROUND AIR SUPPLY
80F
(26,67C)
:
- 103F
(39,44C)
-
103F (39,44C)
-
- 54

(23,89C)
75F
:
- 0F (17,78C)
- 0F
(-17,78C)
-
,

-
35

(241,32 )

60 /
(27,2 /)
35

(241,32 )
70 /
(31,75 /)
400F (204,4C)
300 400 F (148,9

204,4C)

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 437 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 438 687
140 / .
(63,50 /.)
120 / .
(53,43 /.)
100 / .
(45,36 /.)
80 / .
(36,29 /.)
60 / .
(36,29 /.)
40 / .
(18,14 /.)
3
70F (21,11C)

6
-40F (-40C)

1
75F (23,89C)

5
-20F (-28,89C)

2
85F (29,44C)

4
0F (17,78C)

20 / .
(9,07 /.)
1, 2 3
- 54 .
- .
- 16 . (
110,32 ).
- 103F (39,44C)
4, 5 6
- .
- .
- 16 . (
110,32 ).
- 75F (23,89C).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 439 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 440 687
PNEUMATIC REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE

STARTS

60 .
(413,69 )
55 .
(379,21 )
50 .
(344,74 )
45 .
(310,26 )
40 .
(275,79 )
35 .
(241,32 )

____________________
130 / .
(58,97 /.)
120 / .
(54,43 /.)
110 / .
(49,89 /.)
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 441 687
- 60F (15,56C)
- 300F (148,89C)
- 44,8
/. (308,88 )
- 84,6 / (38,37 /)
100 / .
(45,36 /.)
90 / .
(40,82 /.)
80 / .
(36,29 /.)
70 / .
(31,75 /.)
60 / .
(27,22 /.)
35 .
(241,32 )
40 . 45 .
(245,79 )
(310,26 )
50 . 55 . 60 .
(344,74 )
(379,21 )
(413,69 )

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 442 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 443 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 444 687
15. .
BOMBARDIER CRJ-100/200
Revision 39
, ,
, .

.
, ,
( ) .
,
,
.
,
, .
, .

- .
. .
,
. ,
. ,
.

.
. ,
, ,
100 . ,
,
, ,
.
, ,
, , ,
.
I. .
1.
29.07.98 238
.
2. , , , ,
. ,
.
3.

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 445 687
.
()
.
4.
,
,
.
5.
( 1).
6. :
6.1.
, , , ,
..
6.2. () , (, ),
. ,
, ( )
(),
6.3.
,
.
6.4. ,
,
.
6.5.
,
.
6.6. ,
, , ,
. ,
.
6.7. ,

.
6.8. :
- - ;
- .
6.9. ,
()
.
().
, ,
100 . . ,
, ,

.
6.10. ,
().
6.11. ,
,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 446 687
( ,
), .
6.12. , , , ,
,
.
.
1
.
CRJ-200.
:
;
:
- , ,
, ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
.
:
- , ;
- ;
- ;
- , ,
;
- ;
- .
:
- , ;
- ;
- , ,
;
- ;
- ;
- , .
- :
- ;
- ;
- , ;
- ;
- .
- .
- .
- :
- , ;
- ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 447 687
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .;
- , ,
, , ,
;
- ;
- - ;
- - ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- (
);
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- , .
II. CRJ-200
1. ,
, , ,
, , ,
, , ,
, . 0
, ,
.
2.

. :
( ) ;
, (
)
;
, , (
) ;
, .
3. :
( ) 1 30
.
,
. ( 3).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 448 687
:
, , ;
;
.
, ,
( ) ,
.
.
,
, ,
, .

, ,
( )
.
,
, ,
.
, :
, , , ;
.
, , ,
:
, , , ,

, , ,
.
;
:
- , ,
, ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
.
:
- , ;
- ;
- ;
- , ,
;
- ;
- .
:

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 449 687
- , ;
- ;
- , ,
;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .
:
- ;
- ;
- , ;
- ;
- .
.
.
:
- , ;
- ;
- ;
;
;
.;
, ,
, , ,
;
;
( );
- ;
- ;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
(
);
;
;
;
;
;
, .
1. :
( )
;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 450 687
.

, !
,
.
2. :
( ) :
;
;
.
( ) ,
!
,
.
3. ():
()
.
()
!
,
.
4. :
,
.
, .

!
.
2
. C CRJ-200.
:
;
;
, ,
, ;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 451 687
;
;
, ,
;
;
.
3

.

;
;
();
;
( );
( );
;
;
- ;
- ;
;
;
;
;
.

: ,
. -.
;
, ;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
: , ;
;
: , .

: , , , ,
.
(
): .
. .
( : ):
. : .
. .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 452 687
, 30 .
, .
, .
: .
: .
.
.
: .
( ,
- ) ( , ):
.
(), .
.
(
).
( - ):
. :
.
: .
:
: :
(). ,
.
: .
( ) (
). , .
.
( ): .
:
( ):
. ,
.
: .
.
: .
. ,
. .
. .
( ):
.
.
. .
. - , . .
:
: .
: .
:
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 453 687
: .
: .
: .
: .
:
: .
, 30 . . :
.
: .
: .
:
.
: .
: . ,
: , ,
, .
.
( ): .
. , .
. ,
.

____________________
15.
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 454 687
757-200
1 .
: Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM),chapter 12, servicing
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
.
10. ,
.
11.
, ,
, , .
12. ,
, ,
, .
13. ,
.
14.
5 (10
)
60
(120 ) .
15.
10 ,
.
16.
(
).
17.
,
,
.
18.
:
- ;
- ;
-
.
,
.
10.

.
11.
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 455 687
12. ,
(1,2,3, 4)
,
:
- ;
- ;
- ,
.
2. .
: Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM),chapter 12,
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
2.1
757-200 ( PW2037, PW2040
221,000
231,000
241,000
251,000
256,000
100,250
104,800
109,300
113,850
116,100
220,000
230,00
240,000
250,000
255,000(1)
99,800
198,000
104,350
198,000
108,850
198,000
113,400
198,000
115,650(1)
210,000
.

.

757-200
89,800
89,800
89,800
89,800
95,250
184,000
184,000
184,000
184,000
188,000
83,450
83,450
83,450
83,450
85,300
128,380
130,850
130,860
130,875
130,875
58,250
59,350
59,350
59,350
59,350
55,620
53,140
53,140
53,125
53,125
25,250
24,100
24,100
24,100
25,000
186 - 16 + 170
FAA: 224 (2), 239(3)
.
- (4)
1,790
1,790
1,790
1,790
1,790
51
51
51
51
51
11276
42,680
75,550
34,260
11276
42,680
75,550
34,260
11276
42,680
75,550
34,260
11276
42,680
75,550
34,260
11276
42,680
75,550
34,260
: .
, .
(1) 255,500 (115,900 ) 1,500 .
(2) .
(3) .
(4) 100 . (3 . )
.

____________________
:__________________
251,000
256,000
113,850
116,100
250,000
255,000(1)
113,400
210,000
116,650(1)
210,000
92,250
92,250
200,000
200,000
90,700
90,700
114,000
114,000
51,700
51,700
86,000
86,000
39,000
39,000
1,830
1,830
- (2)
52
52
.
- (3)
6,600
6,600
.

.

-3.001-02
. 456 687
757-200PF
187
187
11,276
42,680
75,550
34,260
11,276
42,680
75,550
34,260
: .
, .
(1) 255,500 (115,900 ) 1,500 .
(2) 100 . (3 . )
.
(3) 15 (ULD) 440 . (12.36 . ) .

____________________
:__________________
2.2
757-200, -200PF
1 = 40
FT
IN
M -
-3.001-02
. 457 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 458 687
2.3
757-200, 200PF
. . . . 757-200PF
20 - 6
6.25
21 - 2
6.45
-200, -200PF
7-4
2.24
8-0
2.44
-200, -200PF
12 - 5
3.79
13 - 2
4.01
-200
8-1
2.46
8-9
2.67
-200, -200PF
12 - 7
3.84
13 - 2
4.01
-200
12 - 9
3.89
13 - 3
4.04
-200
7-9
2.36
8-3
2.51
-200, -200PF
8-6
2.59
9-1
2.77
-200
12 - 9
3.89
13 - 7
4.14
-200
44 - 3
13.49
45 - 1
13.74
-200, -200PF
2-5
0.74
2 - 10
0.86
-200, -200PF
15 - 4
4.67
16 - 1
4.90
-200, -200PF
12 - 5
3.78
13 - 3
4.04
-200, -200PF
18 - 7
5.66
19 - 8
5.99
-200, -200PF
12 - 5
3.79
13 - 2
4.01
-200PF
Q
12 - 6
3.81
13 - 2
4.01
-200PF
:
. ,
,
.
*

____________________
:__________________
2.4
757-200
180
22
158

228
-3.001-02
. 459 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 460 687
2.5 ,
757-200,
3
(. .)
2
(. .)
(.)
(.)
1 (.)
1 (.)
4 (.)
4 (.)
(1) 757-200
(1) 757-300
1 (.)
16 7 (5.05 )
16 7 (5.05 )
1 (.)
15 8 (4.78 )
15 8 (4.78 )
2 (.
.)
45 11 (13.99
)
45 11 (13.99
)
3 (. .)
( )
121 4 (35.99 )
4 (.
.)
(.)
125 5 (38.23
)
35 11 (10.95
)
148 9 (45.34
)
35 11 (10.95
)
24 44 (0.61
1.18 )
30 72 (0.76
1.83 )
55 42.5 (1.40
1.08 )
(.)
104 3 (31.78 )
127 7 (38.89
)
55 45 (1.40
1.14 )
(2)
117 3 (35.74
)
( )
48 32 (1.22
0.81 )
(1)
(2) 757-200

33 72 (0.84
1.83 )
30 65 (0.76
1.65 )
33 72 (0.84
1.83 )

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 461 687
2.6
2.6.1
-
757-200.
:
*
*
*
*
*
* . 2000

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 462 687
2.6.2

757-200.
:
*
*
*
*
*
* . 35,500 (16,1
250 / (402 /)
200 / (322 /)
150 / (240 /)
100 / (161 /) 460 (140 )

50 / (80 /) . 1200 (366 )

250 /
200 /
150 /
100 /
50 /

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 463 687
2.6.3

757-200.
:
*
*
*
*
*
* . 6000 (2

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 464 687
2.6.4
-
757-200.
:
*
*
*
*
*
* . 35,500
(16,100 )

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 465 687
3.
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
, ,
, .
1 2
NO. 1 AND 2 CARGO DOORS MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1.
A. .
(1) -
1 2
.
(2) -
1 2
.
(3) -
1 2.
(4) -
1 2.
(5)
1 2,
,
.
(6)
1 2,
,
.
52-34-00-862-035
2. 1 2
(. 201)
A.
(1)
1 2
.
B.
(1) ,
B52005-19
C.
(1)
821 1
822 2
D. 1 2

S 862-034
:
40 .
65 .

.
(1)
:

,
1. General
A. This procedure contains six tasks.
(1) The first task is the procedure to
electrically open the No. 1 and 2 cargo
doors.
(2) The second task is the procedure to
electrically close the No. 1 and 2 cargo
doors.
(3) The third task is the procedure to
manually open the No. 1 and 2 cargo
doors.
(4) The fourth task is the procedure to
manually close the No. 1 and 2 cargo
doors.
(5) The fifth task is the procedure to open
the No. 1 and 2 cargo doors that do not
open electrically and manually.
(6) The sixth task is the procedure to close
the No. 1 and 2 cargo doors that do not
operate electrically and manually.
TASK 52-34-00-862-035
2. Open the No. 1 and 2 Cargo Doors
Electrically (Fig. 201)
A. General
(1) Use this procedure to electrically open
the No. 1 or 2 cargo door.
B. Equipment
(1) Safety Barrier, Cargo Door - B52005-19
C. Access
(1) Location Zones
821 No. 1 Cargo Door
D. Procedure - Open the No. 1 and 2
Cargo Doors Electrically
S 862-034
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE DOOR IN
WINDS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS. DO NOT
LEAVE THE DOOR OPEN IN WINDS
MORE THAN 65 KNOTS. STRUCTURAL
DAMAGE MAY OCCUR.
(1) Open the door electrically.
NOTE: The cargo door can be manually
unlatched, and powered open from inside
of the airplane, but the door can only be
closed and latched from outside of the
airplane.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
.
(a) .
. 466 687
(a) Provide electrical power.
2
.
1 2
1 2
201

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 467 687

1
.
1 2
( 3 )
( 3 )
216-264 -

1 2
202 ( 1)

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
, 232BF
. 468 687
, 252BF
(
1)
(
2)
, 232CF
, 252CF
( 4 )

( )
( )
()
1 2
202 ( 2)

____________________
:__________________
:

,

.

.
,
.
(b)
1)
,
(
105 ) (. 1).
:
,

/ 5
.
2)

OPEN
(.) .
:

OFF (.) CLOSE (.)
(c)
(B52005-19)
,
.
52-34-00-862-036
3. 1 2
(. 201)
A.
(1)
1 2
.
B.
(1)
821 1
822 2
C. 1 2

S 862-037
:

,
.

.
,
.
:
40 .
65 .
-3.001-02
. 469 687
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT ALL

PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT ARE
CLEAR OF THE PATH BEFORE YOU
OPERATE THE CARGO DOOR
CONTROL SWITCH.THE CARGO DOOR
CAN CONTINUE TO MOVE AFTER YOU
RELEASE THESWITCH. THIS CAN
CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS AND
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(b) Open door.
1) Pull internal or external latch handle to
unlatch door (external handle moves
downward approximately 105 degrees)
(Fig. 1).
CAUTION: TO AVOID MOTOR
OVERHEAT DAMAGE, LIMIT DOOR TO
TWO COMPLETE OPEN/CLOSE CYCLES
IN 5 MINUTES.
2) Place and hold inside or outside door
control switch in the OPEN position until
door is fully open.
NOTE: Door motion can be stopped or
reversed at any point by placing switch in
OFF or CLOSE position.
(c) Install safety barrier (B52005-19)
across cargo door opening if work will be
done near open door.
TASK 52-34-00-862-036
3. Close the No. 1 and No. 2 Cargo Doors
Electrically (Fig. 201)
A. General
(1) Use this procedure to electrically close
the No. 1 or No. 2 cargo door.
B. Access
(1) Location Zones
C. Procedure - Close the No. 1 and No. 2
Cargo Doors Electrically
S 862-037
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT ALL
PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT ARE
CLEAR OF THE PATH BEFORE YOU
OPERATE THE CARGO DOOR
CONTROL SWITCH. THE CARGO DOOR
CAN CONTINUE TO MOVE AFTER YOU
RELEASE THE SWITCH. THIS CAN
CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS AND
WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE DOOR IN
WINDS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS. DO NOT
LEAVE THE DOOR OPEN IN WINDS
MORE THAN 65 KNOTS. STRUCTURAL

____________________
:__________________

.
(1)
(a) .
:

.

.
(b)

.
:
, ,
.

,

.
(c) ,
.
(d)

CLOSE (.)
. (. 2)
:

OFF (.) OPEN (.)
(e)
, ,
.
(f)
.
,

(EICAS)
. (. 52-71-00). ,

. ,
.
52-34-00-862-001
4. 1 2 (.
201)
A.
(1)
1 2 ,
.
B.
(1) ,
B52005-19
(2) 3/8
C.
(1)
-3.001-02
. 470 687
DAMAGE MAY OCCUR.

(1) Close door electrically.
(a) Provide electrical power, if necessary.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THERE IS NO
UNWANTED MATERIAL IN THE CARGO
DOOR SILL AREA. IF YOU CLOSE THE
CARGO DOOR WHEN THERE IS
UNWANTED MATERIAL IN THE SILL
AREA, DAMAGE TO THE CARGO DOOR
OR SILL COULD OCCUR.
(b) Make sure there is no unwanted
material in the cargo door sill area.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE CARGO
NETS ARE SECURE BEFORE YOU
CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR. IF THE
CARGO NETS ARE NOT SECURE
BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO
DOOR, DAMAGE TO THE CARGO DOOR
(c) Make sure the cargo nets are secure.
(d) Place and hold outside door control
switch in the CLOSE position until door is
fully closed (Fig. 2)
NOTE: Door motion can be stopped or
reversed at any point by placing control
switch in OFF or OPEN position.
(e) Make sure that the cargo door stops
moving before you go into the cargo door
path area.
(f) Raise and stow external latch handle in
the recessed position. Check that the
appropriate cargo door message is
extinguished from the Engine Indication
and Crew Alerting System (EICAS) (Ref
52-71-00). Check that pressure vent doors
are open prior to closing handle and are
closed after moving handle to closed
position. Check that exterior handle
operation is free from binding.
TASK 52-34-00-862-001
4. Open the No. 1 and 2 Cargo Doors
Manually (Fig. 201)
A. General
(1) Use this procedure to manually open
the No. 1 or 2 cargo door if the door does
not open electrically.
B. Equipment
(1) Safety Barrier, Cargo Door - B52005-19
(2) 3/8-inch drive speed wrench
C. Access
(1) Location Zones

____________________
:__________________
821 1
822 2
D. 1 2
S 862-002
:
40 .
65
.
40
,
65 ,
.

.

167 , 1
.

.
(1) ( )
, .
.
:
105 .
S 862-003
:

225 -,

500 /.

.
(2) 3/8
(. 201)

(. 600 ).
:

.
S 422-038
(3) (B52005-19)
,
.
52-34-00-862-004
5. 1 2 (.
201)
A.
(1)
1 2 ,
.
B.
(1) 3/8
C.
(1)
-3.001-02
. 471 687

D. Procedure - Open the No. 1 and 2
Cargo Doors Manually
S 862-002
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE
DOOR IN WINDS GREATER THAN 40
KNOTS. DO NOT LEAVE THE DOOR
OPEN IN WIND GUSTS GREATER THAN
65 KNOTS. IF YOU OPERATE THE
DOOR IN WIND GREATER THAN 40
KNOTS OR LEAVE THE DOOR OPEN IN
WIND GUSTS GREATER THAN 65
KNOTS, DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT
CAN OCCUR.
DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FORCE ON
THE DOOR HANDLE. THE MAXIMUM
EXTERNAL HANDLE LOAD IS 167
POUNDS MEASURED AT ONE INCH
FROM THE HANDLE END. TOO MUCH
FORCE ON THE DOOR HANDLE CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE CARGO
DOOR.
(1) Pull the external (or inner) latch handle
to release the door. Move the handle to the
full travel position.
NOTE: The exterior handle moves down
approximately 105 degrees.
S 862-003
CAUTION: IF YOU USE A POWER TOOL
TO OPEN THE CARGO DOOR, DO NOT
TORQUE MORE THAN 225 POUNDINCHES AND DO NOT TURN FASTER
THAN 500 RPM. TOO MUCH TORQUE
ON THE CARGO DOOR CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE.
(2) Put a 3/8-inch drive speed wrench into
the manual drive socket (Fig. 201) and turn
the wrench counterclockwise until the
overtravel stops are touched
(approximately 600 turns).
NOTE: A sudden increase in torque is an
indication that the overtravel stops are
touched.
S 422-038
(3) Install the safety barrier (B52005-19)
across the cargo door opening if work will
be done near the open door.
TASK 52-34-00-862-004
5. Close the No. 1 and 2 Cargo Doors
Manually (Fig. 201)
A. General
(1) Use this procedure to manually close
the No. 1 or 2 cargo door if the door does
not operate electrically.
B. Equipment
(1) 3/8-inch drive speed wrench
C. Access
(1) Location Zones

____________________
:__________________
821 1
822 2
D.
12
S 212-041
:
40 .
65
.
40
,
65 ,
.

225
-,
500 /.

.
:

.

.
(1)
.
S 862-040
:
, ,
.

,

.
(2) ,
.
S 862-042
(3) 3/8
(. 201)

(. 600 )
.
S 862-006
(4) .
S 862-007
:
.

167 ,
1 .

.
(5)
.
-3.001-02
. 472 687

D. Procedure - Close the No. 1 and 2
Cargo Doors Manually
S 212-041
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE
DOOR IN WINDS GREATER THAN 40
KNOTS. DO NOT LEAVE THE DOOR
OPEN IN WIND GUSTS GREATER THAN
65 KNOTS. IF YOU OPERATE THE
DOOR IN WIND GREATER THAN 40
KNOTS OR LEAVE THE DOOR OPEN IN
WIND GUSTS GREATER THAN 65
KNOTS, DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT
CAN OCCUR.
IF YOU USE A POWER TOOL TO OPEN
THE CARGO DOOR, DO NOT TORQUE
MORE THAN 225 POUND-INCHES AND
DO NOT TURN FASTER THAN 500 RPM.
TOO MUCH TORQUE ON THE CARGO
DOOR CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THERE IS NO
UNWANTED MATERIAL IN THE CARGO
DOOR SILL AREA. IF YOU CLOSE THE
CARGO DOOR WHEN THERE IS
UNWANTED MATERIAL IN TEH SILL
AREA, DAMAGE TO THE CARGO DOOR
(1) Make sure that there is no unwanted
material in the cargo door sill area.
S 862-040
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE
CARGO NETS ARE SECURE BEFORE
YOU CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR. IF THE
CARGO NETS ARE NOT SECURE
BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO
DOOR, DAMAGE TO THE CARGO DOOR
(2) Make sure that the cargo nets are
secure.
S 862-042
(3) Put a 3/8-inch drive speed wrench into
the manual drive socket (Fig. 201) and turn
the wrench clockwise (approximately 600
turns) until the guide tracks are touched.
S 862-006
(4) Remove the speed wrench from the
manual drive socket.
S 862-007
CAUTION: DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH
FORCE ON THE DOOR HANDLE. THE
MAXIMUM EXTERNAL HANDLE LOAD IS
167 POUNDS MEASURED AT ONE INCH
FROM THE HANDLE END. TOO MUCH
FORCE ON THE DOOR HANDLE CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE CARGO
DOOR.
(5) Push in the external handle to close
and latch the door. Move the handle from

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 473 687
the full travel position to its latched

position.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 474 687

( )

____________________
4.
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 475 687

Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
-

1.
. - :
(1)
(2) -

(3)
(4)
(5)
.
(1)
,
2.
(2)
2.
(3) 2
.
. -

(1) .
(2)
.
()
.
(3) -,
,
.
(4) .
() :
1) 3.
2) 4.
D.
(1)
.
.
(1)
, .
, , ,
,

.
(2)
:
()
(b)
()
(3) -
:
() 1, 2 4,
.
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION

AND OPERATION
1 . General
A. Emergency equipment includes:
(1) Flight compartment escape ropes
(2) Overwater survival equipment
(3) Emergency signaling equipment
(4) Miscellaneous detachable emergency equipment
(5) Escape slides
B. Escape Ropes and Descent Devices
(1) Escape ropes are provided in the flight
compartment for the crew members to exit the
compartment through the No. 2 window.
(2) The escape ropes stow in the compartments
above the No. 2 windows.
(3) A rope is deployed out of the No. 2 window and
the crew members lower themselves to the ground.
C. Overwater Survival Equipment
(1) Life jackets are installed in the flight
compartment.
(2) Life jackets are installed in the passenger
compartment.
(a) Life jackets are stowed under all passenger and
attendant seats.
(3) Door-mounted escape slide-rafts can be used as
flotation devices.
(4) Life rafts are installed in the airplane.
(a) Life rafts are stowed in these locations:
1) Overhead stowage compartment by the No. 3
door.
2) Overhead stowage compartment by the No. 4
door.
D. Emergency Signaling Equipment
(1) The emergency locator transmitters are located in
the passenger compartment.
E. Detachable Emergency Equipment
(1) The passenger compartment has detachable
emergency equipment to be used in an emergency.
The fire extinguishers, first aid kits, flashlights,
portable oxygen bottles, power megaphones, and
protective breathing equipment are in different
locations in the passenger compartment.
(2) First aid kits are stowed at the following
locations:
(a) Forward right overhead bin
(b) Mid right overhead bin
(c) Aft right overhead bin
(3) Survival packs are stowed at the following
locations:
(a) Two in the door No. 1, No. 2, and No. 4 center

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 476 687
(4)
.
(5) :
()
F. ,

1.
.
,
2.
.
,
2.
overhead stowage compartment.

(4) Smoke hoods are stowed in the overhead stowage
compartments in the passenger compartment.
(5) Flashlights are stowed at the following locations:
(a) Each attendant station
F. Passenger Door-Mounted Escape System
ESCAPE ROPES AND DESCENT DEVICES DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
A. Escape ropes are provided in the flight
compartment for crew members to exit the
compartment through the No. 2 window openings.
B. The escape ropes stow in compartments above the
No. 2 window.
2.
.
:
.

,

.

.
(1)
2
. ,
2
.
2 . Component Details
A . Flight Compartment Escape Ropes
WARNING: IF THE ESCAPE ROPE HAS BEEN
USED
BY
PERSONNEL
IN
A
DEMONSTRATION,
TRAINING,
OR
AN
ACTUAL EMERGENCY EVACUATION IT
MUST BE REPLACED. THE CENTRAL LOAD
CARRYING CORE CANNOT BE INSPECTED
FOR DAMAGE NOR CAN THE OUTER SHEATH
BE REWOVEN AFTER USE. INJURY TO
PERSONS MAY RESULT IF ROPE IS
REINSTALLED.
(1) Flight compartment escape ropes stow behind a
panel above the No. 2 windows with one end of each
rope permanently attached to structure. In use, a rope
deploys out the No. 2 window and crew members
lower themselves to the ground.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
/
.
/ Flight compartment escape rope

. 1
Figure 1
. 477 687

____________________
:__________________
/
1.
. :
(1)
(2)
. (
)
.
25-61-00-024-001
2. (.
401)
.
(1)
211 -
212 -
.
S 014-002
(1)
S 014-003
(2)
, .
S 024-004
(3)
.
25-61-00-424-005
3. (.
401)
.
(1)
211 -
212 -
.
S 424-006
(1) .
S 424-007
(2) ,
.
-3.001-02
. 478 687
ESCAPE ROPES - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1 . General
A. This procedure contains these tasks:
(1) Flight Compartment Escape Rope Removal
(2) Flight Compartment Escape Rope Installation
B. The escape rope (also called an escape lanyard) is
installed in the flight compartment above the
captain's seat and above the first officer's seat.
TASK 25-61-00-024-001
2 . Flight Compartment Escape Rope Removal (Fig.
401)
A. Access
(1) Location Zones
211 Flight Compartment - Left
212 Flight Compartment - Right
B. Procedure
S 014-002
(1) Open the cover for the escape rope.
S 014-003
(2) Open the hook and loop (Velcro) strap and pull
the escape rope from its compartment.
S 024-004
(3) Pull the anchor fitting against the spring and
disengage the anchor fitting from the anchor plate.
TASK 25-61-00-424-005
3. Flight Compartment Escape Rope Installation
(Fig. 401)
A. Access
(1) Location Zones
211 Flight Compartment - Left
212 Flight Compartment - Right
B. Procedure
S 424-006
(1) Install the anchor fitting in the anchor plate.
S 424-007
(2) Make sure the anchor fitting is correctly engaged
in the detent at the center of the anchor plate.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 479 687

401

____________________
:__________________
S 424-008
:
,
.
.

,

.
(3) .
,
. 4 (100 )
.
()

.
. ,

.
S 414-009
(4)
() ,
.

,

1. (.1)
. ,
1, 2 4 ,
-,
.
. ,
3,
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
D.
1, 2 4 ,
,
ARMED
.
.
3,
, .
.
2. 1,2
4 (. 2)
.
-3.001-02
. 480 687
S 424-008
WARNING: IF THE ESCAPE ROPE HAS BEEN
USED BY PERSONNEL IN A
DEMONSTRATION, TRAINING, OR AN
ACTUAL EMERGENCY EVACUATION IT
MUST BE REPLACED. THE CENTRAL LOAD
CARRYING CORE CANNOT BE INSPECTED
FOR DAMAGE NOR CAN THE OUTER SHEATH
BE REWOVEN AFTER USE. INJURY TO
PERSONS MAY RESULT IF ROPE IS
REINSTALLED.
(3) Wind the escape rope into a coil in its
compartment. Wind it so that the loose end of the
rope ends at the center of the coil. Keep
approximately the last 4 inches (100 mm) of rope out
of the coil.
(a) Use the hook and loop (Velcro) straps to hold the
escape rope in its position. Put the free end of the
rope between the hook and loop straps. Make sure
that the end of the rope is easy to see and to get a
hold of.
S 414-009
(4) Close the cover.
(a) Make sure the latch holds the cover closed.
DOOR-MOUNTED ESCAPE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

1. General (Fig. 1)
A. The door-mounted escape system for the No. 1, 2,
or 4 Passenger Door contains an escape slide-raft
installed on each passenger door.
B. The door-mounted escape system for the No. 3
Emergency Exit Door contains an escape slide
installed on each door.
C. The door-mounted escape system is used only
during an emergency evacuation of the passenger
compartment. The door-mounted escape system
lets passengers escape through the doors in an
emergency.
D. The door-mounted escape system for the No. 1, 2,
or 4 Passenger Door deploys when the mode selector
lever is in the ARMED position and the door is
opened from the inside. The escape system does not
deploy when the door is opened from the outside.
E. The door-mounted escape system for the No. 3
Emergency Exit Door deploys when the door is
opened from the inside or outside. The escape system
cannot be disarmed.
2. No. 1, 2, or 4 Passenger Door Escape System (Fig.
2)
A. General
(1) In this task an escape slide or slide-raft is referred
to as an escape slide.
B. Escape System

____________________
:__________________
(1) -
.
.
(1)
,
.
(2)
, .
,
.
(3) .
,

.
.
-3.001-02
. 481 687
(1) The door-mounted escape system is installed on

the lower part of the passenger door behind a hard
cover.
(2) The door-mounted escape system contains a slide
that inflates. The slide is folded into a pack which
also contains the inflation cylinder and inflation
hoses to inflate the system.
(3) A hard cover is installed around the pack for
protection. The cover is hinged at the top to let the
pack fall below the cover when the door is opened in
an emergency. The cover has a window to see the
pressure gage on the inflation cylinder.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 482 687
(6
)

(2 )

. 1

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 483 687

(3 )

-
.
(2
)

1,2 4 (
)

. 2

____________________
(2
)
.
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 484 687
1.

1.

()
/ GIRT BAR
. 3/ Figure 3
(2
)
.

____________________
:__________________
(1) .
(2)
.

.
.
(1)
,
ARMED. , ,
.
, . ,
, ,
.

.
F. (. 4)
(1)
. ,
,
,
.

. ,

.
(2) ,
, ,
.
3. ,
3 (. 7)
. (. 7)
(1) ,
, . ,
.
(2)
. .
(3) ,
.
.
.
(1)
.
.
.
.
(1)
,
.
(2) .

. ,
.
. ,
.
-3.001-02
. 485 687
(1) The girt connects the escape slide to the girt bar.
(2) The girt bar is installed through the loop in the girt
and attached to the floor fittings. The girt bar is locked
and unlocked from the floor fittings with the mode
selector lever.
E. Release System
(1) The escape system pack is automatically released
when the door is opened from the inside in the
ARMED mode. The lanyard attached to the girt bar
releases the harness latch at the lower shelf. The lower
shelf turns down to let the pack fall below the cover.
The cover, which is hinged at the top, is pushed away
from the door as the pack falls. The girt bar stays
attached to the floor fittings and pulls on the girt to
inflate the escape system.
F. Inflation System (Fig. 4)
(1) The escape slide is automatically inflated when the
pack is released. As the pack falls below the door, the
inflation cable, which is connected to the inflation
cylinder regulator, releases gas pressure from the
inflation cylinder. Gas flows from the inflation
cylinder, through hoses, to aspirators on the escape
slide. The aspirators pull in ambient air to help inflate
the escape slide, along with the gas from the inflation
cylinder.
(2) If the door-mounted escape system does not inflate
automatically, you can pull the manual inflation handle
on the girt to inflate.
3. No. 3 Emergency Exit Door Escape System (Fig. 7)
A. Escape System (Fig. 7)
(1) The door-mounted escape system contains a slide
that inflates. The slide is folded into a pack which also
contains the inflation cylinder and inflation hoses to
inflate the system.
(2) The escape slide is mounted in a slide compartment
on the door. A cover on the interior protects the escape
slide pack.
(3) The cover is hinged at the top to let the pack
deploy. The cover has a window to see the pressure
gage on the inflation cylinder.
B. Restraint System
(1) The slide is folded and attached to the packboard to
make the pack. The pack is held in by two brackets in
the bottom of the slide compartment. The slide pack
attaches to the door with four bolts.
C. Release System
(1) The escape system deploys when the door is opened
from the inside or outside.
(2) The girt connects the escape slide to the girt bar.
The girt bar is installed through the loop in the girt and
attached to the floor fittings. The girt pulls to release
the latch at the bottom of the slide compartment cover.
The release cables from the pack attach to the girt. The
release cables pull to release the cover as the
emergency exit door rotates open.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 486 687
(2 )
(2
)

(2 )

-
. 4

____________________
:__________________
D.
(1)
. 90 ,
,

, .

.
,

.
(2) ,
, ,
.
4. ,
1, 2 4 (.5)
.
(1) -
.
.
(1) ,
ARMED.
(.
52-11-00/001).
.
(2) . ,
,
. .
90,
. ,
.
, .
3 .
.
(1) ,
ARMED
.
(2) ,
, ,
.
5.
1,2 4 (.6)
.
(1)
ARMED,
. ,
EXIT.
.
,
.

.
(2)
DOOR GIRT BAR
, 11.
6. 3
(.8)
-3.001-02
. 487 687
D. Inflation System
(1) The escape slide is automatically inflated when
the pack is released. As the door rotates open 90
degrees, the inflation cable, which is connected to
the inflation cylinder regulator, releases gas
pressure from the inflation cylinder. Gas flows
from the inflation cylinder, through hoses, to
aspirators on the escape slide. The aspirators pull
in ambient air to help inflate the slide, along with
the gas from the inflation cylinder.
(2) If the door-mounted escape system does not
inflate automatically, you can pull the manual
inflation handle on the girt to inflate.
4. No. 1, 2, or 4 Passenger Door Escape System
Operation (Fig. 5)
A. General
(1) In this task an escape slide or slide-raft is
referred to as an escape slide.
B. Functional Description
(1) The escape system pack is automatically
released when the door is opened from the inside
in the ARMED mode. The door is forced open by
the emergency power system (Refer to 52-1100/001 for data on the emergency power system).
The pack is pulled out from below the cover and
the escape slide is inflated.
(2) The girt bar stays attached to the floor. The
lanyard attached to the girt bar releases the harness
latch. This lets the shelf turn down around its
hinges. As the door opens to 90 degrees, the pack
starts to fall out of the cover. The pack falls until it
gets to the end of the girt. As the pack falls, the
lanyard is pulled to begin the inflation of the
escape slide. The slide will inflate fully in
approximately 3 seconds.
C. Control
(1) To inflate the escape system, move the mode
selector lever to the ARMED position and open
the door.
(2) If the door-mounted escape system does not
inflate automatically, you can pull the manual
inflation handle on the girt to inflate it.
5. No. 1, 2, or 4 Passenger Door Girt Bar
Engagement Indication Operation (Fig. 6)
A. Functional Description
(1) When the mode selector lever is placed to
ARMED, the girt bar annunciator light shows. The
annunciator light is above the door, next to the
EXIT sign. The light is wired in series with two
proximity switches. When the girt bar sliders move
into the floor fittings, the proximity switches are
actuated. A ground is provided through the
proximity switches, and the light shows.
(2) Power is supplied to the annunciator lights and
proximity switches through the DOOR GIRT BAR
circuit breaker on the overhead circuit breaker
panel, P11.
6. No. 3 Emergency Exit Door Escape System
Operation (Fig. 8)

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 488 687
1, 2 4
1, 2 4
(
20 )
1.
2. 90

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 489 687

1, 2 4
1, 2 4
1, 2 4

-

-
3. 110

3. 110

-

-
4.

4.

-
. 5

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 490 687
No. 1,2, and 4 Passenger Door Girt Bar Engagement Indication Schematic
Figure 6
28
. ,
1, 2 4
. 6

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 491 687
3
( )
NO. 3 EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR

(COVER NOT SHOWN)
3

.7
No. 3 Emergency Exit Door Escape

System
Figure 7

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 492 687
1.

2.
3
()

(
)
3. ,

3

. 8
No. 3 Emergency Exit Door Escape System

Operation
Figure 8

____________________
:__________________
.
(1) ,
. ,
.
90 ,
. .
. ,
3 .
.
(1)
, .
(2) ,
, ,
.
-3.001-02
. 493 687
(1) When the door is opened from the inside or outside,
the escape system is deployed. As the door rotates
open, the slide compartment cover releases. At 90
degrees of rotation, the escape slide inflation starts.
The slide pushes the cover out of the way. The cover
rotates about hinges at its top edge. The slide will
inflate to a usable escape device in approximately 3
seconds.
B. Control
(1) To deploy the escape system, open the door from
the inside or outside.
(2) If the door-mounted escape system does not inflate
automatically, you can pull the manual inflation handle
on the girt to inflate.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 494 687
Passenger Door and Emergency Exit Door Escape Systems - Component Index
Figure 101

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 495 687
.
102
, 4183

-1, S10222
-2, S10223
-1, S10224
-2, S10225
-1, S10218
-2, S10219
-1,
S10220
-2,
S10221
-1, S10214
-2, S10215
-1,
S10216
-2,
S10217
-
1, 2, 4
3
1
8

11,
11R34

25-66-10
*
25-66-00
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
25-66-11
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
25-66-01
25-66-03

. 101

____________________
:__________________
. 496 687
.
2
.
1
.
4
.
3
.
2
.
1
-3.001-02
.
3
.
4

(2 )
. - (6
)
Top view/
.
1 ()
.
2 ()
.
3 ()
.
4 ()
Side view/
Passenger Door and Emergency Exit Door Escape Systems - Component Location/

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 497 687
5
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
, ,
, .

External power source electrical characteristics
1. -5 ( )
Houchin (or analogue);
2. 108-122 .
Voltage 108-122 V.;
3. 380-420 .
Frequency 380-420 Hz.;
4.
MAIN RECEPTACLE.
400
MAIN RECEPTACLE.
External power panel is located on the lower right side on the fuselage and marked
MAIN RECEPTACLE.

1.
A.

,
.

, ,

,
.
2. (. 1)
A.

(1)
(BPCU)

. BPCU

.
BPCU

. BPCU
.
. BPCU

5.
AC EXTERNAL POWER - DESCRIPTION

AND OPERATION
1. General
A. AC external power can be used on the
ground to supply the main AC buses, the
ground handling bus, and ground service
bus. System components include bus power
control unit, external power panel, external
power receptacle, external power contactor,
and ground power current transformer.
2. Component Details (Fig. 1)

A. Bus Power Control Unit
(1) The bus power control unit (BPCU)
monitors the external power system.
Protection circuits in the BPCU isolate faults
and disconnect poor quality power. The
BPCU shares status information with the
generator and auxiliary generator control
units. The BPCU controls all AC electrical
buses, and controls load shedding. The
BPCU is located in forward equipment
center rack E5.

____________________
:__________________
B.
(1) 30

,
.
,
AC PWR CONNECTED ( .
) PWR
NOT IN USE ( ).
C.
(1)
(EPR)
115 , 400
.
6 .

BPCU.

30.
D.
(1) (EPC)

115 , 400 .
EPC

. . ECP
BPCU
.
. 28 . EPC
275
/. BPCU

EPC.
(2)

EPC.
. EPC

/ 34.
E.
(1)
(GPCT)
.

BPCU. GPCT
34.
-3.001-02
. 498 687
B. External Power Panel

(1) The external power panel P30 is located
on the lower right side of the fuselage, aft of
the nose gear wheel well. The panel
contains the external power receptacle, a
white AC PWR CONNECTED light, and a
clear PWR NOT IN USE light.
C. External Power Receptacle

(1) The external power receptacle (EPR)
connects 115-volt, 3-phase, 400-Hz AC
power to the airplane's electrical system.
The receptacle has six pins. Four pins are
used to transfer the AC power, and two
complete a DC interlock with the BPCU.
The external power receptacle is located in
the P30 panel.
D. External Power Contactor

(1) The external power contactor (EPC) is
an electrically held, 115-volt, 3 phase, 400Hz unit. When energized, the EPC connects
external power to the AC tie bus. The EPC
is energized by the BPCU, from a flight
compartment switch command. Twentyeight volts DC energize the contactor. The
EPC is rated to operate continuously with a
current of 275 amps/phase. Protective
functions in the BPCU can de-energize the
EPC automatically.
(2) Six terminal studs connect external
power to the EPC. Control is provided by a
separate electrical connector. The EPC is in
APU/external power panel P34.
E. Ground Power Current Transformer

(1) The ground power current transformer
(GPCT) senses current flow in each of the
external power feeders. The external power
current is monitored by the BPCU. The
GPCT is located in P34 panel.

____________________
:__________________
. 499 687
. . .
.
.
. .
.
.
.
-3.001-02
.
.

1 ( 1)

____________________
34

:__________________
-3.001-02
. 500 687

,
30
.

(5-3)
, 30
-
1 ( 2)

____________________
:__________________
3. (. 2)
A.
(1)
EPR
EXT PWR HOT
BUS (. )
34. .
BCPU
BCPU
. ,

, 30
AC PWR CONNECTED (
. ).
EXT PWR AVAIL (
)
10063.
, 30
PWR NOT IN
USE ( ).
(2) EXT
PWR ( ) 10063
. BPCU
EPC.
10063 EXT PWR AVAIL
( ) ON (.).
30 AC PWR
CONNECTED ( .
). PWR NOT IN USE
( ) 30
.
EXT PWR ( )
.
(3) , EPC
,

.
,

. EXT
PWR ( )
.
(4)
330 70 /, BPCU
.
-3.001-02
. 501 687
3. Operation (Fig. 2)
(1) Connecting external power to the EPR
turns on the red EXT PWR HOT BUS warning
light on P34 panel. The DC interlock circuit to
the BPCU is completed, and the BPCU
checks external power quality. If external
power voltage, frequency, and phase
sequence are correct, the white AC PWR
CONNECTED light on P30 panel will come
on. The white EXT PWR AVAIL light on
M10063 electrical system control panel will be
on. If external power is not selected, the clear
PWR NOT IN USE light on P30 panel will be
on.
(2) The momentary action EXT PWR switch
on M10063 panel controls the system.
Pressing the switch once turns on the system.
The BPCU causes the auxiliary power breaker
and generator circuit breakers to open, if
previously closed. The BPCU energizes the
EPC. The EXT PWR AVAIL and ON lights on
M10063 panel will be on. The AC PWR
CONNECTED light on P30 panel will be on.
The PWR NOT IN USE light on P30 panel will
be off. Pressing the EXT PWR switch again
removes external power.
(3) If the engines are started, the EPC will
open when engine speed is sufficient to
produce correct quality power. The generator
circuit breakers close, providing power from
the main generators. Pressing the EXT PWR
switch will switch external power to the buses.
(4) If external power current exceeds 330 70
amps/phase, the BPCU will disconnect
external power.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 502 687
34

, 30
, 119BL

, M116 , 821
(5-3)
.
.
, L4

, L4

, D1718
.
.
, 30
, 116
-
102 ( 1)

____________________
:__________________
1.
A.

.

(EICAS).
24-41-00-705-001
2.
A.
(1) .
115/200 5 , 400 20 , ,
ABC, 90
-.
B.
(1) AMM 27-61-00/201,
/ .
C.
(1)
124

()
211/212

D.
S 045-002
:

. ,
, , ,
,

.

.
(1)
(AMM 27-61-00/201)
.
E.

S 865-008
(1) STBY POWER
( ) 5
AUTO ().
S 865-009
(2) BAT ()
5 ON (.).
S 715-010
(3)

:
(a)

30.
:

.
,

-3.001-02
. 503 687
1. General
A. This procedure is an operational test of
the external power system. This test uses
the indicator lights for the external power
system and EICAS.
TASK 24-41-00-705-001
2. Operational Test - External Power System
A. Equipment
(1) Cart, Ground Power - 115/200 5 volts
AC, 400 Hz, 3-phase, ABC rotation, 90 KVA
power capability
B. References
(1) AMM 27-61-00/201, Spoiler/Speedbrake
Control System
C. Access
(1) Location Zone
124 Area Below Forward Cargo
Compartment (Right)
211/212 Flight Comaprtment
D. Prepare for the Operational Test
S 045-002
WARNING: KEEP PERSONS AND
EQUIPMENT AWAY FROM ALL CONTROL
SURFACES WHEN HYDRAULIC POWER
IS SUPPPLIED. AILERONS, ELEVATORS,
RUDDER, FLAPS, SLATS, SPOILERS, AND
STABILIZER ARE FULLY POWERED
SURFACES. INJURY TO PERSONS AND
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR
WHEN HYDRAULIC POWER IS SUPPLIED.
(1) Do the deactivation procedure for the
spoilers (AMM 27-61-00/201) or move all
persons and equipment away from the
spoilers.
E. Do an Operational Test of the External
Power System
S 865-008
(1) Turn the STBY POWER switch on the
pilots' overhead panel, P5, to the AUTO
position.
S 865-009
(2) Push the BAT switch on the pilots'
overhead panel, P5, to the ON position.
S 715-010
(3) Do these steps to do an operational test
of the external power system:
(a) Open the access cover for the external
power panel, P30.
WARNING: REMOVE ELECTRICAL
POWER FROM THE POWER CABLE
BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE CABLE TO
THE AIRPLANE. AN ELECTRICAL ARC
CAN OCCUR WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY
TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(b) Connect the power cable to the external
power receptacle.
(c) Supply electrical power to the external

____________________
:__________________
.
(b)

.
(c)

.
(d)
, CONNECTED
() NOT IN USE ( )
30 .
(e)

5:
1)
, EXT
PWR ( ) AVAIL
().
2)
EXT PWR (
).
3)
, EXT
PWR ( ) AVAIL
() ON (.)
(f)
, NOT IN USE (
)
30 .
(g)
, CONNECTED
()
30 .
(h)
BUS TIE
( )
AUTO ().
(i)
, AUTO
BUS TIE ( )
.
(j)
,
BUS OFF ( .)
.
(k)
, ,
,
, :
1)
AC TIE BUS (. .
) L 115 AC (. 115 .)
31.
2)
AC TIE BUS (. .
) R 115 AC (. 115 .)
32.
3)
AC TIE BUS (. .
) EXT PWR ( )

/ 34.
4)
115 V AC GND SVCE BUS (
. 115
)
37.
(l)
BUS TIE
( )
ISLN ().
1)
,
ISLN () .
2)
,
BUS OFF ( .).
3)
,
EICAS R AC BUS
-3.001-02
. 504 687
power cable.
(d) Make sure the CONNECTED and NOT
IN USE lights on the external power panel,
P30, come on.
(e) Do these steps at the electrical system
control panel on the pilots' overhead panel,
P5:
1) Make sure the AVAIL light in the EXT
PWR switch is on.
2) Push the EXT PWR switch.
3) Make sure the AVAIL and ON lights in the
EXT PWR switch are on.
(f) Make sure the NOT IN USE light on the
external power panel, P30, is off.
(g) Make sure the CONNECTED light on the
external power panel, P30, is on.
(h) Push the two BUS TIE switches on the
electrical system control panel to the AUTO
position.
(i) Make sure the AUTO light in each BUS
TIE switch is on.
(j) Make sure the left and right BUS OFF
lights on the electrical system control panel
are off.
(k) Make sure these HOT BUS WARNING
lights are on:
1) The AC TIE BUS and L 115 AC lights on
the left generator power panel, P31.
2) The AC TIE BUS and R 115 AC lights on
the right generator power panel, P32.
3) The AC TIE BUS and EXT PWR lights on
the APU/external power panel, P34.
4) The 115 V AC GND SVCE BUS light on
the right miscellaneous electrical equipment
panel, P37.
(l) Push the right BUS TIE switch on the
electrical system control panel to the ISLN
position.
1) Make sure the yellow ISLN light in the
switch comes on.
2) Make sure the right BUS OFF light comes
on.
3) Make sure the EICAS messages, R AC
BUS OFF and RIGHT BUS ISOLATED,
show on the top display.
(m) Push the right BUS TIE switch on the
electrical system control panel to the AUTO
position.
(n) Push the left BUS TIE switch on the
electrical system control panel to the ISLN
position.
1) Make sure the yellow ISLN light in the
switch comes on.
2) Make sure the left BUS OFF light comes
on.
3) Make sure the EICAS messages, L AC
BUS OFF and LEFT BUS ISOLATED, show
on the top display.
(o) Push the left BUS TIE switch to the

____________________
:__________________
OFF (. . .) RIGHT BUS

ISOLATED ( ).
(m)
BUS TIE
( )
AUTO ().
(n)
BUS TIE
( )
ISLN ().
1)
,
ISLN () .
2)
,
BUS OFF ( .).
3)
,
EICAS L AC BUS
OFF (. . .) LEFT BUS
ISOLATED ( ).
(o)
BUS TIE
( ) AUTO ().
(p)
ELEC HYD (.
.) EICAS
61.
(q)
,
GND PWR ( )
EICAS:
F.

S 865-011
(1) EXT PWR (
) .
(a)
,
ON (.).
S 865-012
:

.
,

.
(2)
.
(a)

.
(b)

30
S 865-013
(3) BAT ()
5 OFF (.).
(a)
, BAT
() OFF (.).
S 445-014
(4) ,

(AMM 27-61-00/201).
-3.001-02
. 505 687
AUTO position.
(p) Push the ELEC HYD switch on the
EICAS MAINT panel on the right side panel,
P61.
(q) Make sure these values show below
GND PWR on the bottom EICAS display:
AC-V
FREQ
F. Put the Airplane Back To Its Usual
Condition
S 865-011
(1) Push the EXT PWR switch on the
electrical system control panel.
(a) Make sure the white ON light in the
switch goes off.
S 865-012
WARNING: REMOVE ELECTRICAL
POWER FROM THE POWER CABLE
BEFORE YOU REMOVE THE CABLE
FROM THE AIRPLANE. AN ELECTRICAL
ARC CAN OCCUR WHICH CAN CAUSE
INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(2) Remove electrical power from the
external power cable.
(a) Remove the external power cable from
the airplane.
(b) Close the access door for the external
power panel, P30.
S 865-013
(3) Push the BAT switch on the pilots'
overhead panel, P5, to the OFF position.
(a) Make sure the OFF light in the BAT
switch comes on.
S 445-014
(4) Do the activation procedure for the
spoilers if you did the deactivation procedure
(AMM 27-61-00/201).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 506 687
6
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
, ,
, .
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM - SERVICING

1.
1. General
. A. This procedure gives the instructions to drain the
potable water system and to fill the potable water tank.
.
.
//
B. This Chapter/Section/Subject/Page Block uses
Configurations (CONFIGs) to identify different water
system configurations used by operators:

:
CONFIGURATION 1:
1:
airplanes with standard capacity (60 gal) water tank - ie,
used for airplanes with the recirc toilet system.

(60 ) .. CONFIGURATION 2:
airplanes with increased capacity (120 gal) water tank .
ie, used for airplanes with the vacuum waste system.
2:
C. If an operator does not have a particular configuration

(120 ) .. in their fleet, that CONFIG's procedure will be
.
LIMITED as CONFIGURATION NOT USED and will
. contain no instructions.
,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 507 687
12-14-01-683-001-001
TASK 12-14-01-683-001-001
2. (. 301) 2 . Drain the Potable Water System (Fig. 301)
.
A. Reference
(1) AMM 52-49-00/001, (1) AMM 52-49-00/001, Exterior Service Doors
B.
B. Access
(1)
(1) Location Zone
165
165 Area Aft of Bulk Cargo Compartment (Left)
()
(2) Access Panel
(2)
165AL Potable Water Service Panel (757-200 4DR
165AL (
Airplanes)
757-200 4DR)
165BL Potable Water Service Panel (757-200 OWX
165BL (
Airplanes)
757-200 OWX)
C. Procedure
C.
S 683-071-001
S 683-071-001
WARNING: IF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS NOT
:
DRAINED OR IN NORMAL SERVICE A MINIMUM OF
ONE
TIME EACH THREE DAYS, THE GROWTH OF
BACTERIA CAN OCCUR. IF BACTERIA GROWTH

,
CONTINUES, AND YOU DRINK THE WATER, ILLNESS
CAN OCCUR.

(1) Obey this warning for this task.
.
S 863-002-001
(2) Open the applicable HEATERS LAV WATER circuit
breaker on the right miscellaneous electrical equipment panel,

.
P37, row F and attach a DO-NOT-CLOSE tag.
(1)
.
S 863-003-001
S 863-002-001
(3) Open the applicable HEATERS LAV WATER or LAV
(2)
WTR HTR circuit breaker on the miscellaneous relay panel,
HEATERS LAV WATER
P70, row A and attach a DO-NOT-CLOSE tag.
, P37, F,
DO-NOT-CLOSE.
S 863-003-001
(3)
HEATERS LAV WATER LAV WTR HTR
, P70,
A, DO-NOT-CLOSE.

____________________
:__________________

, 165AL, .
, 165AL,
-3.001-02
. 508 687

____________________
:__________________
S 013-069-001
(4)
, AMM 52-49-00/001.
S 483-004-001
(5)

.
S 683-008-001
(6)

OPEN.
S 683-013-001
(7) WATER
TANK FILL VALVE OPEN,
.
S 683-021-001
(8)
.
S 683-022-001
(9) .
S 683-023-001
(10)
(
), .
S 683-024-001
(11)
, :
(a)
:
(AMM 3810-00/201).
(b)
CLOSED.
(c)
CLOSED.
S 093-025-001
(12)

.
S 413-030-001
(13)
, AMM 52-49-00/001.
S 683-032-001
(14) .
:
.
S 683-034-001
(15) ,
.
:
.
12-14-01-613-035-001
3 . (. 301)
A.
(1) AMM 52-49-00/001,
B.
(1)
165
()
-3.001-02
. 509 687
S 013-069-001
(4) Open the aft potable water service panel, AMM
52-49-00/001.
S 483-004-001
(5) Connect the drain hose to the overflow port at the
potable water service panel.
S 683-008-001
(6) Turn the drain valve handle on the potable water
service panel to OPEN.
S 683-013-001
(7) Move the WATER TANK FILL VALVE to the
OPEN position to speed draining.
S 683-021-001
(8) Open the shutoff valve for the water supply in
each lavatory.
S 683-022-001
(9) Open the water drain valve in each lavatory.
S 683-023-001
(10) Open the shutoff valve for the water supply and
all the water faucets (both HOT and COLD sides),
coffee makers, and water boilers in each galley.
S 683-024-001
(11) When no more water drains from the overflow
port do these steps:
(a) To deactivate the potable water air compressor, do
this task:
Potable Water System - Pressure Release (AMM 3810-00/201).
(b) Move the handle for the WATER TANK FILL
VALVE to the CLOSED position.
(c) Turn the drain valve handle to CLOSED.
S 093-025-001
(12) Disconnect the drain hose from the overflow
port at the potable water service panel.
S 413-030-001
(13) Close the door for the aft potable water service
panel, AMM 52-49-00/001.
S 683-032-001
(14) Close the water drain valve in each lavatory.
NOTE: Leave the shutoff valves for the water supply
open.
S 683-034-001
(15) Close all the water faucets, coffee makers, and
water boilers in each galley.
NOTE: Leave the shutoff valves for the water supply
open.
TASK 12-14-01-613-035-001
3 . Fill the Potable Water Tank (Fig. 301)

A. Reference
(1) AMM 52-49-00/001, Exterior Service Doors
B. Access
(1) Location Zone
165 Area Aft of Bulk Cargo Compartment (Left)
(2) Access Panel

____________________
:__________________
(2)
165AL (
757-200 4DR)
165BL (
757-200 OWX)
C.
S 863-036-001
(1)
:
(AMM 3810-00/201).
S 013-070-001
(2)
, AMM 52-49-00/001.
S 013-039-001
(3) .
S 493-040-001
(4)
.
:
25
/. (175).
55 /. (380 ).
S 613-042-001
(5)
WATER TANK FILL VALVE
OPEN.
S 613-051-001
(6) ,

.
S 613-052-001
(7) .
S 613-053-001
(8)
WATER TANK FILL VALVE
CLOSED.
S 093-063-001
(9)
,
.
S 413-064-001
(10) .
S 413-065-001
(11)
:

(AMM 38-10-00/201).
S 413-066-001
(12)
, AMM 52-49-00/001.
S 863-067-001
(13)
, :
(a) DO-NOT-CLOSE
HEATERS LAV WATER
, P37.
(b) DO-NOT-CLOSE
HEATER LAV WATER LAV
-3.001-02
. 510 687
165AL Potable Water Service Panel (757-200 4DR

Airplanes)
165BL Potable Water Service Panel (757-200 OWX
Airplanes)
C. Procedure
S 863-036-001
(1) To release pressure from the potable water
system, do this task:
Potable Water System - Pressure Release (AMM 3810-00/201).
S 013-070-001
(2) Open the door for the potable water service panel,
AMM 52-49-00/001.
S 013-039-001
(3) Open the cap on the water fill connection.
S 493-040-001
(4) Connect the water supply hose to the water fill
connection.
NOTE: We recommend that you use a water pressure
of
25 psi (175 kPa) to fill the potable water system.
Do not use a water pressure of more than 55 psi (380
kPa).
S 613-042-001
(5) Move the handle for the WATER TANK FILL
VALVE to the OPEN position.
S 613-051-001
(6) Fill the potable water tank with water until water
flows from the overflow port on the service panel.
S 613-052-001
(7) Stop the supply of water to the potable water tank.
S 613-053-001
(8) Move the WATER TANK FILL VALVE handle
to the CLOSED position.
S 093-063-001
(9) Disconnect the water supply hose from the water
fill connection and let the fill line drain.
S 413-064-001
(10) Close the cap on the water fill connection.
S 413-065-001
(11) To restore pressure to the potable water system,
do this task:
Potable Water System - Restore Pressure (AMM 3810-00/201).
S 413-066-001
(12) Close the door for the potable water service
panel,
AMM 52-49-00/001.
S 863-067-001
(13) If the potable water system was drained before
you filled it then do the steps that follow:
(a) Remove the DO-NOT-CLOSE tag and close the
HEATERS LAV WATER circuit breakers on the
right miscellaneous electrical equipment panel, P37.
(b) Remove the DO-NOT-CLOSE tag and close the
HEATER LAV WATER or LAV WTR HTR circuit
breakers on the miscellaneous relay panel, P70.

____________________
:__________________
WTR HTR , P70.
12-14-01-603-068-002
1.
(120 )
A.
(1) .
-
1.
A.
.
B.
,
.
:
- (AMM 12-3301/301).
C.
,
4 .

.
12-17-01-613-001
2. (Fig. 301)
A.
(1)
(2) , ./ 12224
B.
(1) B00490
()
(a) :
1) - SP77000 SP97000
Celeste Industries
,
2) Honey Bee 33
McGean-Rohco Inc.
,
3) Honey Bee 24
McGean-Rohco, Incorporated
,
C.
(1) AMM 12-33-01/301,
(2) AMM 24-22-00/201,

(3) AMM 52-49-00/001,
D.
(1)
100
(2)
119AL
149GL
-3.001-02
. 511 687
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM - SERVICING

TASK 12-14-01-603-068-002
1. Potable Water System - Increased Capacity Tank
(120 Gallon)
A. General
(1) This configuration is NOT USED.
WASTE TANK - SERVICING
1. General
A. The procedure that follows must be done for each
toilet tank on the airplane.
B. Antifreeze must be added to the toilet tanks only
when the airplane is going to freeze. For
recommended antifreezes, see this procedure:
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - SERVICING
(AMM 12-33-01/301).
C. If you add antifreeze, make sure the total volume
of the flushing fluid and the antifreeze is not more
than 4 gallons. If you add more than 4 gallons of fluid
to the toilet tank it can get too full if the toilets are
used a large number of times.
TASK 12-17-01-613-001
2. Service the Toilet Tank(s) (Fig. 301)
A. Equipment
(1) Toilet service cart
(2) Handle Assembly, Monogram Part Number
12224
B. Consumable Materials
(1) B00490 Chemical Precharge (Deodorant)
(a) Chemical Precharge:
1) Sani-Pak SP77000 Series and SP97000 Series
Celeste Industries
Easton, MD
2) Honey Bee 33
McGean-Rohco Inc.
Cleveland, Ohio
3) Honey Bee 24
McGean-Rohco, Incorporated
Cleveland, Ohio
C. References
(1) AMM 12-33-01/301, Cold Weather Maintenance
(2) AMM 24-22-00/201, Electrical Power - Control
(3) AMM 52-49-00/001, Exterior Service Doors
D. Access
(1) Location Zone
100 Lower Half of Fuselage
(2) Access Panels
119AL Forward Toilet Service Panel
149GL Mid Toilet Service Panel

____________________
:__________________
E.
S 863-003
(1)
(AMM 24-22-00/201).
S 863-004
(2) , 34
:
(a) 34A3(A), FILL CONT LAV
S 863-007
(3) ,
37
:
(a) 37D8, LAV FILL VALVE
S 863-010
(4) ,
AMM 52-49-00/001.
S 013-011
-3.001-02
. 512 687
E. Procedure
S 863-003
(1) Supply external electrical power or APU
generator electrical power (AMM 24-22-00/201).
S 863-004
(2) Make sure this circuit breaker on the APU
external power panel, P34, is closed:
(a) 34A3(A), FILL CONT LAV
S 863-007
(3) Make sure this circuit breaker on the right
miscellaneous electrical equipment panel, P37, is
closed:
(a) 37D8, LAV FILL VALVE
S 863-010
(4) Open the door for the toilet service panel, AMM
52-49-00/001.
S 013-011

____________________
:__________________
()

()
()
-3.001-02
. 513 687
()

( )
()
()
()

____________________
:__________________
:
.

.

.
(5)
.
:
.
S 493-012
(6)
:
(a)
.
(b)
/ .
(c)

.
S 863-063
(7) PUSH-TO-OPEN,
.
:
, .
S 683-027
(8) -
,
.
:
.
,
4 /.
().
:
10,0 /2
.
S 683-069
(9) ,
.
(a)

, :
1) .
2) .
3) ,
,

.
4) , .
(AMM 38-32-10/401).
5) .
S 613-029
(10) ,
-
.
: , -
,
-3.001-02
. 514 687
CAUTION: DO NOT LET TOILET FLUIDS GET

ON THE AIRPLANE. STAINS ON THE SKIN
OF THE AIRPLANE ARE AN INDICATION OF
A LEAK WHEN THE AIRPLANE IS IN FLIGHT
OR OF UNSATISFACTORY SERVICING
PROCEDURES. TOILET FLUIDS CAN CAUSE
CORROSION ON THE AIRPLANE
STRUCTURE.
(5) Open the cap on the waste tank drain
connection.
NOTE: Fluid in the drain line is an indication that
the drain valve may have a leak.
S 493-012
(6) Do these steps to connect the toilet service cart:
(a) Open the cap on the applicable flush port.
(b) Connect the flush line to the rinse/fill
connection.
(c) Connect the drain hose of the toilet service cart
to the waste tank drain connection.
S 863-063
(7) Push the PUSH-TO-OPEN lever to open the
flapper valve in the waste tank drain connection.
NOTE: To do this, turn the OPEN lever 1/4 turn in
the direction of the OPEN arrow.
S 683-027
(8) Pull the T-handle on the service panel in the
down direction and turn it to lock the drain valve
open.
NOTE: For the best results, drain the toilet tanks
one at a time.
If a drain line is blocked, you can pressurize the
airplane cabin to 4 psi (maximum) to make the
drain line clear.
NOTE: The toilet service line pressure should not
exceed 10.0 PSID.
S 683-069
(9) Make sure you hear or feel flow in the drain
hose.
(a) If you do not get flow in the drain hose or not
load on the control cable for the toilet tank drain
valve, do these steps:
1) Remove the shroud on the toilet.
2) Do a check to make sure the control cable is
serviceable.
3) If the control cable is not serviceable, disconnect
the control cable at the quick disconnect and then
use the handle assembly to manually open the toilet
tank drain valve.
4) If the control cable is not serviceable, replace
the
control cable (AMM 38-32-10/401).
5) Put the toilet shroud back in its usual position.
S 613-029
(10) When the toilet tank has drained, push the Thandle on the service panel in the up direction to
close the drain valve.

____________________
:__________________
.
S 173-030
(11) /
6 , .
3-10 ,
.
:
:
20-50
/..
: 60 /..
S 173-031
(12)
.
S 683-032
(13)
,
.
S 683-033
(14) .
S 613-034
(15)
, .
: ,
.
.
S 093-035
(16)
:
(a)
.
:
,
.
(b)
(c) .
S 493-051
(17)

/ .
S 613-052
(18) 2 ( ,
)
.
:

, 2
.

3
,
.
,
.
:
,
.
:
- (AMM
-3.001-02
. 515 687
NOTE: Turn the T-handle to the not locked

position before you move it to the closed position.
S 173-030
(11) Pump a minimum of 6 gallons of water
through the rinse/fill connection to flush the toilet
tank. As you pump the water, pull and release the
T-handle on the service panel 3 to 10 times to clean
the drain valve.
NOTE: Recommended pressure: 20-50 psig.
Maximum Pressure: 60 psig.
S 173-031
(12) Stop the pump on the toilet service cart.
S 683-032
(13) Pull the handle for the drain valve down and
turn it to lock the drain valve open.
S 683-033
(14) Drain the toilet tanks fully.
S 613-034
(15) Unlock and release the handle for the drain
valve to close the drain valve.
NOTE: Let the handle for the drain valve move
quickly into the closed position. This makes a
water tight seal at the drain valve.
S 093-035
(16) Do these steps to disconnect the toilet service
cart:
(a) For the drain cap with the push-to-open lever
for the flapper valve, close and lock the drain cap.
NOTE: The flapper valve will move to the closed
position at the same time the drain cap is moved to
the closed position.
(b) Disconnect the flush line.
(c) Disconnect the waste drain hose.
S 493-051
(17) Connect the chemical tank on the toilet service
cart to the rinse/fill connection.
S 613-052
(18) Put a minimum of 2 gallons (or the quantity
shown on the service panel door placard) of water
and toilet flushing deodorant into each toilet tank.
NOTE: The minimum required amount of
precharge necessary to enable proper toilet pump
operation is at least 2 gallons of precharge.
Because of ramp slope variations and servicing
equipment tolerances, Boeing recommends that 3
gallons of precharge be used to ensure that an
adequate amount has been
supplied and to improve deodorization. The
minimum quantity can be used if maximum waste
capacity is desired.
NOTE: If the airplane is going to freeze, antifreeze
may be needed in the toilet tanks. For
recommended antifreezes, see this procedure:
COLD
WEATHER
MAINTENANCE
SERVICING (AMM 12-33-01/301).

____________________
:__________________
12-33-01/301).
S 093-055
(19) .
:
,
.
S 163-056
(20)
.
S 213-070
(21) , /
.
S 413-065
(22) .
S 213-057
(23) ,

. ,
.
S 213-058
(24) ,
, , .
S 213-071
(25) ,
.
S 413-059
(26)
.
S 413-060
(27) ,
AMM 52-49-00/001.
S 863-061
(28) ,
, AMM 24-22-00/201.
-3.001-02
. 516 687
S 093-055
(19) Disconnect the flush line.
NOTE: Make sure the flush line is fully drained
when you disconnect the toilet precharge
connection.
S 163-056
(20) Clean and dry all the components and the door
of the toilet service panel.
S 213-070
(21) Make sure that the rinse/fill connection has no
leakage.
S 413-065
(22) Close the cap on the flush port.
S 213-057
(23) Make sure the seal in the cap for the waste
tank drain connection is in good condition. Look
for aging, cuts, wear, or other signs of
deterioration.
S 213-058
(24) Make sure the end of the waste tank drain
connection does not have nicks, dents, scratches, or
cracks.
S 213-071
(25) Make sure that the waste tank drain
connection has no leakage.
S 413-059
(26) Close the cap on the waste tank drain
connection.
S 413-060
(27) Close the door for the toilet service panel,
AMM 52-49-00/001.
S 863-061
(28) Remove electrical power if it is not necessary,
AMM 24-22-00/201.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 517 687
7.
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
, ,
, .
H.

.
09-11-00-582-001
2.
.
(1) -
A09003-2
(2) A09003-1
(3) per B09001,
757 ( )
(4)
(5) ( 32-00-15)
.
(1) AMM 05-51-01/201,
/
(2) AMM 24-22-00/201,
(3) AMM 29-11-00/201,

/
(4) AMM 32-00-20/201,
(5) AMM 32-21-09/401, -
(6) AMM 71-11-04/201,

(7) AMM 71-11-06/201,
(8) AMM 78-31-00/201,

.
S 862-024
:

.

.
:
, ,

.

.
,
.

H. To tow the airplane with the entry or lower

cargo doors open is optional.
TASK 09-11-00-582-001
2. Tow the Airplane
A. Equipment
(1) Towing Lever Lockpin - A09003-2 preferred
(2) Towing Lever Lockpin - A09003-1
(3) Tow Bar - Fabricate per B09001, Data Sheet 757 Tow bar (if it is necessary)
(4) Tow Vehicle
(5) Door Lock, Landing Gear - (Ref 32-00-15)
B. References
(1) AMM 05-51-01/201, Hard Landing or High
Drag/Side Load Landing Condition
(2) AMM 24-22-00/201, Electrical Power Control
(3) AMM 29-11-00/201, Pressurize/Depressurize
Main Hydraulic System
(4) AMM 32-00-20/201, Landing Gear Downlocks
(5) AMM 32-21-09/401, Nose Gear Torsion Links
(6) AMM 71-11-04/201, Fan Cowl Panels
(7) AMM 71-11-06/201, Core Cowl Panels
(8) AMM 78-31-00/201, Thrust Reverser System
C. Prepare to Tow the Airplane

S 862-024
WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT A HEADSET
AND DO NOT TOUCH CONNECTIONS TO
THE AIRPLANE DURING ATMOSHPERIC
ELECTRICAL ACTIVITY OR IN STRONG
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS. LIGHTNING
STRIKE AND HIGH DISCHARGE CURRENTS
CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY.
WARNING: MOST TOWBARLESS TOW
VEHICLES DO NOT HAVE A SHEAR PIN TO
LIMIT LOADS IF THE AIRPLANE BRAKES
ARE USED DURING TOWING. DO NOT
APPLY THE AIRPLANE BRAKES WHEN YOU
TOW THE AIRPLANE WITH
TOWBARLESS TOW VEHICLES. IF YOU
APPLY THE BRAKES, YOU CAN APPLY
LOADS TO THE NOSE LANDING GEAR
THAT ARE MORE THAN THE DESIGN LOAD
LIMITS. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS
CAUTION, DAMAGE WILL OCCUR TO THE
NOSE LANDING GEAR, THE TOW VEHICLE,
AND MAINTENANCE PERSONS CAN BE
INJURED.
WARNING: ALL WORK AROUND THE

____________________
:__________________
.
:
6 ,

.
.
.
:
,
.
.
(1)
:
() ,

.
(b) (AMM 71-11-04)
(c) (AMM 78-31-00)
(d) PRATT AND
WHITNEY;

:

.
,
, (
)
.
() (. 201)
TOWING.
:
TOWING ,

.

.
:
65 - (
65 ).
, 65 , -
.
(f) .
(g) ,
(AMM
32-00-20).
:
.
,
,
.
:
-3.001-02
. 518 687
AIRPLANE MUST STOP WHEN LIGHTNING

OCCURS AT
A DISTANCE OF 6 MILES OR LESS. ALL
PERSONNEL MUST GO IN A BUILDING OR
THE AIRPLANE. LIGHTNING CAN CAUSE
INJURY TO
PERSONNEL.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE ALL ENGINE
COWLS ARE CLOSED AND LATCHED
BEFORE THE
AIRPLANE IS TOWED. DAMAGE TO THE
AIRPLANE AND EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(1) To prepare to tow the airplane, do the steps that
follow:
(a) Make sure you have an approved brake
operator in the flight compartment.
(b) Close the fan cowl panels (AMM 71-11-04)
(c) Close the thrust reverser (AMM 78-31-00)
(d) AIRPLANES WITH PRATT AND
WHITNEY ENGINES;
Close the core cowl panels (AMM 71-11-06).
CAUTION: THE TOWING LEVER LOCK PIN

MUST BE IN THE TOWING POSITION
BEFORE YOU TOW THE AIRPLANE.
FAILURE TO PUT THE TOWING LEVER IN
THE TOWING POSITION CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE TOW FITTING, TOW BAR
(IF
USED),
OR
THE
STEERING
COMPONENTS.
(e) Move the towing lever (shown on Figure 201)
on the metering valve module to the TOWING
position.
NOTE: When you hold the tow lever in the
TOWING position with the lockpin, the nose gear
steering will not operate. This is when the
hydraulic system is pressurized.
NOTE: You can make the airplane turn 65 degrees
and not disconnect the torsion links (the steering
actuator
bottoms at 65 degrees). To turn more than 65
degrees,
the torsion links must be disconnected.
(f) Install the towing lever lock pin.
(g) Make sure the downlocks are installed on the
nose and main landing gear (AMM 32-00-20).
NOTE: It is optional to install the landing gear
downlocks when you tow or push the airplane for
flight. This is when the airplane is in position for
the flight crew to taxi the airplane prior to or after
a flight.
CAUTION: DO NOT TOW THE AIRPLANE
WHEN A SHOCK STRUT, OF THE LANDING
GEAR, IS COMPRESSED FULLY. IF YOU
MUST TOW THE AIRPLANE IN AN
EMERGENCY,
FOLLOW
THE

____________________
:__________________

.

,
,
5 /
.
.

.
(h) ,
2 (.
.
201).
:
(
) ,

.
:

10
.
,
.

.
(i) ,
10 .
(j) 757-200
,
. 202.
-3.001-02
. 519 687
INSTRUCTIONS BELOW. IF YOU DO NOT

FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS, DAMAGE
TO THE SHOCK STRUT CAN OCCUR. IT IS
PERMITTED TO TOW THE AIRPLANE WITH
ONE OR MORE DEFLATED SHOCK STRUTS.
THIS IS IF YOU LIMIT THE TOW SPEEDS TO
5 MPH ON ROUGH GROUND. WHEN THE
AIRPLANE HAS A
DEFLATED
NOSE
STRUT,
IT
IS
RECOMMENDED TO TOW THE AIRPLANE
STRAIGHT FORWARD ONLY. THE TOWING
ANGLE MUST ALSO BE KEPT TO A
MINIMUM.
(h) Make sure that the shock struts have a
minimum extension of two inches on all of the
landing gear (See Figure 201A for the procedure to
the measure shock strut extension).
NOTE: You can tow the airplane with deflated
shock struts (zero shock strut extension) in an
emergency if you obey the limits in the caution
note.
CAUTION: THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
SHOCK STRUT EXTENSION FOR THE NOSE
LANDING GEAR IS 10 INCHES. THIS IS TO
MAKE SURE THE
CENTERING CAM DOES NOT ENGAGE. THIS
IS ALSO TO KEEP A FORWARD CENTER OF
GRAVITY SO THE AIRPLANE WILL NOT
ROTATE
ON ITS TAIL. IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW
THESE INSTRUCTIONS, DAMAGE TO THE
AIRPLANE CAN OCCUR.
(i) Make sure the open surface of inner cylinder
chrome of the nose landing gear is not more than
10 inches.
(j) 757-200 AIRPLANES;
Make sure the airplane center of gravity is below
the GROUND STABILITY LIMIT line in Figure
202.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 520 687
(
TOWING)

. 201

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 521 687

= 14.46
= 11.46
:
: = 9.46
:
: = 12.46
MINIMUM SHOCK STRUT EXTENSION

DIM "B" = 14.46 INCHES
DIM "A" = 11.46 INCHES
NOTE: FULLY COMPRESSED STRUT: DIM "A"
= 9.46 INCHES
NOTE: FULLY COMPRESSED STRUT: DIM "B"
= 12.46 INCHES

. 201
Landing Gear Shock Strut Extension Requirements
Figure 201A

____________________
:__________________
: ,
,
.
.
.
(k) BAT 5
ON.
(l)
5 AUTO.
S 862-003
(2) (AMM 24-2200).
S 862-004
(3)
( ,
) (AMM 29-11-00).
S 212-006
(4) .
() ,
3000 |100 ..
:
, 3.
:
2800 3000
.
.
,

.

.
(b) ,
2800
..
2 3 ,
2800 ..
-3.001-02
. 522 687
WARNING: DO THESE STEPS BEFORE YOU

APPLY EXTERNAL POWER. THE PITOT
PROBE CAN BECOME VERY HOT. THIS CAN
CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONNEL.
(k) Push the BAT switch on the P5 panel to the
ON position.
(l) Turn the STBY power switch on the P5 panel to
the AUTO position.
S 862-003
(2) Supply electrical power to the airplane (AMM
24-22-00).
S 862-004
(3) Supply right system hydraulic power (or left
system hydraulic power if the right system does
not operate) (AMM 29-11-00).
S 212-006
(4) Do a check of the brake system.
(a) Make sure the hydraulic brake pressure is 3000
|100 psi.
NOTE: The BRAKE PRESSURE indicator gage is
found on the pilots center instrument panel, P3.
CAUTION: TO TOW THE AIRPLANE WITH
BRAKES THAT WILL OPERATE, YOU MUST
HAVE 2800 TO 3000 PSI IN THE
ACCUMULATOR. THERE IS A LIMIT TO THE
NUMBER OF BRAKE APPLICATIONS
AVAILABLE
FROM
ACCUMULATOR
PRESSURE. WHEN HYDRAULIC PRESSURE
IN THE ACCUMULATOR IS ZERO THE
AIRCRAFT WILL NOT STOP WHEN THE
BRAKES ARE APPLIED. DAMAGE TO THE
AIRPLANE OR GROUND EQUIPMENT CAN
OCCUR.
(b) If electrical power is not available, you must
have a minimum of 2800 psi in the accumulator.
You can apply the brakes approximately 2 to 3
times when the accumulator pressure is 2800 psi.

____________________
:__________________
( )
(1000 )
757-200
. 202 ( 1)
-3.001-02
. 523 687

____________________
:__________________
(BODY STATION)
(1000 )
757-200
. 202 ( 2)
-3.001-02
. 524 687

____________________
:__________________
S 582-007
:
)
.
,
,
.
(5) 757-200
,

, . 203
:
757-200
65 , -

.

757-200 -
- (AMM 3221-09). -
,
(
-)
.
-
,
.
(a) 757-200;
65
, - (. 207)
,
(AMM 32-21-09).
:
.
,
65 .
1) ,
- ,
:
) -
.
2) - ,

.
S 492-008
(6) ,
,
. .
. 206
S 492-020
(7) , ,
, ,
.
-3.001-02
. 525 687
S 582-007
CAUTION: DO NOT PERMIT THE LOADS ON
THE NOSE LANDING GEAR (WHILE THE
AIRPLANE IS IN A TURN) TO BE MORE THAN
THE SPECIFIED LOADS. IF YOU APPLY MORE
LOADS THAN ARE SPECIFIED, STRUCTURAL
DAMAGE TO
THE LANDING GEAR CAN OCCUR.
(5) 757-200 Airplanes
Make sure the maximum permitted tow loads, for the
nose landing gear, are not more than those specified in
Figure 203.
CAUTION: DO NOT TOW THE 757-200 AIRPLANE
AT ANGLES THAT ARE MORE THAN 65
DEGREES. THIS IS WHEN THE TORSION LINKS
FOR THE NOSE GEAR ARE NOT
DISCONNECTED. IF YOU TOW DURING THESE
CONDITIONS, DAMAGE TO THE AIRPLANE
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CAN OCCUR. DO NOT
DISCONNECT THE 757-200 NOSE WHEEL
STEERING SPRING CARTRIDGE FROM THE
UPPER TORSION LINK WHEN YOU
DISCONNECT THE TORSION LINKS (AMM 32-2109). ATTACH THE UPPER
TORSION LINK SO THE SENSOR TARGETS
(THAT ARE INSTALLED ON THE UPPER
TORSION LINK) DO NOT HIT THE SENSORS
DURING THE
TOW. ATTACH THE LOWER TORSION LINK AS
NECESSARY TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING
THE TOW.
(a) 757-200 AIRPLANES;
When the nose gear angle will be more than 65
degrees,
disconnect the torsion links (Figure 207) before you
tow the airplane (AMM 32-21-09).
NOTE: A red indicator stripe is painted on the nose
gear
doors. This stripe will tell you when you are near a 65
degree nose gear turn.
1) To prevent damage to the area after the upper
torsion link is disconnected, do the step that follows:
a) Lift the upper torsion link and attach it to a safe
point.
2) Put the lower torsion link on the towbar, against the
trunnion cylinder or attach it to a safe point to prevent
damage.
S 492-008
(6) Put the tow vehicle in to position and, if it is
necessary, attach the towbar to the tow fitting on the
nose landing gear. Tow within the breakaway tow bar
load requirements, see Figure 206.
S 492-020
(7) Make sure that the control cabin crew, towing
ground crew and tow tractor operator have intercom
communication.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 526 687
757-200
36 200 (16 420 )
33 000 (14 970 )
24 560 (11 140 )
: - , 65
, ,

. 203

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 527 687

. 204
if installed
Nose Gear Tow Fittings
Figure 204

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 528 687

(
)
:

0,1
()
R-1
R-2
R-3

R-4

R-5
R-6
757-200
,
. 205

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 529 687
( 1 000 )
()

.
-
()
757 221 000 (100,244
) .
2 ,
30 000
(13 600 ) 17000
(7 711 ) ( ).
, 23 300
(10 600 ) 13 300 (6 032 )
( ).
:

()

(Example)
Model 757 with a maximum taxi weight of 221,000 pounds
(100,244 kilograms) and two engines idling. When the pavement
is assumed to be wet concrete with a 2 percent slope, the required
total traction wheel load would be 30,000 pounds (13,600 kg) and
the drawbar pull would be 17,000 pounds (7,711kg) (example a).
When the airplane is backed without idle thrust, these numbers
would change to 23,300 pounds (10,600kg) and 13,300 pounds
(6,032kg), respectively
(Example B).
NOTES:
straight line tow
unusual breakaway conditions not shown
coefficients of friction ( ) are estimated
for rubber tired tow vehicles

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 530 687

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 531 687
-

200-250

-
. 207

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 532 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 533 687
:
10 (3 )
,

.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF TEN FEET

(3 METERS) SEPARATION BETWEEN PERSONS
ON THE GROUND AND THE NOSE WHEELS,
TOW BAR AND TOW VEHICLE, AND THE MAIN
WHEELS WHILE THE AIRPLANE IS MOVING.

. 208

____________________
:__________________
Towing Hazard Zones

Figure 208
-3.001-02
. 534 687

____________________
:__________________
S 862-027
(8) , .
S 772-028
(9) .
(a) ,
.
D.
S 582-009
:

.

.
(1)
:
:

, ,

. , ,
,

,
, ,

.
,
10 .

.
() , ,
,
, . 208:
-
-
-
- .
:

AMM 05-51-01).
-3.001-02
. 535 687
S 862-027
(8) Make sure the airplane brakes are released.
S 772-028
(9) Check for a fuel imbalance.
(a) Adjust the current fuel loading as
appropriate.
D. Tow the Airplane
S 582-009
CAUTION: DO NOT HOLD OR TURN THE
TILLER FOR THE NOSE WHEEL STEERING
WHILE THE AIRPLANE IS TOWED. IF YOU
HOLD OR TURN THE TILLER, DAMAGE
TO THE NOSE WHEEL STEERING SYSTEM
CAN OCCUR.
(1) To tow the airplane, do the steps that follow:
WARNING: WHEN YOU TOW THE
AIRPLANE, ALL PERSONS MUST STAY
OUT OF THE DANGEROUS AREAS
AROUND THE TOW VEHICLE, TOW BAR,
NOSE WHEELS, AND MAIN WHEELS.
PERSONS ON THE GROUND MUST KNOW
IT IS POSSIBLE TO BE RUN OVER BY THE
NOSE WHEELS, MAIN WHEELS, AND THE
TOW VEHICLE. THIS IS BECAUSE THE
AIRPLANE WILL CHANGE POSITION
DURING PUSHBACK AND TOWING.
MAKE SURE YOU KEEP A MINIMUM OF
10 FEET SEPARATION BETWEEN
PERSONS ON THE GROUND AND THE
EQUIPMENT THAT MOVES. IF YOU DO
NOT KEEP THE MINIMUM DISTANCE, A
FATAL INJURY COULD OCCUR.
(a) Make sure the persons that work near the
areas that follow, know the pushback hazard
zones as shown in Figure 208:
- tow vehicle
- towbar
- nose wheels
- main wheels.
CAUTION: IF YOU USE A TOW BAR, YOU
CAN CAUSE THE SHEAR PINS TO SHEAR
IF YOU USE THE AIRPLANE BRAKES
WHILE YOU TOW THE
AIRPLANE. MOST TOWBARLESS TOW
VEHICLES DO NOT HAVE A SHEAR PIN
TO LIMIT THE LOADS IF AIRPLANE
BRAKES ARE USED DURING TOWING. IF
AIRPLANE BRAKES ARE USED WHILE
TOWING WITH A TOWBARLESS TOW
VEHICLE ATTACHED TO THE NOSE
LANDING GEAR, PERFORM THE "HARD
LANDING OR HIGH DRAG/SIDE LOAD
LANDING CONDITION" INSPECTION FOR
THE NOSE LANDING GEAR AREAS (AMM
05-51-01).
(b) While the airplane is towed, do not use the

____________________
:__________________
(b) ,
.
:

.
()
. 204.
(d) 757-200;

. 205.
() , , ,
, 12
.
:
( )
.
-3.001-02
. 536 687
airplane brakes to stop the airplane, unless it is

an emergency.
NOTE: You can cause the tow bar shear pins to
shear if you use the brakes while you tow the
airplane.
(c) Refer to Figure 204 to find the nose gear tow
fitting.
(d) 757-200 AIRPLANES;
Refer to Figure 205 to find the specified airplane
clearance during the tow.
(e) Before the airplane is parked, make sure you
move the airplane not less than 12 feet in a
straight line.
NOTE: This procedure will make sure that the
torsional loads (side load pressures) are released
before it is parked.

____________________
:__________________
: ,
-,
, . -
,
, .
1) - ,
12 .
:
- (see Figure 207).
(f) - (AMM 32-21-09).
:
. ,
.
(g) .
: ,
3000 .
.
. .
S 582-025
(1)

.
2-4 .
S 862-026
(2) .
S 862-010
(3) ,
(AMM 24-22-00).
S 092-011
(4) ,
.
S 862-012
:
.

.
.
(5) ,

.
F. .
S 582-014
(1) 757-200;
,
,
. 209.
-3.001-02
. 537 687
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE TORSION

LINK DOES NOT FALL BEFORE IT IS
CONNECTED. IF THE TORSION LINK
FALLS, IT CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO ADJACENT EQUIPMENT.
1) If the torsion links were disconnected, align
the links
during the last 12 feet of the tow.
NOTE: This will permit the torsion links bolt to
be
attached smoothly (see Figure 207).
(f) Connect the torsion links (AMM 32-21-09).
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY THE PARKING
BRAKES WHEN THEY ARE HOT. IT IS
POSSIBLE THAT THE BRAKES WILL NOT
BE RELEASED WHEN THEY ARE APPLIED
WHILE THEY ARE HOT.
(g) Set the parking brake.
NOTE: Make sure the parking brake pressure
gage shows approximately 3000 psi.
E. Put the Airplane Back to Its Initial Condition
S 582-025
(1) At the end of towing, put the wheel chocks
fore and aft of a main gear wheel on each of the
main gear. The chocks should be approximately
2-4 inches away from the wheels.
S 862-026
(2) Release the parking brake.
S 862-010
(3) Remove the electrical power if it is not
necessary (AMM 24-22-00).
S 092-011
(4) If it is necessary, disconnect the towbar from
the tow fitting and remove the towbar.
S 862-012
WARNING: MOVE AWAY FROM THE
NOSE WHEELS. THE NOSE WHEELS CAN
TURN
QUICKLY TO THEIR CENTERED POSITION
WHEN THE LOCKPIN IS REMOVED.
INJURY TO PERSONS CAN OCCUR.
(5) Make sure the wheels of the nose landing
gear are in the centered position, and remove the
towing lever lockpin.
F. Tow the airplane in High Winds.
S 582-014
(1) 757-200 AIRPLANES;
The airplane can be towed in high winds, but
you must obey the previous subject paragraph
titled, "Tow the Airplane", and remain below the
appropriate airplane stability limit line in Figure
209.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 538 687
8.
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
, ,
, .

1. (. 301)
.
.
,
(FQIS)(AMM
28-41-00/001)

. FQIS
.
,
FQIS
.
,
.
.
, 3.
,
, ,
,
,
.
.
28 .
:

.
D. ,
(AMM
28-21-00/001). ,
, .

(AMM 28-44-00/001).
.
(AMM 12-11-03/301).
F.

(AMM 28-21-00/001).

,

.
(1)
.
(2) ,

FUEL TANK PRESSURE FUELING

1. General (Fig. 301)
A. The pressure refuel method is usually used to
refuel the airplane. During the pressure refuel
operation, the fuel quantity indicating system (FQIS)
(AMM 28-41-00/001) operates with the pressure
refuel system. The FQIS processor controls the
automatic shutoff operation. The refuel personnel
can operate the fueling control switches at the
fueling control panel to stop the FQIS processor
during the refuel operation. If you can not refuel the
airplane by the automatic shutoff operation, you can
refuel the airplane by the manual shutoff operation.
B. The fueling station is found in the right wing

leading edge, near slat No. 3. The fueling station has
pressure fueling adapters, grounding points, a light,
an interphone jack, and a fueling control panel.
Aluminum foil markers installed on the fueling
station door give the refuel procedures, and the
applicable cautions.
C. It is necessary to have 28v dc of electrical power
to refuel the airplane.
NOTE: You can get electrical power from the
ground handling bus or the hot battery bus.
D. If you cannot get electrical power, you can
operate the fueling shutoff valves manually (AMM
28-21-00/001). While there is no electrical power,
you can measure the fuel quantity if you use the fuel
measuring sticks.
The fuel measuring sticks are found in the wing
lower skin (AMM 28-44-00/001).
E. Drain the fuel tank sumps before the refuel
operation to help keep water out of the fuel tank
(AMM 12-11-03/301).
F. There is a fuel overfill system to stop fuel overfill
leakage (AMM 28-21-00/001). If the fuel overfill
system does not operate correctly and there is fuel
leakage, stop the pressure refuel operation
immediately to keep the fire hazard to a minimum.
(1) Refuel the main tanks with approximately equal
quantities of fuel.
(2) If the APU is used during refuel operations, the
left main tank must have sufficient fuel to let the
APU operate continuously.

____________________
:__________________
.
(3)
.
G. :
(1)

(2)
(3)
(4)
()
.
-3.001-02
. 539 687
(3) You can refuel all the tanks at the same time or in
sequence.
G. This procedure has these tasks:
(1) Precautions and Limits for the Refuel Operation
(2) Prepare the Airplane for a Refuel Operation
(3) Pressure Refuel Operation
(4) Pressure Refuel Operation - With Inoperative
Fueling Shutoff Valve(s) or No Electrical Power

,
621GB

, 28

()
. , 621GB

()

, 28

()
()
, 621GB

, 28

____________________
:__________________
2.

.
(1)

, .
.
(1) AMM 28-21-00/601,
(2) AMM 49-11-00/201,
.
(1)
531 (.)
542 - 17 21 (.)
543 - 21 23 (.)
621 (.)
631 (.)
642 . 17 21 (.)
643 . 21 23 (.)
D.
S 913-273
(1)
,
.
,
,
, .
, ,
,
.
S 913-274
(2)
,
.
.
S 653-275

,
:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f) ,

S 653-276
(2) ,
,
.
S 653-277
(3) -
,
.
-3.001-02
. 540 687
2 . Precautions and Limits for the Refuel

Operation
A. General
(1) Obey all of the procedures, requirements and
precautions in this task when you refuel the
airplane.
B. References
(1) AMM 28-21-00/601, Pressure Fueling System
(2) AMM 49-11-00/201, Auxiliary Power Unit
C. Access
(1) Location Zones
531 Center Wing Tank (Left)
542 Main Tank - Rib No. 17 to No. 21 (Left)
543 Surge Tank - Rib No. 21 to Rib No. 23 (Left)
621 Leading Edge to Front Spar (Right)
631 Center Wing Tank (Right)
642 Rib No. 17 to No. 21 (Right)
643 Rib No. 21 to No. 23 (Right)
D. Fuel Servicing Regulation Requirements
S 913-273
(1) Each operator is responsible for complying
with the local, state and national regulations
regarding airplane fuel servicing. It is possible that
fire codes and standards make it necessary to use
different or more restrictive procedures than those
that follow.
Make sure the procedures used during the refuel
operation give sufficient protection to persons and
equipment.
S 913-274
(2) If you make a decision not to do this
recommended procedure, you must have an
approved alternate procedure.
E. Emergency Procedures
S 653-275
(1) Obey all airport and operator provided fire
protection, rescue and fuel spill emergency
procedures. Emergency procedures include these
subjects:
(a) Location of emergency fuel shutoff
(b) Airport fire department phone numbers
(c) Evacuation of airplane passengers
(d) Fuel spill containment and ignition source
reduction
(e) Location and use of fire extinguishers
(f) Responsibilities of fuel servicing and airplane
servicing personnel.
S 653-276
(2) Refuel the airplane in areas which allow the
free movement of air, fire fighting equipment and
other emergency equipment.
S 653-277
(3) Stop the refuel operation if any conditions
change which could cause an unsafe condition for
persons or equipment.

____________________
:__________________
F.
S 653-278
(1) .
,
, ,
,
.
S 653-279
(2) ,
.
S 653-280
:

.
.
(3) ,
:
()
(b)
() . ,
:
(AMM 49-11-00/201).
1)
.
(d) .
() , ,
.
(f)
,
(),
, .
G.
S 653-281
:

.

.
(1) ,
.
S 653-282
(2) ,
,
.

.
.
S 653-283
:

.
.
(1)
.
-3.001-02
. 541 687
F. Fuel Spill Procedure

S 653-278
(1) Each fuel spill event is different. Variables such
as size of the spill, weather conditions, equipment
location, airplane occupancy, emergency equipment
and personnel available will determine the correct
response to control the hazard.
S 653-279
(2) During a refuel operation, continuously monitor
the airplane for fuel leaks and spills.
S 653-280
WARNING: DO THESE STEPS IF A FUEL SPILL
OCCURS DURING THE REFUEL
OPERATION. INJURY TO PERSONS AND
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN
OCCUR.
(3) If a fuel spill occurs, do these steps:
(a) Stop the refuel operation.
(b) Notify persons onboard the airplane.
(c) Unload the APU and shut it down. To do this, do
this task:
APU Shutdown Procedures (AMM 49-11-00/201).
1) Do not start the APU until the spill fuel is
removed and there is no risk from spilled fuel or
vapors.
(d) Find and correct the cause of the fuel spill.
(e) Inspect enclosed areas to make sure they are free
of fuel vapor.
(f) Do not begin the refuel operation or start the APU
again until the fire department or the person(s) with
the authority to make safety decisions have given
approval.
G. Passenger Precautions
S 653-281
WARNING: OBEY THE PASSENGER
PRECAUTIONS DURING A REFUEL
OPERATION. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE
REQUIREMENTS, INJURY TO PERSONS CAN
OCCUR.
(1) Obey all airport and operator procedures if you
refuel the airplane with passengers onboard.
S 653-282
(2) A hazardous area must be identified for
passengers that board or unload during a refuel
operation. Barriers must be in position to stop
passengers from entering this hazardous area.
H. Airplane System Precautions
S 653-283
WARNING: OBEY THE AIRPLANE SYSTEM
PRECAUTIONS DURING A REFUEL
EQUIREMENTS, A FIRE OR EXPLOSION CAN
OCCUR.
(1) Do not operate the HF communication system
during a refuel operation.

____________________
:__________________
S 653-284
(2)
:
()

.
1)
.
(b)
.
() .
:
.
(d) ,

.
() , .
S 653-285
:
, -

600 (420 /1827 )
.
,
.
(3) , ,

, .
S 653-290
(4) , , ,

.
:
, ,

.
()
(2 )
S 653-286
(5) , , ,

.
S 653-291
(6) ,
.
() , .
(b) , ,
,
.
() ,

.
(d) ,
.
: ,

. ,
-3.001-02
. 542 687
S 653-284
(2) Obey these restrictions on maintenance tasks during
a refuel operation:
(a) Do not connect or disconnect the battery chargers,
airplane ground-power generators or other electrical
ground-power components.
1) Do not test the power equipment until after the refuel
operation is complete.
(b) Do not fill or change oxygen bottles.
(c) Do not remove electrical power.
NOTE: Damage to the refuel system components can
occur.
(d) Do not begin the refuel operation if a fire warning
light or engine overheat warning light shows in the flight
compartment.
(e) Do not begin the refuel operation if any part of the
landing gear is unusually hot.
S 653-285
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM IF THERE IS LESS THAN 600 US
GALLONS (4020 POUNDS/1827 KILOGRAMS) OF
FUEL IN EITHER MAIN
FUEL TANK. THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CAN
BECOME TOO HOT IF THE HEAT EXCHANGER IS
NOT IN FUEL.
(3) Do not operate a hydraulic system if the tank that has
the heat exchanger for that hydraulic system is empty.
S 653-290
(4) Make sure these components are in the closed
position before you start the refuel operation:
NOTE: Fuel spills, damage to the airplane or inability to
close doors can occur if these components are not
closed.
(a) Pressure relief valves for the surge tank (2 locations)
S 653-286
(5) Make sure the surge tank vents are not blocked
before you begin the refuel operation.
S 653-291
(6) Do an inspection of the fueling adapter before you
connect the refuel nozzle:
(a) Make sure there are no fuel leaks.
(b) Make sure each of the screws that attach the adapter
is not loose or damaged.
(c) Make sure the mating surfaces of the fuel hose and
fueling adapter are clean and free from unwanted
material.
(d) Make sure the slots and lugs on the fueling adapter
are not damaged.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE FUELING ADAPTER
IS CLEAN AND DOES NOT HAVE
DAMAGE. IF THE FUELING ADAPTER HAS
DAMAGE, IT CAN CAUSE A FUEL LEAK.
(e) Use a wear gage to make sure the adapter is in the
operational limits (AMM 28-21-00/601).
S 653-287
(7) Make sure the landing gear wheel chocks do not
touch the tires. Place the wheel chocks about 3 inches
away from the tires.
NOTE: The wheel chocks can wedge against the tire

____________________
:__________________
.
()
, ,
(AMM 28-21-00/601).
S 653-287
(7) ,
.
3 .
: ,
.
S 653-288
(8)
,

.
I.

S 863-289
: ,

.
,
.
(1) ,
:
(a)
, :
(AMM 49-11-00/201).
(b) ,

.
(c)
( ).
(d)
,
(AMM 49-11-00/201),
.
:
, .
: ,

.
()
,
:
1) ,
.
2)
() ,
.
:
.

.
(f) ,
-3.001-02
. 543 687
after you fuel.
S 653-288
(8) If you do a refuel operation with a main engine
operating, it is an emergency procedure and you
must obey all airport and operator-provided
emergency procedures.
I. APU Operations During Refuel and Defuel
Operations - Limits and Precautions
S 863-289
WARNING:
OBEY
THE
PROCEDURES,
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITS FOR APU
OPERATION
DURING
THE
REFUEL
OPERATION. IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO
PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN
OCCUR.
(1) If the APU is operating during the refuel
operation, do these steps:
(a) To obey the limits for the operation of the APU,
do this task:
APU Starting and Operation (AMM 49-11-00/201).
(b) You can start the APU during the refuel operation
if the start is an initial start or a restart after normal
shutdown.
(c) You can shut down the APU (manual or
automatic) during the refuel operation.
(d) If the low pressure indication light comes on for
the APU DC fuel pump, immediately shut down the
APU (AMM 49-11-00/201) so the pump will shut
off.
NOTE: The switch for the APU DC fuel pump will
not shut off the pump if the APU is operating.
WARNING: STOP THE REFUEL OPERATION IF
THERE IS A PROTECTIVE AUTOMATIC
SHUTDOWN OF THE APU OR A FAILURE TO
START CONDITION. INJURY TO PERSONS OR
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(e) If there is a protective automatic shutdown or
failure to start condition on the APU, do one of these
steps:
1) Complete the refuel operation before you try to
start the APU again.
2) Stop the refuel operation and disconnect the fuel
hose(s) from the fueling adapter(s) before you try to
start the APU again.
WARNING: DO THESE STEPS IF AN APU FIRE
OCCURS DURING THE REFUEL OPERATION.
(f) If an APU fire occurs, do these steps in this

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 544 687
:
1) .
2) .
, :
(AMM 49-11-00/201).
3)
(AMM 49-11-00/201).
4) , ,
.
:
,
.
.
sequence:
1) Stop the refuel operation.
2) The APU should shut down automatically. If it
does not shut down automatically, do this task: APU
Emergency Shutdown (AMM 49-11-00/201).
3) Discharge the APU fire bottles (AMM 49-1100/201).
4) Notify persons on board the airplane and Airport
Fire Services.
WARNING: DO THESE STEPS IF A FUEL
SPILLAGE OCCURS DURING THE REFUEL
OPERATION. INJURY TO PERSONS AND
(g) , :
1) .
2) , .
3) . ,
:
(AMM 49-11-00/201).
) ,

.
: ,

,
.
.
(h) ,
,
.
:

. ,

.
J. . .
S 653-292
:
.
, .
(1)
,
301
(g) If fuel spillage occurs, do these steps:

1) Stop the refuel operation.
2) Notify persons onboard the airplane.
3) Unload the APU and shut it down. To do this, do
this task:
APU Usual Shutdown (AMM 49-11-00/201).
a) Do not start the APU until the spilled fuel is
removed
and there is no further risk of spilled fuel or vapors.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE FUELING
VEHICLES ARE NOT PARKED IN THE
EXHAUST STREAM OF THIS AIRPLANE OR
ANY ADJACENT AIRPLANES. THE HOT
EXHAUST CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR
EXPLOSION.
(h) Make sure fueling vehicles are in a position that
avoids any risk of coming in the path of the APU
exhaust stream.
NOTE: Make sure the APU exhaust stream does not
impinge on fueling vehicles for other airplanes.
Make sure the fueling vehicles for this airplane are
out of the APU exhaust stream of adjacent airplanes.
J. Airplane Separation Distance Limits
S 653-292
WARNING: OBEY THE AIRPLANE
SEPARATION DISTANCES DURING A REFUEL
REQUIREMENTS, A FIRE OR EXPLOSION CAN
OCCUR.
(1) Maintain the separation distance for equipment or
ignition sources given in Table 301.

____________________
:__________________
301

,
10 (3
)

,
.
/

, ,

-3.001-02
. 545 687
*[1]
50 (15 )
10 (3 )

20 (6 )
10 (3 )

50 (15 )
10 (3 )
10 (3 )
* [2]
50 (15 )
. 302
*[1] ,

*[2]
, (
) I
1.
:
*[1] The distance is measured from a point on

the ground directly below the fuel vents or
from fueling equipment.
*[2] Does not apply to battery powered
equipment approved (by an independent
testing laboratory) for use in Class I Division
1 hazardous locations.
WARNING: OBEY THE AIRPLANE
SEPARATION DISTANCES DURING A
REFUEL OPERATION. IF YOU DO NOT
OBEY THESE REQUIREMENTS, A FIRE
OR EXPLOSION CAN OCCUR.
(2) /
, 302.
(2) Maintain the separation distance for the

electrical/electronic systems given in Table
302.
302
*[1] (EIRP)
100 ( )
25 100 ( )
25 *[3] *[4]
*[1] EIRP -
.
*[2] ,

, .
*[3]
, , ..

,
200 (60 )
50 (30 )
10 (3 )
*[1] EIRP is effective Isotropic Radiated Power in

watts.
*[2] The distance is measured from a point on the
ground directly below the fuel vents or from
fueling equipment.
*[3] This category includes mobile phones, pagers,
two-way radios, etc. There are low power, very
safe communication systems that are approved for
use in hazardous locations. These devices can be

____________________
:__________________
, (UL
913 ).
*[4]
5
.
S 653-372
:
.

,
,
.
(1) ,
, .
L.
S 653-294
:

.

.
(1)
( 301)
S 653-295
(2)
, .
S 653-296
(3)
( ).
: , ,
,

.
.
S 653-297
(4) , ,
:
() .
(b)
.
()
(d) ,
.
.

S 653-298
:
.

.
(1)
-3.001-02
. 546 687
used safely in areas that contain fuel vapor (UL

913 or equivalent standards).
*[4] Phased array flatplate weather radar systems
have an average power output of less than 5 watts.
K. Fuel Requirements
S 653-372
WARNING: OBEY THE FUEL GRADE
LIMITATION. IF YOU USE THE INCORRECT
GRADE OF FUEL, ENGINE FLAMEOUT,
PERFORMANCE DEGRADATION, OR
DAMAGE
CAN OCCUR.
(1) Make sure the fuel source contains the correct
fuel grade as specified by the AFM (Airplane
Flight Manual).
L. Fuel Servicing Equipment Precautions
S 653-294
WARNING: OBEY THE FUEL SERVICING
EQUIPMENT PRECAUTIONS DURING A
REFUEL
REQUIREMENTS, A FIRE OR AN EXPLOSION
CAN OCCUR.
(1) Obey all separation distance requirements
(Table 301).
S 653-295
(2) Use only approved fuel servicing equipment in
a serviceable condition.
S 653-296
(3) Do not disable the fuel shutoff controls
(deadman controls).
NOTE: Wire, rope, or tools used to disable the
deadman controls can prevent the immediate
shutoff of pressurized fuel. A disabled deadman
control can cause a fuel spill hazard.
S 653-297
(4) When you position the fuel servicing vehicles,
make sure the equipment:
(a) Has a clear exit path at all times.
(b) Does not interfere with access to the aircraft for
rescue or fire protection.
(c) Does not obstruct the passenger evacuation
routes.
(d) Does not obstruct the emergency slide chute
deployment areas.
M. Ground Equipment and Airplane Servicing
Equipment Precautions
S 653-298
WARNING: OBEY THE FUEL SERVICING
EQUIPMENT PRECAUTIONS DURING A
REFUEL
REQUIREMENTS, A FIRE OR AN EXPLOSION
CAN OCCUR.
(1) Obey all separation distance requirements

____________________
:__________________
( 301)
S 653-299
(2)
.
:
.
.
S 653-300
(3) , , ,
,
,
.
:

.
N.
S 653-301
:

.
.
(1) , ,

:
(a) 757
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
.
(g)
( , ..)
S 653-302
(2)

,
(
).
S 653-303
(3) , ,
,
,
.
-3.001-02
. 547 687
(Table 301).
S 653-299
(2) Do not put ground equipment below the fuel
system vents at the wingtips.
NOTE: The fuel tanks are vented through the
wingtip vents. An explosive mixture of fuel vapor
can exist at these locations.
S 653-300
(3) Make sure all stands, ladders, vehicles and
equipment that can come in contact with the
airplane are removed before the refuel operation
begins.
NOTE: Added fuel weight will compress the
landing gear shock struts and lower the airplane.
N. Personnel Precautions
S 653-301
WARNING:
OBEY
THE
PERSONNEL
PRECAUTIONS
DURING
A
REFUEL
REQUIREMENTS, INJURY TO PERSONS OR
(1) Personnel that refuel the airplane must be
trained in the safe operation of these systems and
procedures:
(a) 757 fuel servicing operations
(b) Fuel servicing equipment
(c) Fuel spill prevention
(d) Emergency controls
(e) Emergency equipment
(f) Emergency fuel spill and fire protection
procedures
(g) Fuel vapor hazard locations (wingtips, engine
locations, etc.)
S 653-302
(2) Personnel must wear eye protection (chemical
splash goggles or safety glasses and face shield)
during the connection of the fuel hose and during
the initial pressurization of the fuel hose after
hookup.
S 653-303
(3) At some airport locations, a fuel safety person
may be needed to monitor the airplane refuel
operations.

____________________
:__________________
.
S 653-304
:
.
(1) ,
.

.
S 653-305
(2)

.
S 653-307
(3)
.
S 653-306
(4) ,
:
()
( 301 302).
(b)
.
() .
(d) ,
, ,
.
()
,
.
(f)
,
.
(g) ,
,
.
(h)
.
(i) , 50
(15 ), :
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
.

S 653-308
:
.

.

.
-3.001-02
. 548 687
O. Fueling Zone
S 653-304
WARNING: OBEY THE FUELING ZONE
PRECAUTIONS. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY
THESE
REQUIREMENTS, INJURY TO PERSONS OR
(1) Refuel operations must only be done in airport
approved areas.
Correct separation distances must be available in
these areas.
S 653-305
(2) A fueling zone exists around the airplane
anytime the airplane is being prepared for a refuel
operation or during a refuel operation.
S 653-307
(3) Fire protection equipment, emergency rescue
equipment, and approved fire extinguishers must
be available in these areas.
S 653-306
(4) Within the fueling zone, obey these
requirements:
(a) Obey the equipment separation requirements
(Tables 301 and 302).
(b) Only authorized persons and vehicles are
permitted in the fueling zone.
(c) Passengers are not permitted in the fueling
zone.
(d) All personnel must assume that a refuel
operation is in progress any time a fuel service
vehicle is in the fueling zone.
(e) Limit maintenance activity on the airplane to
work that does not increase the risk of igniting fuel
vapor.
(f) All electrical equipment must be rated for the
hazardous location where it will operate.
(g) Do not keep the vehicle engines running unless
it is necessary for airplane maintenance or
servicing.
(h) Metal wheels or studded tires are not
permitted.
(i) Do not approach within 50 feet (15 meters) of
the airplane with these items:
1) Open flames
2) Heat sources
3) Lighted smoking material
4) Shoes with metal clips
5) Other potential ignition sources.
P. Adverse Weather Condition Precautions

S 653-308
WARNING: STOP THE REFUEL OPERATION
DURING ATMOSPHERIC ELECTRICAL
ACTIVITY. DO NOT CONNECT A HEADSET
AND
DO
NOT
TOUCH
ELECTRICALCONNECTIONS
TO
THE
AIRPLANE. LIGHTNING STRIKES CAN

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 549 687
(1) 10
(16 ) ,
:
() ,

.
CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONNEL, AND A

FIRE OR AN EXPLOSION DURING A REFUEL
OPERATION.
(b) ,
.
() .
(d) -
.
S 653-309
(2)
.
, ,

,
.

.
S 653-311
(3)
,
.
.
.
S 653-312
(4)
.
12-11-01-653-313
3.
.
(1)
.
.
(1) AMM 06-44-00/201,
(2) AMM 08-21-00/201,

(3) AMM 12-11-03/301,
.
(1)
621
(.)
(2)
621GB
D.
S 653-314
:
.

.
(1)
:
(b) Make sure you stop the refuel operation when

the refuel operations are suspended.
(c) Disconnect and remove any external headsets.
(d) Do not touch any electrical connections.
S 653-309
(2) Strong wind conditions can cause a build-up of
static electricity. Large charges of static electricity
can develop on support equipment while parked as
a result of the movement of dust particles and air
currents during strong wind conditions. Fueling
procedures should stop if strong wind conditions
are present.
S 653-311
(3) Strong wind conditions can also cause the
unwanted movement of items or equipment which
can hit the airplane or injure persons. Wind gusts
can damage the airplane structure. Fueling
procedures should stop if strong wind conditions
are present.
(1) When thunderstorms or lightning are within a

10 mile (16 kilometer) radius of the immediate
area, do these steps:
(a) Contact the airport authority, air traffic control,
or flight compartment crew for guidance on the
decision to continue or suspend refuel operations.
S 653-312
(4) Obey all of the approved procedures and
precautions during a refuel operation.
TASK 12-11-01-653-313
3 . Prepare the Airplane for a Refuel Operation
A. General
(1) This procedure prepares the airplane for a
pressure refuel operation.
B. References
(1) AMM 06-44-00/201, Wing Access Doors and
Panels
(2) AMM 08-21-00/201, Leveling
(3) AMM 12-11-03/301, Fuel Sump Draining
C. Access
(1) Location Zone
(2) Access Panel
621GB Fueling Station Door
D. Prepare the Airplane
S 653-314
WARNING: OBEY THE REFUEL OPERATION
PRECAUTIONS. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY
THESE REQUIREMENTS, A FIRE OR AN
EXPLOSION CAN OCCUR.
(1) Read and obey the precautions in this task:
Precautions and Limits for Fuel Servicing.
S 213-315

____________________
:__________________
.
S 213-315
(2) ,
0.3 0.0
(+/-2.0
) (AMM 08-2100/201).
S 653-316
(3)
(AMM 12-11-03/301).
S 653-317
(4) ,
.
: ,
,
,
(5) , ,
,
,

(,

).
S 863-322
:

.
(6)
.
S 863-324
(7) (AMM 24-2200/201).
S 013-319
(8) ,
621GB (AMM 06-44-00/201).
S 213-320
(9) ,
.
:
,
28 .
()
,
BAT.
4. (.
301)
.
(1) AMM 06-44-00/201,
(2) AMM 20-41-00/201,
-3.001-02
. 550 687
(2) Make sure the airplane attitude is in a 0.3 nose

down longitudinal and 0.0 degree lateral (+/-2.0
degrees longitudinal and lateral) (AMM 08-2100/201).
S 653-316
(3) Drain the water from the fuel tank sumps
before you start the refuel operation (AMM 12-1103/301).
S 653-317
(4) Make sure the pressure relief valves in the
surge tanks are closed.
S 863-318
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE EXHAUST OF
ADJACENT AIRCRAFT DOES NOT GO INTO
A
FLAMMABLE VAPOR ZONE DURING THE
REFUEL OPERATION. INJURY TO PERSONS
AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN
OCCUR.
(5) If an adjacent aircraft is operating its APU, make sure

the APU exhaust stream does not go into a flammable
vapor zone of your airplane (for example, the fuel vents or
the area around the fueling station and the fuel vehicles).
S 863-322
WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE LEADING EDGE
SLATS. SLAT OPERATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO PERSONS.
(6) Install a DO-NOT-OPERATE tag to the flap control
lever.
S 863-324
(7) Supply electrical power (AMM 24-22-00/201).
S 013-319
(8) Open the fueling station door, 621GB (AMM 06-4400/201).
S 213-320
(9) Make sure the fueling panel light comes on.
NOTE: The fueling panel light shows there is 28v dc power
at the fueling control panel.
(a)
If
the fueling panel light does not come on, put the battery
power switch in the BAT position.
TASK 12-11-01-653-001
4. Pressure Refuel Operation (Fig. 301)
A. References
(1) AMM 06-44-00/201, Wing Access Doors and Panels
(2) AMM 20-41-00/201, Static Grounding
(3) AMM 24-22-00/201, Electrical Power Control
(4) AMM 28-26-00/201, Defueling
(5) AMM 49-11-00/201, APU Power Plant
(6) FIM 28-41-00/101, Fuel Quantity Indicating System
(7) WDM 28-21-22, Refueling Control
B. Access
(1) Location Zone
(2) Access Panel
C. Prepare the Airplane for a Refuel Operation

____________________
:__________________
(3)
AMM
24-22-00/201,
(4) AMM 28-26-00/201,

(5) AMM 49-11-00/201,
(6) FIM 28-41-00/101,

(7) WDM 28-21-22,
.
(1)
621
(.)
(2)
621GB
.
S 653-325
:

.
(1)

S 653-335
(2) :
.
D.
S 653-326
(1)
.
S 423-336
:
-3.001-02
. 551 687
S 653-325
WARNING: OBEY ALL THE REFUEL OPERATION
PRECAUTIONS. FAILURE TO OBEY THE
REFUEL PRECAUTIONS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Read and obey the precautions in this task: Precautions
and Limits for Fuel Servicing.
S 653-335
(2) Do this task: Prepare the Airplane for a Refuel
Operation.
D. Connect the Refuel Equipment

S 653-326
(1) Do the operator supplied procedures to position the fuel
vehicle.
S 423-336
CAUTION: ATTACH BONDING CABLES ONLY TO
SPECIFIED
POINTS
ON
THE
AIRPLANE.
INCORRECTLY ATTACHED BONDING CABLES CAN
CAUSE SCRATCHES.

. ,

,
.
(2)

(AMM 20-4100/201).
S 423-373
(3) ,
,
. (AMM 20-41-00/201).
: ,

(AMM 20-41-00/201).
S 653-328
(4) .
: 757
THESE SCRATCHES CAN CAUSE

CORROSION AND CRACKS ON STRESSED
PARTS. BONDING CABLES ATTACHED TO
COMPOSITE DOORS OR FAIRINGS DO
NOT GIVE AN ELECTRICAL BOND.
(2) Connect a bonding cable from the fueling
source to an approved electrical grounding or
bonding connection on the airplane (AMM 2041-00/201).
S 423-373
(3) Connect the bonding cable attached to the
refuel nozzle to an approved airplane electrical
ground (AMM 20-41-00/201).
NOTE: The bonding cable is not necessary if
there is electrical continuity between the fueling
source and the fueling adapter.
S 653-328
(4) Connect the fuel hose to the fueling adapter.
NOTE: The 757 aircraft does not have a fuel
jettison system, so it is not necessary for fuel

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 552 687
,
.
() , .
(b) , ,
, .
(c) ,
.
(d)
.
.
S 973-332
(1)

.
S 973-333
(2) ,
, (
).
S 973-334
:
( 1-20).
.
(3)
.
F.
S 713-337
(1) TEST IND
, 28,
.
(2) ,

(8).
:
"PUSH SET",
(FQIS) .
FQIS FQIS

. BITE
FQIS
"PRESENT FAULTS ?" "FAULT HISTORY ?"
. "FAULT HISTORY ?"
FLIGHT
LEG 0 (FIM 28-41-00/101, . 104).

SET.
,
.
adapter caps to be installed on the fueling

adapters.
(a) Make sure there are no fuel leaks.
(b) Make sure each of the screws that attach the
adapter is not loose or damaged.
(c) Make sure the fueling adapter is clean and
not damaged.
(d) Connect the refuel nozzles to one or two of
the fueling adapters.
E. Prepare the Fuel Sheet
S 973-332
(1) Use the operator supplied fuel sheet to record
the pre-uplift fuel quantity for each tank.
S 973-333
(2) Calculate the fuel to be uplifted, converted to
volume (if necessary).
S 973-334
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED THE FUEL
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS (WEIGHT AND
BALANCE MANUAL SEC 1-20). DAMAGE
TO THE AIRPLANE COULD OCCUR.
(3) Record the uplift quantity on the fuel sheet.
F. Pressure Refuel Setup
S 713-337
(1) Push the TEST IND switch on the fueling
control panel, P28, to do a test on the load select
indicators.
S 713-338
(2) Make sure all eights (8) show on the top and
bottom displays of the load select indicators.
NOTE: If the message "PUSH SET" shows on
the fuel quantity indicator display there is a
FQIS failure. The FQIS failure will not let the
FQIS system stop the fueling operation at the
fuel quantity selected. You must do the fuel
quantity BITE procedure on the FQIS processor
menus "PRESENT FAULTS ?" and "FAULT
HISTORY ?" to correct the problem. For the
"FAULT HISTORY ?" menu, you only have to
look at the FLIGHT LEG 0 faults (FIM 28-4100/101, Fig. 104).
You can continue to fuel the airplane if you push
the SET button. The upper and lower display
will go off, or they will go on and off while the
fuel quantity is shown in the display.

,
.
.
, ,
.
:
"-A.-", "-b.-", "-A.b",
, ,
If the fuel quantity indication goes on and off,

the actual fuel quantity shown can be incorrect.
To continue fueling you must fuel the airplane
manually. To do this you will need to use the
fuel measuring sticks to make sure you have the
correct quantity of fuel in the fuel tanks.
NOTE: If the message "-A.-", "-b.-", or "-A.b"
shows on the fuel quantity indicators there is a
bus A, bus B, or bus A and B failure. To correct

____________________
:__________________
. ,
FIM 28-41-00/101, . 110.
FQIS , ( )
.
,
( ).
( ) ,
"-A.b" .
,

()
(AMM 12-11-01/301).
S 863-331
(3)
.
() ,
, .
G.
S 653-339
(1)
:
() ,
:
1)
LOAD SELECT .
2) SET
(1) .
:
"FAIL",
.
, M638,
(WDM 28-21-22).
3) , LOAD
SELECT

.
) ,
SET
.
b)
FUEL ().
: FQIS
.
,
.
TEST SYSTEM (
) FQIS
. FQIS

.
,

.

OFF,
.
-3.001-02
. 553 687
the problem, do the procedure in FIM 28-4100/101, Fig. 110.

The FQIS will continue to operate if one bus (A
or B) is bad. You can continue to fuel the
airplane if only one bus (A or B) is bad.
If the two busses (A and B) are bad, the message
"-A.b" will show and all indicators will go off.
You can continue to fuel the airplane by the
"Pressure Refuel Operation With Inoperative
Fueling Shutoff Valve(s) or No Electrical
Power" procedure (AMM 12-11-01/301).
S 863-331
(3) Push and release each fueling valve light.
(a) Make sure each fueling valve light comes on
and then goes off.
G. Pressure Refuel Operation
S 653-339
(1) For the automatic shutoff operation, do these
steps:
(a) For each fuel tank that you are to refuel, set
the fuel quantity as follows:
1) At the LOAD SELECT control, set the
thumbwheel switches to the necessary quantity
of fuel.
2) Push the SET switch for the applicable fuel
tank for one (1) second and release.
NOTE: If the message "FAIL" shows in the
bottom display, there is a load select indicator
failure. Do a
check of the load select indicator, M638, and the
applicable wiring (WDM 28-21-22).
3) Make sure the quantity on the LOAD
SELECT control shows on the bottom display of
the applicable load select indicator.
a) If you make an error during the selection
procedure, push the applicable SET switch and
do the procedure again.
(b) Put the applicable fueling valve switches to
the FUEL position.
NOTE: The FQIS processor controls the start of
fueling. The fueling shutoff valves close
automatically, if a malfunction occurs, or if the
set fuel quantity is put into the fuel tank.
If you push the TEST SYSTEM switch during
the fueling procedure, it causes the FQIS
processor to test the pressure fueling system.
The FQIS processor does a load select test, and a
full tank shutoff test. After these tests are done,
the fueling shutoff valves close in sequence. The
fueling shutoff valves then open, and fueling
continues.
If you put the fueling valve switches to the OFF
position during automatic fueling, the pressure
fueling operation stops.

____________________
:__________________
:

55 PSI.
55 PSI,

.
()
( )
.
1) ,
.
)
, OVERFILL
RESET.
b)
- , :

()
, .
(d) .
(e) SYSTEM TEST
.
: SYSTEM TEST
, FQPU
. FQPU

. ,
.

.
(f) ,
:
:
.
:

40 PSI
40
PSI
.
1) 40 psi.
2) OVERFILL TEST
, P28.
3) ,
.
: ,
.
4) OVERFILL RESET
, P28.
5) ,
.
: ,
.
(g) ,

OFF.
: FQIS
,
-3.001-02
. 554 687
CAUTION: DO NOT USE MORE THAN 55

PSI FUEL PRESSURE AT THE REFUEL
NOZZLE. IF YOU USE MORE THAN 55 PSI
FUEL PRESSURE, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE REFUELING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
(c) Activate the fuel shutoff control switch
(deadman switch) to start the fuel flow.
1) Make sure the applicable blue fueling valve
lights come on.
a) If a blue fueling valve light does not come on,
push the OVERFILL RESET switch.
b) If the blue fueling valve light still does not
come on, do the task: Pressure Refuel Operation
- With
Inoperative Fueling Shutoff Valve(s) or No
Electrical Power, for the applicable tank.
(d) Monitor the fuel quantity for each fuel tank.
(e) Push the SYSTEM TEST switch to do a test
of the refueling system.
NOTE: When you push the SYSTEM TEST
switch during the refuel operation, it causes the
FQPU to test the pressure refueling system. The
FQPU does a load select test, and a full tank
shutoff test. After these tests are done the
fueling valves will close in sequence. The
fueling valves will then open and the refuel
operation will continue.
(f) To do a overfill system test, do the steps that
follow:
NOTE: It is not necessary to do this test for each
refuel operation.
PSI FUEL PRESSURE AT THE FUELING
NOZZLE FOR THE OVERFILL SYSTEM
TEST. IF YOU USE MORE THAN 40 PSI
FUEL PRESSURE, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE REFUEL SYSTEM
COMPONENTS.
1) Decrease the refuel nozzle pressure to 40 psi.
2) Push the OVERFILL TEST switch on the
fueling control panel, P28.
3) Make sure the fueling valve lights go off.
NOTE: This shows that the fueling shutoff
valves are
closed.
4) Push the OVERFILL RESET switch on the
fueling control panel, P28.
5) Make sure the fueling valve lights come on.
NOTE: This shows that the fueling valves are
open.
(g) When fueling is done, put the fueling valve
switches for all the applicable tanks to the OFF
position.

____________________
:__________________

.
(h)
( ).
(i) ,
.
: ,
.
S 653-343
(2) ,
:
()
,
SET
.
:

55 PSI.
55 PSI,

.
(b)
( )
.
() ,
, :
1)
FUEL.
2) ,
.
3)
, OVERFILL
RESET.
4)
,
OVERFILL RESET ,
, :

()
.
(d) LOAD
SELECT.
()
( )
, ,
.
S 653-344
(3) ,

S 653-345
(4)
, (AMM 28-26-00/201).
S 863-346
(5) (1) ,
-3.001-02
. 555 687
NOTE: The FQIS system will automatically

close the applicable fueling shutoff valves when
the set fuel quantity is put in the fuel tank or the
fuel tank is full.
(h) Release the fuel shutoff control switch
(deadman switch).
(i) Make sure the fueling valve lights go off.
NOTE: This shows that the fueling shutoff
valves are closed.
S 653-343
(2) For the manual shutoff operation, do these
steps:
(a) If the displays on the load select indicators
are not clear, push the SET switch to make the
displays clear and to set the manual shutoff
mode.
PSI FUEL PRESSURE AT THE REFUEL
FUEL RESSURE, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE REFUELING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS.
(b) Activate the fuel shutoff control switch
(deadman switch) to start the fuel flow.
(c) To open the fueling shutoff valves, do the
steps that follow:
1) Put the applicable fueling valve switches to
the FUEL position.
2) Make sure the applicable blue fueling valve
lights come on.
3) If you cannot open the applicable fueling
shutoff valves electrically, push the OVERFILL
RESET switch.
4) If the fueling shutoff valve does not stay
open, push and hold the OVERFILL RESET
switch until the fuel tank quantity is reached, or
do the task: Pressure Refuel Operation - With
Inoperative Fueling Shutoff Valve(s) or No
Electrical Power.
(d) Monitor the fuel quantity on the LOAD
SELECT indicator.
(e) Release the fuel shutoff control switch
(deadman switch) on the fueling source to stop
the refuel operation when you get the correct
quantity of fuel in the fuel tank.
S 653-344
(3) Make sure the onboard fuel load is in a valid
pre-flight fuel distribution.
S 653-345
(4) Transfer fuel to balance the fuel load if it is
necessary (AMM 28-26-00/201).
S 863-346
(5) Wait one (1) minute to let the FQIS system
stabilize.
S 973-347

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
FQIS .
S 973-347
(6) ,

.
S 973-348
(7) ,
.
S 973-349
(8)
, .
:
.
S 973-350
(9) .
. 556 687
(6) Make a record of the actual fuel quantities

from the load select indicators.
S 973-348
(7) Make a record of the actual fuel quantity
from the fuel vehicle flowmeter.
S 973-349
(8) Do the discrepancy check and make sure it is
within limits.
NOTE: Per operator's requirement.
S 973-350
(9) Complete the Fuel Sheet.
S 973-351
(10) Complete
necessary.
the
Delivery
Receipt,
if
S 973-351
(10) , .
S 973-352
(11) Give a copy of the forms to the airline
representative or flight crew.
S 973-352
(11)
.
H. .
H. Put the Airplane Back to Its Usual Condition
S 093-072
(1)
S 093-072
(1) Disconnect the refuel nozzles.
S 093-129
(2) ,
.
S 093-129
(2) Disconnect the bonding cable that you
connected between the fueling source and the
airplane.
S 093-375
(3)
( )
S 863-151
(4) DO-NOT-OPERATE
.
S 863-024
(5)
BAT, PWR.
S 413-025
(6) , 621GB
12-11-01-653-050
5.
()
.
(1) AMM 06-44-00/201,
(2) AMM 20-41-00/201,
(3) AMM 28-26-00/201,
(4) AMM 28-44-00/201,
(5) AMM 32-00-15/201,
S 093-375
(3) Disconnect the refuel nozzle bonding cable
(if installed).
S 863-151
(4) Remove the DO-NOT-OPERATE tag from
the flap control lever, in the flight compartment.
S 863-024
(5) If the battery power switch is in the BAT
position, put the battery power switch to the
PWR position.
S 413-025
(6) Close the fueling station door, 621GB.
TASK 12-11-01-653-050
5. Pressure Refuel Operation - With Inoperative
Fueling Shutoff Valve(s) or No Electrical Power
A. References
(1) AMM 06-44-00/201, Wing Access Doors
and Panels
(3) AMM 28-26-00/201, Defueling
(4) AMM 28-44-00/201, Fuel Quantity
Measuring Stick

____________________
:__________________
(6) AMM 32-00-20/201,
.
(1)
133 ()
134 ()
551
()
621
()
651
()
(2)
551BB ()
621GB
651BB ()
.
S 653-353
:
.
,
.
(1)
:

S 653-356
(2) :
.
S 013-051
:
-3.001-02
. 557 687
(5) AMM 32-00-15/201, Landing Gear Door

Locks
(6) AMM 32-00-20/201, Landing Gear
Downlocks
B. Access
(1) Location Zones
133 Wing Center Section (Left)
134 Wing Center Section (Right)
551 Rear Spar to MLG Support Beam (Left)
651 Rear Spar to MLG Support Beam (Right)
(2) Access Panels
551BB Access Panel (Left)
651BB Access Panel (Right)
C. Prepare the Airplane for a Refuel Operation
S 653-353
WARNING:
OBEY
THE
REFUEL
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS. IF YOU DO
NOT OBEY
THESE REQUIREMENTS, A FIRE OR AN
EXPLOSION CAN OCCUR.
Precautions and Limits for Fuel Servicing.
S 653-356
(2) Do this task: Prepare the Airplane for a
Refuel Operation.
S 013-051
CAUTION: THERE IS NO AUTOMATIC
SHUTDOWN OR OVERFILL PROTECTION
WITHOUT ELECTRICAL POWER.
,
.

.

,
IF YOU DO NOT MONITOR THE FUEL

QUANTITY, A FUEL SPILL CAN OCCUR.
DO NOT MANUALLY USE THE FUELING
SHUTOFF VALVES TO SLOW OR STOP
THE FUELING. IF YOU MANUALLY
CLOSE THE FUELING SHUTOFF VALVES
DURING FUELING, PRESSURE SURGES
AND DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT CAN
OCCUR.
(3)
, 551EBX
651EBX,
(AMM 06-44-00/201).
S 013-053
(4) ,
,
:
() ,

(AMM 32-00-20/201).
: ,
(3) For the left or right main fueling shutoff

valve, open the access door, 551EBX or
651EBX, to get access to the fueling shutoff
valve (AMM 06-44-00/201).
S 013-053
(4) To get access to the left or right center
fueling shutoff valve, do the steps that follow:
(a) Make sure the downlocks are installed on the
nose and main landing gear (AMM 32-0020/201).

____________________
:__________________
AMM
32-00-15/201,

.
(b)
(AMM 32-00-15/201).
:

.
S 213-136
(5) ,
(
) .
S 213-180
(6) ,
.
:
,

22 000 (9980 ) . ,
(20)
,
.
(
),
.
S 983-000
:
.
,

.
(7)
:
:
, .
.
() ( ) 10
13 .
:
, .
D.
S 653-357
(1) ,
.
S 493-135
:

.
-3.001-02
. 558 687
WARNING: USE THE PROCEDURE IN

AMM 32-00-15/201 TO INSTALL THE DOOR
LOCKS. THE DOORS OPEN AND CLOSE
QUICKLY AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(b) Open the doors for the landing gear and
install the door locks (AMM 32-00-15/201).
NOTE: The nose and main landing gear doors
open at the same time by ground release.
S 213-136
(5) Make sure the fuel shutoff control switch
(deadman switch) is released.
S 213-180
(6) Make sure there is no pressure in the fueling
manifold.
NOTE: The fueling manifold will release
pressure through the manifold-drain check valve
when the fueling source pressure is removed and
when there is less than 22,000 pounds (9980
kilograms) of fuel in the center tank. It can be
necessary to wait for approximately twenty (20)
minutes until the pressure in the fueling
manifold is completely released. If you open one
of the fueling shutoff valves electrically (from
the fueling control panel), the pressure in the
fueling manifold will be released immediately.
S 983-000
CAUTION: REMOVE THE PRESSURE
FROM THE FUELING MANIFOLD BEFORE
YOU
MANUALLY
OPEN
THE
FUELING
SHUTOFF VALVE. IF YOU DO NOT
REMOVE THE PRESSURE, DAMAGE TO
THE FUELING SHUTOFF VALVE OR THE
FUELING MANIFOLD CAN OCCUR.
(7) Open the applicable fueling shutoff valve
manually as follows:
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE THE
RETAINER PLATE LOCKWIRE, SCREWS,
OR THE RETAINER PLATE. FUEL
LEAKAGE CAN OCCUR AND CAUSE
DAMAGE.
(a) Turn the override screw (knurled knob) 10 to
13 turns in the counterclockwise direction.
NOTE: It is necessary to use pliers to initially
loosen the override screw.
D. Connect the Refuel Equipment
S 653-357
(1) Do the operator supplied procedures to
position the fuel vehicle.
S 493-135
CAUTION: ATTACH BONDING CABLES
ONLY TO SPECIFIED POINTS ON THE
AIRPLANE.
INCORRECTLY ATTACHED BONDING
CABLES CAN CAUSE SCRATCHES. THESE
SCRATCHES CAN CAUSE CORROSION
AND CRACKS ON STRESSED PARTS.

____________________
:__________________
.
(2)

(AMM 20-4100/201).
S 493-374
(3) ,
,
. (AMM 20-41-00/201).
: ,

.
S 013-057
:

55 PSI.
55 PSI,
.
(4) 621GB
(AMM 06-44-00/201).
S 493-076
(5) ()
:
: 757
,
.
() , .
(b) , ,
, .
: ,
.
.
.
() ,
(. 301).
(d)
.
.
S 973-360
(1) ,
,
.
S 973-359
(2) ,
, ( ).
S 973-358
:
( 1-20).
.
(3)
.
-3.001-02
. 559 687
BONDING CABLES ATTACHED TO

COMPOSITE DOORS OR FAIRINGS DO
NOT GIVE AN ELECTRICAL BOND.
(2) Connect a bonding cable from the fueling
source to an approved electrical grounding or
bonding connection on the airplane (AMM 2041-00/201).
S 493-374
(3) Connect the bonding cable attached to the
refuel nozzle to an approved airplane electrical
ground (AMM 20-41-00/201).
NOTE: The bonding cable is not necessary if
there is electrical continuity between the fueling
vehicle and the fueling adapter.
S 013-057
FUEL PRESSURE, DAMAGE TO THE
FUELING SYSTEM COMPONENTS CAN
OCCUR.
(4) Open the fueling station door, 621GB (AMM
06-44-00/201).
S 493-076
(5) Connect the fuel hose(s) to the fueling
adapter(s):
NOTE: The 757 aircraft does not have a fuel
jettison system, therefore it is not necessary for
fuel adapter caps to be installed on the fueling
adapters.
(a) Make sure there are no fuel leaks at the
fueling adapter.
(b) Make sure each of the screws that attach the
adapter is not loose or damaged.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE FUELING
ADAPTER IS CLEAN AND NOT
DAMAGED. A
DAMAGED ADAPTER CAN CAUSE A FUEL
LEAK. A FUEL LEAK CAN CAUSE INJURY
TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(c) Make sure the fueling adapter is clean and
not damaged (Fig. 301).
(d) Connect the refuel nozzles to one or two of
the fueling adapters.
E. Prepare the Fuel Sheet
S 973-360
(1) Use the operator supplied fuel sheet to record
the pre-uplift fuel quantity for each tank.
S 973-359
(2) Calculate the fuel to be uplifted, converted to
volume (if necessary).
S 973-358
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED THE FUEL
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS (WEIGHT AND
BALANCE MANUAL SEC 1-20). DAMAGE
TO THE AIRPLANE CAN OCCUR.
(3) Record the uplift quantity on the fuel sheet.

____________________
:__________________
F.
S 653-060
:

55 PSI.
55 PSI,
.
(1)
( )
.
S 213-061
(2) ,

(AMM 28-44-00/201).
S 653-066
(3) ,
,
.
S 213-002
(4) ,
.
:
,

22 000 (9980 ) . ,
(20)
,
.
(
),
.
S 983-009
:
.
,

.
(5) (7)
:
() ( )
10 13
, , .
(b)
( )
.
:
, .
S 973-362
(6) ,
.
S 973-363
(7)
, (AMM 28-26-00/201).
(1) , FQIS
.
S 973-361
-3.001-02
. 560 687
F. Pressure Refuel Operation

S 653-060
FUEL PRESSURE, DAMAGE TO THE
FUELING SYSTEM COMPONENTS CAN
OCCUR.
(1) Release the fuel shutoff control switch
(deadman switch) to start the flow of fuel.
S 213-061
(2) If there is no electrical power available, use
the fuel measuring sticks to monitor the fuel
quantity in the tanks (AMM 28-44-00/201).
S 653-066
(3) Release the deadman switch to stop the
refuel operation when you get the correct
quantity of fuel in the fuel tank.
S 213-002
(4) Make sure there is no pressure in the fueling
manifold.
NOTE: The fueling manifold will release
pressure through the manifold-drain check valve
when the fueling source pressure is removed and
when there is less than 22,000 pounds (9980
kilograms) of fuel in the center tank. It can be
necessary to wait for approximately twenty (20)
minutes until the pressure is completely released
from the fueling manifold. If you open one of
the fueling shutoff valves electrically (from the
fueling control panel), the pressure in the fueling
manifold will be released immediately.
S 983-009
CAUTION: REMOVE THE PRESSURE
FROM THE FUELING MANIFOLD BEFORE
YOU
MANUALLY CLOSE
THE
FUELING
SHUTOFF VALVE. IF YOU DO NOT
REMOVE THE PRESSURE, DAMAGE TO
THE FUELING SHUTOFF VALVE OR THE
FUELING MANIFOLD CAN OCCUR.
(5) To close the fueling shutoff valves manually,
do the steps that follow:
(a) Turn the override screw (knurled knob) on
the fueling shutoff valve 10 to 13 turns in the
clockwise direction until the override screw is
tightened.
(b) Install the lockwire on the override screw
(knurled knob) of the fueling shutoff valve.
S 973-362
(6) Make sure the onboard fuel load is in a valid
pre-flight fuel distribution.
S 973-363
(7) Transfer fuel to balance the fuel load if it is
necessary (AMM 28-26-00/201).
Wait one (1) minute to let the FQIS system
stabilize.
S 973-361

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
(9) ,

.
S 973-365
(10) ,
.
S 973-366
(11)
, .
:
.
S 973-367
(12) .
. 561 687
(9) Make a record of the actual fuel quantities

from the load select indicators or fuel measuring
sticks.
S 973-365
(10) Make a record of the actual fuel quantity
from the fuel vehicle flowmeter.
S 973-366
(11) Do the discrepancy check and make sure it
is within limits.
NOTE: Per operator's requirement.
S 973-367
S 973-368
(13) , .
S 973-368
(13) Complete
necessary.
S 973-369
(14)
.
S 973-369
(14) Give a copy of the forms to the airline
representative or flight crew.
G. .
G. Put the Airplane Back to Its Usual Condition
S 093-077
(1)
S 093-077
(1) Disconnect the refuel nozzles.
S 093-131
(2) ,
.
S 093-131
(2) Disconnect the bonding cable that you
connected between the fueling source and the
airplane.
S 093-376
(3)
( ).
S 413-067
(4) , 621GB
(AMM 06-44-00/201).
S 413-068
(5) , 551EBX
or 651EBX, (AMM 06-44-00/201).
S 093-079
: ,
AMM 32-00-15/201,
.

.
(b)
(AMM 32-00-15/201).

TASK 12-11-02-653-001
1. (.301)
.
(1)
the
Delivery
Receipt,
if
S 093-376
(3) Disconnect the refuel nozzle bonding cable
(if installed).
S 413-067
(4) Close the fueling station door, 621GB
(AMM 06-44-00/201).
S 413-068
(5) Install the applicable wing access panel,
551EBX or 651EBX, if removed (AMM 06-4400/201).
S 093-079
WARNING: USE THE PROCEDURE IN
AMM 32-00-15/201 TO REMOVE THE DOOR
LOCKS.
THE DOORS OPEN AND CLOSE QUICKLY
AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(6) Remove the door locks from the landing gear
doors and close the doors (AMM 32-00-15/201).
FUEL TANK OVERWING FUELING

TASK 12-11-02-653-001
1 . Overwing Refuel Operation (Fig. 301)
A. General
(1) Overwing fueling of the main tanks is done

____________________
:__________________

.
,

(AMM 28-41-00/001).
,
(AMM 28-4400/201).
(2) :
()
ASTM D1655.
(b) ,
100 GPM (/).
()
.
(d)
.
.
(1) AMM 06-44-00/201,
(2) AMM 12-11-03/301,
(3) AMM 20-10-27/201,

(4) AMM 20-41-00/201,
(5) AMM 24-22-00/201,
(6) AMM 27-51-00/201,
(7) AMM 27-81-00/201,
(8) AMM 28-41-00/001,
(9) AMM 28-44-00/201,

.
(1)
542 - 17 21 (.)
621
()
642 - 17 21 ()
-3.001-02
. 562 687
if the pressure fueling equipment or electrical

power is not available. If there is electrical
power available, you can monitor the fuel
quantity with the load select indicators at the
fueling station (AMM 28-41-00/001). If there is
no electrical power available, you
can monitor the fuel quantity with fuel
measuring sticks (AMM 28-44-00/201).
(2) Fueling limits:
(a) Fuel must agree with the jet fuel
specification ASTM D1655.
(b) Do not fill the fuel tank at a rate more than
the fueling rate of 100 GPM.
(c) Fill the fuel tanks with approximately equal
quantities of fuel.
(d) You can fill the fuel tanks in any sequence or
at the same time.
B. References
(1) AMM 06-44-00/201, Wing Access Doors
and Panels
(2) AMM 12-11-03/301, Fuel Sump Draining
(3) AMM 20-10-27/201, Flight Controls Safety
Harness Receptacle
(5) AMM 24-22-00/201, Electrical Power
Control
(6) AMM 27-51-00/201, Trailing Edge Flaps
(7) AMM 27-81-00/201, Leading Edge Slats
Indicating System
Measuring Sticks
C. Access
(1) Location Zones
642 Main Tank - Rib No. 17 to No. 21 (Right)

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 563 687
,
. ,

.
,

.

____________________
:__________________
(2)
621GB
D.
S 653-038
:

.

.
(1)
:

(AMM 12-11-01/301).
S 863-042
(2) , (AMM
24-22-00/201).
() , :
1) , 11:
a) 11C34, FUEL QTY 1
b) 11L19, FUEL QTY 2
S 863-048
(3)
S 863-037
(4) ,
0.3 0.0
(+/-2.0
) (AMM 0821-00/201).
S 683-029
(5)
(AMM 12-11-03/301).
S 213-045
(6) ,
.
S 043-046
:
.
,
.
(7) (AMM 2781-00/201).
S 043-047
: .
,
.
(8) (AMM 27-51-00/201).
.
S 483-049
:

,

.
.
(1)
-3.001-02
. 564 687
(2) Access Panel

D. Prepare the Airplane for an Overwing Refuel
Operation
S 653-038
WARNING: OBEY ALL THE REFUEL
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS. FAILURE TO OBEY
THE REFUEL OPERATION RECAUTIONS CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
Precautions and Limits for Fuel Servicing (AMM 1211-01/301).
S 863-042
(2) Supply electrical power, if it is available (AMM 2422-00/201).
(a) Make sure these circuit breakers are closed:
1) On the overhead circuit breaker panel, P11:
a) 11C34, FUEL QTY 1
b) 11L19, FUEL QTY 2
S 863-048
(3) Do not operate the APU during an overwing refuel
operation.
S 863-037
(4) Make sure the airplane attitude is in a 0.3 nose
down longitudinal and 0.0 degree lateral (+/- 2.0
degree longitudinal and lateral) (AMM 08-21-00/201).
S 683-029
(5) To keep water out of the fuel, drain the fuel tank
sumps before the refuel operation (AMM 12-1103/301).
S 213-045
(6) Make sure the pressure relief valves in the surge
tanks are closed.
S 043-046
WARNING: DO THE DEACTIVATION
PROCEDURE OF THE LEADING EDGE SLATS. IF
THE LEADING EDGE SLAT OPERATES
ACCIDENTALLY, IT CAN CAUSE INJURY.
(7) Do the deactivation procedure of the leading edge
slats (AMM 27-81-00/201).
S 043-047
WARNING: DO THE DEACTIVATION
PROCEDURE FOR THE TRAILING EDGE FLAPS.
ACCIDENTAL OPERATION OF THE TRAILING
EDGE FLAPS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
(8) Do the deactivation procedure for the trailing edge
flaps (AMM 27-51-00/201).
E. Connect the Fueling Equipment
S 483-049
WARNING: DO NOT POSITION FUEL SERVICING
EQUIPMENT OR AIRPLANE SERVICING
EQUIPMENT UNDER THE WING DURING AN
OVERWING REFUEL OPERATION. AN
OVERWING FUEL SPILL CAN CAUSE FUEL TO
FLOW FROM THE WING SURFACE ONTO
EQUIPMENT UNDER THE WING. A FUEL SPILL
CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR EXPLOSION.
(1) Use the operator supplied procedures to position the

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 565 687
.
S 913-002
:

.
,

.
fuel vehicle.
S 913-002
WARNING: YOU MUST GROUND THE
AIRPLANE TO AN APPROVED EARTH GROUND
AND BOND THE REFUEL SOURCE BEFORE THE
OVERWING REFUEL OPERATION. IF YOU DO
NOT FOLLOW THIS PROCEDURE, A STATIC
SPARK CAN CAUSE FUEL VAPOR TO IGNITE.
(2)

(
) (AMM 20-41-00/201).
S 913-054
(3)

(AMM 20-41-00/201).
S 913-055
(4)

(AMM 20-41-00/201).
S 493-021
:

.

.
(5)
(AMM 20-10-27/201).
S 483-065
(6)

, .
S 483-056
:

.
.
(7)
:
:
,
.

.
,
.
()

(AMM 20-41-00/201).
: ,
,

,
,

(2) Connect a grounding cable from an approved earth

ground to an approved electrical ground point on the
airplane (static ground) (AMM 20-41-00/201).
S 913-054
(3) Connect one grounding cable from the fueling
source to an approved earth ground (AMM 20-4100/201).
S 913-055
(4) Connect a bonding cable from the fueling source to
an approved airplane electrical ground point (AMM
20-41-00/201).
S 493-021
WARNING: YOU MUST WEAR A SAFETY
HARNESS WHEN YOU DO AN OVERWING
REFUEL OPERATION. A SERIOUS INJURY CAN
OCCUR IF YOU FALL FROM THE WING.
(5) Put on a safety harness and connect the harness to
the supplied harness receptacle (AMM 20-10-27/201).
S 483-065
(6) Put pads on the wing surface to prevent damage
from the refuel nozzle, fuel hose, and personnel.
S 483-056
WARNING: DO NOT DRAG THE REFUEL
NOZZLE OR FUEL HOSE ACROSS THE WING
SURFACE. DAMAGE TO THE WING SURFACE
CAN OCCUR.
(7) Connect the fuel hose to the overwing fill port:
WARNING: BOND THE OVERWING REFUEL
NOZZLE TO THE AIRPLANE BEFORE THE
FILLER CAP IS REMOVED. THIS CONNECTION
MUST STAY IN POSITION UNTIL AFTER THE
FILLER CAP IS INSTALLED. THE REFUEL
NOZZLE MUST STAY IN CONTACT WITH THE
OVERWING FILL PORT DURING THE REFUEL
OPERATION. IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THIS
PROCEDURE, A STATIC SPARK CAN CAUSE
FUEL VAPOR TO IGNITE.
(a) Connect the bonding cable for the refuel nozzle to
an approved airplane bonding point (AMM 20-4100/201).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE FUEL LEVEL FOR
THE APPLICABLE TANK IS BELOW THE LEVEL
OF THE OVERWING FILL PORT BEFORE YOU
REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OR A FUEL SPILL
CAN OCCUR. A FUEL SPILL CAN CAUSE A FIRE
OR AN EXPLOSION.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 566 687
.
:
-

. ,
(,
, ..). ,
, -
.
.

.
(b)
.
: ,
.
,
.
CAUTION: KEEP ALL OBJECTS AWAY FROM

THE OVERWING FILL PORT. REMOVE ALL
OBJECTS FROM YOUR SHIRT POCKET (PENS,
CIGARETTES, LIGHTERS, ETC.) BEFORE YOU
REMOVE THE FILLER CAP. IF AN OBJECT DOES
FALL INTO THE FUEL TANK, CONTACT AN
AIRLINE REPRESENTATIVE. FIND AND
REMOVE THE OBJECT IMMEDIATELY.
UNWANTED OBJECTS IN THE FUEL TANK CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO IN-TANK EQUIPMENT
AND ELECTRICAL WIRING.
(b) Remove the filler cap from the overwing fill port of
the main fuel tank.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE FUELING HOSE
DOES NOT TOUCH A VORTEX GENERATOR. IF
THE FUELING HOSE AND VORTEX
GENERATOR
TOUCH, DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
()
.
(d) ,
.
() ,
.
(f) ,

.
F.
S 973-039
(1)
:
:

(FQIS),

.
(b)

() ,
621GB (AMM 06-44-00/201).
S 213-005
(3) ,
.
:
, ,
28, .
()
,
, 28,
.
(b) ,
.
S 983-006
(4) ,
(c) Put the refuel nozzle into the overwing fill port.
(d) Use a nozzle extension or spout to make sure the
fuel does not splash into the fuel tank.
(e) Make sure the nozzle extension is below the level
of the fuel.
(f) Make sure the refuel nozzle stays in contact with
overwing fill port during the refuel operation.
F. Overwing Refuel Operation
S 973-039
(1) Make a record of these values on the fuel sheet:
(a) Pre-uplift fuel quantity for each fuel tank.
NOTE: If there is no electrical power or the FQIS
system is inoperative, use the fuel measuring sticks to
calculate the pre-uplift fuel quantity in each fuel tank.
(b) Final fuel quantity necessary in each fuel tank.
(c) Fuel to be uplifted converted to volume.
S 013-004
(2) Open the fueling station door, 621GB (AMM 0644-00/201).
S 213-005
(3) Make sure the fueling panel light comes on.
NOTE: When the fueling panel light comes on, it
shows that there is electrical power at the fueling
control panel, P28.
(a) If the fueling panel light does not come on, put the
battery power switch on the fueling control panel, P28,
to the BAT position.
(b) Make sure the fueling panel light comes on.
S 983-006
(4) If electrical power is not available, do the steps that
follow:
(a) Use a screwdriver to push up and turn the end caps
on the applicable fuel measuring stick in the
counterclockwise direction.
(b) Lower the fuel measuring stick (AMM 28-4400/201).

____________________
:__________________
:
() ,

.
(b) (AMM 28-44-00/201).
S 653-053
:
,
100 .
100
/,
,
.
(5)
(
),
.
S 213-012
(6)
,
.
G.
S 653-013
(1)
(
), ,
.
S 093-014
(2) .
S 433-024
: ,
.

,
.
(3)
.
() ,
.
(b) ,

(. 301)
S 093-016
(4)
.
S 093-017
(5) ,
(
, ..)
S 653-058
(6) ,
(AMM 28-26-00/201).
S 973-063
(7 ) ,

-3.001-02
. 567 687
S 653-053
WARNING: DO NOT FILL THE FUEL TANKS AT
A RATE MORE THAN THE FUELING RATE OF
100 GALLONS PER MINUTE (GPM). IF THE
FUELING RATE IS MORE THAN 100 GPM, THE
STATIC DISCHARGE CAUSED BY THE HIGH
FUELING
RATE CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR EXPLOSION.
(5) Activate the fuel shutoff control switch (deadman
switch) to start the fuel flow.
S 213-012
(6) Use the load select indicators or fuel measuring
sticks, as applicable, to monitor the quantities of fuel
put in the fuel tank.
G. Stop the Overwing Refuel Operation
S 653-013
(1) Release the fuel shutoff control switch (deadman
switch) to stop the fuel flow when the set quantity of
fuel is put in the fuel tanks.
S 093-014
(2) Disconnect the refuel nozzle from the airplane.
S 433-024
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE FILLER CAP IS
INSTALLED IN THE CORRECT DIRECTION.
IF THE FILLER CAP IS NOT INSTALLED IN THE
CORRECT DIRECTION, RAM AIR CAN CAUSE
THE CAP TO RELEASE DURING FLIGHT.
(3) Install the filler cap in the overwing fill port.

(a) Make sure the arrow on the adapter points in the aft
direction.
(b) Make sure that the filler cap is installed in the
adapter with the handle locked aft and down (Fig. 301).
S 093-016
(4) Disconnect the bonding cable for the refuel nozzle.
S 093-017
(5) Remove all equipment used for the overwing refuel
operation (pads on the wing surface, safety harness,
etc.).
S 653-058
(6) Transfer fuel to the center tank, as necessary
(AMM 28-26-00/201).
S 973-063
(7) Make sure the onboard fuel load is in a valid preflight fuel distribution.
S 973-064

____________________
:__________________
.
S 973-064
(8)

.
S 973-062
(9) ,
.
S 973-040
(10)
S 973-041
(11) .
S 973-050
(12)
.
S 863-051
(13) ,
, 28,
CLOSED () ( ).
S 863-052
(14)
OFF
() ( ).
.
S 413-019
(1) 621GB
, (AMM 06-44-00/201).
S 983-018
(2) ,

.
()

,
(AMM 28-44-00/201).
S 083-059
(3)
,
/ (AMM 20-4100/201):
()
.
(b)
.
()
.
S 083-066
(4)
.
S 863-060
:
.

.
(5)
(AMM 27-51-00/201).
S 863-061
:
-3.001-02
. 568 687
(8) Make a record of the actual fuel quantities from the

load select indicators or the fuel measuring sticks.
S 973-062
(9) Do the discrepancy check and make sure it in
within limits.
S 973-040
S 973-041
(11) Complete the Delivery Receipt.
S 973-050
(12) Give a copy of the forms to airline representative
or flight crew.
S 863-051
(13) Make sure all the fueling control panel, P28,
switches are in the CLOSED position (if necessary).
S 863-052
(14) Put the battery power switch on the fueling control
panel, P28, to the OFF position (if necessary).
H. Put the Airplane Back to Its Usual Condition
S 413-019
(1) If opened, close the fueling station door, 621GB
(AMM 06-44-00/201).
S 983-018
(2) If opened, lift and put the applicable fuel measuring
sticks to the usual position.
(a) Use a screwdriver and push up and turn the end cap
on the fuel measuring stick clockwise until the fuel
measuring stick is locked in the usual position (AMM
28-44-00/201).
S 083-059
(3) Do these steps in this sequence to remove the
bonding/grounding cables (AMM 20-41-00/201):
(a) Disconnect the bonding cable from the airplane to
the fuel source.
(b) Disconnect the grounding cable from the earth
ground to the fuel source.
(c) Disconnect the grounding cable from the airplane to
the earth ground.
S 083-066
(4) Do the operator supplied procedures to move the
fuel vehicle.
S 863-060
WARNING: DO THE ACTIVATION PROCEDURE
FOR THE TRAILING EDGE FLAPS. THE FLAPS
MOVE QUICKLY AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS.
(5) Do the activation procedure for the trailing edge
flaps (AMM 27-51-00/201).
S 863-061
WARNING: DO THE ACTIVATION PROCEDURE
OF THE LEADING EDGE SLATS. THE LEADING

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 569 687
.

.
(6)
(AMM 27-81-00/201).
EDGE SLATS MOVE QUICKLY AND CAN CAUSE

INJURY TO PERSONS.
(6) Do the activation procedure of the leading edge
slats
(AMM 27-81-00/201).

1.
. .

,
.

,
.
.
,
.
, .
, ,

.
1
.
.
,
. .
.
,

.

.
AMM 12-3301/301.
D.
, .

.
. ,
, ,
. .
: Jet-A
, () .

.
, .
:
,
.
,
.
. ,
,
.
,
AMM 28-22-06/401.
TASK 12-11-03-683-001
FUEL SUMP DRAINING

1 . General
A. This procedure contains two tasks. The first task
gives instructions to drain the fuel tank sumps in the
main, surge and center fuel tanks. The second task
gives instructions to remove the poppet valves for the
sump
drain valves to let the fuel drain faster from the main,
surge and center tanks.
B. The fuel tank sumps must be drained regularly for
the removal of the water from the fuel tanks. Each fuel
tank sump has a drain valve that drains the water from
the fuel tank. Before you sump the tank a quantity of
time is necessary for the separation of water from fuel.
The time rate to isolate the fuel from the water is 1
hour for each foot of fuel depth.
C. Do not drain the sumps while you fill the airplane
with fuel or immediately after you fill the airplanes
with fuel. The water will be mixed with the fuel. In
cold weather the water can freeze. This could cause the
drain valve to stay in the closed position or cause
damage to
the o-ring when you open the valve. It could also
prevent proper re-seating of the primary or secondary
poppet after you sump. For cold weather maintenance,
refer to AMM 12-33-01/301.
D. Look at each fuel sample for water, for ice, or for
contamination. Water in the fuel usually shows as a
layer below the fuel or as small bubbles in the fuel. The
ice crystals usually show as cloudiness or haziness in
the fuel. Fuel with no water, ice, or contamination is
clear and bright. You can easily see material through it.
NOTE: Jet-A fuel can have different colors. It can have
a range of colors from yellow (straw) color to no
color. The words "clear and bright" do not refer to the
color of fuel. Yellow fuel or fuel that has no color can
be "clear and bright" as specified above.
NOTE: Put one or two drops of food coloring into the
container before you drain a fuel sample into it. This
will help you find water in the fuel, since the water will
have color.
E. A large quantity of water drained from one tank
before fueling can show a blocked automatic sumping
pump. For removal of an automatic sumping pump,
refer to AMM 28-22-06/401.
TASK 12-11-03-683-001
2 . Drain the Fuel Tank Sumps (Fig. 301)
A. General
(1) Jet fuels can have unwanted water that it collects
during airplane operation. This is because the air can
be moist or wet and condensation can get into the fuel
tanks.

____________________
:__________________
2. (. 301)
.
(1)
,
.
,
.
-3.001-02
. 570 687

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
,
, .
0,3
(+/- 0.1 ) 0,0
(+/- 0.1 ) .
. 571 687
It is necessary to drain the fuel tanks sumps regularly to

remove this unwanted water. The best airplane attitude
to drain the sumps is a pitch of 0.3 degree nose-down
(+/- 0.1 degree) longtitudinal, and a 0.0 degrees (+/- 0.1
degree) lateral roll.
301

____________________
:__________________
. 572 687
()
-3.001-02

. 302

____________________
:__________________
.
(1) , B12004-1
(2)
1
.
(1) B00130
D.
(1) AMM 06-41-00/201,
(2) AMM 12-33-01/301,

(3) AMM 28-10-00/201,
(4) AMM 28-11-00/701,
(5) AMM 28-22-06/401,

.
(1)
193 ()
194
()
541 - . 5 17 ()
543 - . 21 23 ()
641 - . 5 17 ()
643 - . 21 23
()
(2)
193GL ()
194DR ()
F.
S 213-002
(1)
, . 301
S 483-003
(2)

( ).
S 683-004
(3)
, ,
.
S 083-005
(4) ,
.
S 213-028
(5)
.
() ,
: ,
(AMM 28-1100/701).
(b) ,
:
1)
.
2) ,
.
3) :
(AMM 2810-00/201).
G.
-3.001-02
. 573 687
B. Equipment
(1) Fuel Sampling Receptacle, B12004-1
(2) Clear plastic or glass container - 1 gallon
capacity
C. Consumable Materials
(1) B00130 Alcohol - Isopropyl, to clean the
equipment
D. References
(1) AMM 06-41-00/201, Fuselage Access Doors
and Panels
(2) AMM 12-33-01/301, Cold Weather
Maintenance
(3) AMM 28-10-00/201, Microbial Growth
(4) AMM 28-11-00/701, Fuel Tanks
(5) AMM 28-22-06/401, Automatic Sumping Jet
Pump
E. Access
(1) Location Zones
193 Wing to Body - Forward Lower Half (Left)
194 Wing to Body - Forward Lower Half (Right)
543 Surge Tank - Rib No. 21 to No. 23 (Left)
643 Surge Tank - Rib No. 21 to No. 23 (Right)
(2) Access Panels
193GL Fuel Drain Access Door (Left)
194DR Fuel Drain Access Door (Right)
F. Drain the Main and Surge Fuel Tank Sumps
S 213-002
(1) Find the main or surge fuel tank sump drain
valves as shown on Fig. 301.
S 483-003
(2) Put the top end of the fuel sampling receptacle
against the bottom of the poppet valve on the sump
drain valve (View A).
S 683-004
(3) Drain each fuel tank sump until the fuel that
goes into the container does not contain water.
S 083-005
(4) Remove the fuel sampling receptacle to let the
sump drain valve close.
S 213-028
(5) Do a visual inspection of the fuel in the
container.
(a) If you see red dye in the fuel, do this task: Fuel
Tanks Contaminated with Red Dye (AMM 28-1100/701).
(b) If you see other contamination, do these steps:
1) Clean the fuel sampling equipment with
isopropyl alcohol and dry completely.
2) With a sterilized glass container, get another
sample of fuel.
3) Do this task: Do a Detection Check for
Microbial Growth. (AMM 28-10-00/201).
G. Drain the Center Fuel Tank Sumps
S 013-006
(1) Open the applicable fuel drain access door

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 574 687
S 013-006
(1)
194DR 193GL (AMM 06-41-00/201).
S 483-007
(2)
( ).
: .
.
S 863-008
(3)
,
( ).
194DR or 193GL (AMM 06-41-00/201).

S 483-007
(2) Put the container below the drain line fitting on
the sump drain valve (View C).
NOTE: Use the container only. The fuel sampling
receptacle is not necessary.
S 863-008
(3) Hold the drain line near the poppet valve of the
sump drain valve and push up to open the sump
drain valve (View B).

, , ,
.
S 863-010
(5) ,
.
S 213-029
(6)
.
() ,
: ,
(AMM 28-1100/701).
(b) ,
:
1) ,
.
2) :

(AMM 28-11-00/701).
S 413-011
(7)
194DR 193GL (AMM 06-41-00/201).
12-11-03-653-012
3.
(. 302)
.
(1)
,
.
(2)
0,3 (+/- 0.1 )
0,0 (+/- 0.1 )
.
.
(1)
(2) , / B28001-1
, - B28001-2
, - B28001-5
(3) , - B28002-1
.
(1) AMM 06-41-00/201,
(2) AMM 28-11-05/401,

D.
Drain each fuel tank sump until the fuel that goes
into the container does not contain water.
S 863-010
(5) Release the drain line to close the sump drain
valve.
S 213-029
(6) Do a visual inspection of the fuel in the
container.
(a) If you see red dye in the fuel, do this task: Fuel
Tanks Contaminated with Red Dye (AMM 28-1100/701).
(b) If you see other contamination, do these steps:
1) With a sterilized glass container, get another
sample of fuel.
2) Do this task: Do a Detection Check for
Contamination with Microbes or Fungus (AMM
28-11-00/701).
S 413-011
(7) Close the applicable fuel drain access door
194DR or 193GL (AMM 06-41-00/201).
TASK 12-11-03-653-012
3. Drain the Remaining Fuel Through the Fuel
Tank Sumps (Fig. 302)
A. General
(1) This procedure is used to drain all fuel that
remains in the fuel tank after defueling and before
purging and fuel tank entry.
(2) The best airplane attitude to drain the sumps is
a pitch of 0.3 degree nose-down (+/- 0.1 degree)
longitudinal, and a 0.0 degrees (+/- 0.1 degree)
lateral roll.
B. Equipment
(1) Container - applicable for fuel.
(2) Adapter, Sump Drain Valve
Removal/Installation - B28001-1
Adapter, Main and Surge Tanks - B28001-2
Adapter, Center Tank - B28001-5
(3) Hose Adapter, Sump Drain - B28002-1
C. References
(1) AMM 06-41-00/201, Fuselage Access Doors
and Panels
(2) AMM 28-11-05/401, Fuel Sump Drain Valve
D. Access
(1) Location Zones
193 Wing to Body - Forward Lower Half (Left)

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 575 687
(1)
193 ()
194
(.)
541 - 5 17 ()
543 - 21 23 ()
641 - 5 17 ()
643 - 21 23 ()
(2)
193GL ()
194DR ()
.
S 653-013
(1)
, :
()
(AMM 28-11-05/401).
(b)
.
()
.
(d) ,

.
(e)
.
194 Wing to Body - Forward Lower Half (Right)

543 Surge Tank - Rib No. 21 to No. 23 (Left)
643 Surge Tank - Rib No. 21 to No. 23 (Right)
(2) Access Panels
193GL Fuel Drain Access Door (Left)
194DR Fuel Drain Access Door (Right)
E. Procedure
S 653-013
(1) To drain the fuel tank sumps in the main fuel
tanks and the surge tanks, do the steps that follow:
(a) Remove the primary poppet of the sump drain
valve
(AMM 28-11-05/401).
(b) Close the shutoff valve on the sump drain hose.
(c) Install the sump drain hose adapter in the sump
drain valve.
(d) If it is necessary, install an extension hose or
suitable drain connection to the sump drain hose.
(e) Open the shutoff valve on the sump drain hose.
(f)
(g) , ,
.
(h) ,
.
(i) .
(j)
(AMM 28-11-05/401).
S 653-024
(2) ,
:
(a)
, 193GL 194DR (AMM 06-4100/201).
(b)
.
() (AMM 28-11-05/401).
(d)
.
(e)
.
(f) ,
.
(g)
(h) , ,
.
(i) , ,
.
(j) (AMM 28-1105/401).
(k)
.
(f) Drain the fuel into a suitable container.

(g) After you drain the fuel, close the shutoff
valve.
(h) Remove the extension hose or drain
connection, if installed.
(i) Remove the sump drain hose.
(j) Install the poppet valve in the sump drain valve
(AMM 28-11-05/401).
S 653-024
(2) To drain the fuel tank sumps in the center fuel
tank, do the steps that follow:
(a) Open the applicable left or right fuel sump
drain door, 193GL or 194DR (AMM 06-4100/201).
(b) Disconnect the drain line at the poppet valve of
the sump drain valve.
(c) Remove the sump drain valve (AMM 28-1105/401).
(d) Close the shutoff valve on the sump drain hose
adapter.
(e) Install the sump drain hose adapter in the fuel
tank sump.
(f) If it is necessary, install an extension hose or
suitable drain connection to the sump drain hose.
(g) Drain the fuel into an applicable container.
(h) After you drain the fuel, close the shutoff
valve.
(i) After you drain all the fuel, remove the drain
hose.
(j) Install the sump drain valve (AMM 28-1105/401).
(k) Connect the drain line at the poppet valve of

____________________
:__________________
(l)
, 193GL 194DR (AMM 06-4100/201).

1.
.
.

.

.
.
,
.
, .
12-11-04-683-001
2. (.
301)
.
(1) , B12004-1
.
(1) AMM 12-33-01/301,
(2) AMM 28-25-05/401,
.
(1)
149
D.
S 483-002
(1)

.
S 483-003
(2)

.
S 213-004
(3) ,
(AMM 12-33-01/301).
-3.001-02
. 576 687
the sump drain valve.

(l) Close the applicable fuel sump drain door,
193GL or 194DR (AMM 06-41-00/201).
APU FUEL LINE SHROUD DRAINING
1 . General
A. It is necessary to drain the APU fuel line shroud
regularly to remove water condensation from the
APU fuel line shroud. To remove water you must
open the sump drain valve on the APU fuel line
shroud. The sump drain valve is between the main
gear wheel wells.
B. This procedure contains instructions to drain the
shroud for the APU fuel line of water or fuel that
is caught in the shroud for the APU fuel line. If
there is fuel caught in the shroud there is a leak in
the APU fuel line.
TASK 12-11-04-683-001
2 . Drain the APU Fuel Line Shroud (Fig. 301)
A. Equipment
(1) Fuel Sampling Receptacle, B12004-1
B. References
Maintenance
(2) AMM 28-25-05/401, APU Fuel Line and
Shroud
C. Access
(1) Location Zones
149 Aft Section of Keel beam
D. Procedure
S 483-002
(1) Put the probe end of the fuel sampling
receptacle against the bottom of the primary
poppet on the sump drain valve.
S 483-003
(2) Push the fuel sampling receptacle up into the
poppet to catch any fuel or water from the fuel line
shroud.
S 213-004
(3) If the sump drain valve is frozen, refer to Cold
Weather Maintenance (AMM 12-33-01/301).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 577 687

____________________
:__________________
S 083-005
(4)

.
S 773-007
(5) , ,
,
:
(a) 1 ,

(AMM 28-25-05/401).
(b) ,
24 , ,
.
() 24 2
,
(AMM 28-25-05/401).
(d) 24 2
, ,
.
-3.001-02
. 578 687
S 083-005
(4) When the flow of liquid stops, remove the
fuel sampling receptacle and let the primary
poppet on the sump drain valve close.
S 773-007
(5) If there is water and fuel mixed together in
the sample, let the sample of water and fuel
separate so you can measure the quantity of
fuel as follows:
(a) If there is more than 1 liter of fuel in the
sample, you must repair the leak in the APU
fuel line (AMM 28-25-05/401).
(b) If there is less than one liter of fuel, repeat
the check after 24 hours to see if you get more
than 2 ounces of fuel.
(c) If there is more than 2 ounces of fuel in the
sample after 24 hours, you must repair the
leak in the APU fuel line (AMM 28-2505/401).
(d) If there is less than 2 ounces of fuel in the
sample after 24 hours, you can return the
airplane to service without repair.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 579 687
9.
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
, ,
, .
1.
A.
.
.
10-11-02.
. 10-11-03.
. 10-11-04.
.
71-00-00/201.
B. ,

(AMM 20-41-00/201).
:
:
(1)
.
(a)
.
(2)
.
(3)
.
(4)

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d) ,
C.
,
,
45
.
,
2
.
.
D. , ,
25 ,
,
.
NORMAL PARKING - MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES
1. General
A. Normal Parking procedures for a short time
are included in this section. The procedures for
Prolonged Parking are found in 10-11-02. The
procedures for Parking in High Winds are found
in 10-11-03. The procedures for Parking With
Engines Removed are found in 10-11-04. For
special procedures to park the airplane for
engine operation see
71-00-00/201.
B. A static ground on the airplane is not
necessary when the airplane is parked or is
serviced during the turnaround operation (AMM
20-41-00/201).
NOTE: This does not include when the
maintenance steps given below are done.
(1) A static ground on the airplane is not
necessary when you pressure fuel the airplane.
(a) An electrical bond between the airplane and
the refuel vehicle is recommended.
(2) A static ground of the airplane when you fuel
over the wing is recommended.
(3) Do a static ground of the airplane when you
do maintenance procedures.
(4) Static ground the airplane when you use
devices such as those that follow:
(a) power tools
(b) lights
(c) electrical cords
(d) instruments powered from external cords.
C. In cold weather it is necessary to drain the
fuel tank sumps prior to refueling to remove
water from the fuel tanks if the airplane has been
idle for more than 45 minutes prior to refueling.
Drain the fuel tank sumps again after refueling if
the airplane has been idle for 2 hours or more
after refueling, prior to departure. In cold
weather water can freeze, and not let the drain
valves open.
D. Keep a distance of not less than 25 feet
between the airplanes when they are parked.
This is to give sufficient clearances to turn an

____________________
:__________________
E.

50 .
F.
, ,

.
G.
,

,
.
10-11-01-582-001
2. ( )
A.
(1)
, ,
.
B.
(1)
(a) PF10-010 ,
()
06714 PF Industries INC.
11200 Kirkland Way
Kirkland, WA 98033
(b) W88 , 7" X 5.5" X 24",
: 24 . ()
9L752 Scientific Developments INC.
175 S Danebo
PO Box 2522
Eugene, OR 97402
(2) - A09003-1
(3) , PW2000 - LPC10J82
( Langdon)
(4) , ,
PW2000 - LMC18D84 ( Langdon)
(5) , PW2000 - LMC17D84
( Langdon)
(6) , KPC3-480-325
(7) , 0061BN1 (Rosemount Inc.)
.
(8) , - R/C-A0AC-2
(Sesame Technologies)
(9) ,
- FTC102 (Sesame Technologies)
(10) A10002-1
C.
(1) B00316 - , TT-N-95, I
(2) G02443 , 3
, 4 , ,
-3.001-02
. 580 687
airplane and to give it protection from an

airplane's jet blast.
E. Keep a distance of not less than 50 feet
between an APU exhaust port and a wingtip fuel
vent of an adjacent airplane.
F. Pitot probe covers and static port covers are
recommended when the airplane is parked for
more than a standard turnaround.
G. Failure to remove covers from pitot probes or
coverings from static ports before flight may
cause large errors in airspeed-sensing and
altitude-sensing signals, which may lead to loss
of safe flight.
TASK 10-11-01-582-001
2. Park the Airplane (Normal Parking)
A. General
(1) Pitot probe covers and static port covers are
recommended when the airplane is parked for
more than a standard turnaround.
B. Equipment
(1) Wheel Chocks
(a) PF10-010 Chocks - wheel, hi-density rubber
(recommended)
06714 PF Industries INC.
11200 Kirkland Way
Kirkland, WA 98033
(b) W88 Chocks-Wheel, rubber 7"W X 5.5"H X
24"L, Weight: 24 lbs. ()
9L752 Scientific Developments INC.
175 S Danebo
PO Box 2522
Eugene, OR 97402
(2) Tow Lever Lockpin - A09003-1
(3) Cover - Exhaust, PW2000 - LPC10J82
(Langdon Protective Covers)
(4) Cover - Thrust Reverser, Rear, PW2000 LMC18D84 (Langdon Protective Covers)
(5) Cover - Inlet Cowl, PW2000 - LMC17D84
(Langdon Protective Covers)
(6) Protective Cover, Pitot Probe - KPC3-480325
(7) Protective Cover, Ice Detection Probe 0061BN1 (Rosemount Inc.) if ice detection
probe is installed.
(8) Protective Cover, Angle of Attack Sensor R/C-A0AC-2
(9) Protective Cover, Total Air Temperature
Probe - FTC102
(10) Installation and Removal Pole, Protective
Covers - A10002-1
C. Consumable Materials
(1) B00316 Solvent - Aliphatic Naphtha, TT-N95, Type I

____________________
:__________________
"REMOVE BEFORE FLIGHT".

(3) G02219 3M No. 471 (1.5
) - .
(4) G02444 (3 , 6
) "STATIC PORTS
COVERED" - / 2000S.
(5) G02447 (3 , 6
) "PITOT PROBES
COVERED" - / 1000P.
D.
(1) AMM 09-11-00/201,
(2) AMM 12-33-01/301,

(3) AMM 20-41-00/201,
(4) AMM 27-11-00,
(5) AMM 27-21-00,

(6) AMM 27-41-00,
(7) AMM 27-51-00,
(8) AMM 29-11-00/201, (,
)
(9) AMM 32-00-20/201,
(10) AMM 32-44-00/001,

E.
S 582-002
(1)
, (AMM 09-1100/201).
(a) ,
, 12 .
:
, (
)
.
S 582-003
(2) ,
, :
(a)
.
(b)

.
(c)

.
S 492-004
(3) ,
(AMM 32-00-
-3.001-02
. 581 687
(2) G02443 Orange barricade tape, 3 inches

wide, 4 mils thick, non-adhesive, with
"REMOVE BEFORE FLIGHT" printed on it in
black letters.
(3) G02219 3M Scotch Brand No. 471 vinyl
adhesive tape (1.5 inches wide) bright yellow
color.
(4) G02444 Red paper tag (3 inches wide, 6
inches long) with attaching wire that has
"STATIC PORTS COVERED" printed on it in
black letters - P/N 2000S.
(5) G02447 Red paper tag (3 inches long, 6
inches wide) with attaching wire that has
"PITOT PROBES COVERED" printed on it in
black letters - P/N 1000P.
D. References
(1) AMM 09-11-00/201, Towing
Maintenance
(4) AMM 27-11-00, Ailerons
(5) AMM 27-21-00, Rudder Trim and Rudder
Trim Control System
(6) AMM 27-41-00, Horizontal Stabilizer
(7) AMM 27-51-00, Trailing Edge Flaps
(8) AMM 29-11-00/201, Main (Left, Right, and
Center) Hydraulic Systems
(9) AMM 32-00-20/201, Landing Gear
Downlocks
(10) AMM 32-44-00/001, Parking Brake System
E. Procedure
S 582-002
(1) Tow or taxi the airplane into a position that
is specified to park an airplane (AMM 09-1100/201).
(a) Make sure you move the airplane not less
than 12 feet in a straight line before it is parked.
NOTE: This procedure will make sure that the
torsional loads (side load pressures) applied to
the landing gear, and tires, are released before it
is parked.
S 582-003
(2) When you park the airplane in an area that
has ice, or frozen snow, do one of the steps that
follow:
(a) Put a mat below the tires during a freeze
condition or the tires will freeze to the ground.
(b) Put a layer of coarse sand below the tires
during a freeze condition or the tires will freeze
to the ground.
(c) Put some other applicable material below the
tires during a freeze condition or the tires will
freeze to the ground.
S 492-004
(3) Make sure the downlocks are installed on the

____________________
:__________________
20/201).
S 492-005
(4)
(AMM 20-41-00/201).
S 582-006
(5)
. 10-11-03.
S 232-007
(6) .
(AMM 12-33-01/301).
S 862-008
(7) . AMM
32-44-00/001.
S 492-039
: ,

.
(8)
( )
.
3 .
S 042-011
(9) , .
S 862-012
(10)
0 , (
27-11-00).
S 862-013
(11)
0 ,
( 27-21-00).
S 862-014
: 4
,
.
.

.
(12) 4
, (.)
(AMM 27-41-00).
S 862-015
(13)
( 27-51-00).
S 492-016
-3.001-02
. 582 687
nose and main landing gear (AMM 32-0020/201).

S 492-005
(4) Put an electrical ground on the airplane
(AMM 20-41-00/201).
S 582-006
(5) When you think very high winds will come,
refer to 10-11-03.
S 232-007
(6) For cold weather maintenance, refer to
(AMM 12-33-01/301).
S 862-008
(7) To apply the parking brake, refer to AMM
32-44-00/001.
S 492-039
WARNING: MAKE SURE WHEEL CHOCKS
ARE PROPERLY SET. IF WHEEL CHOCKS
ARE NOT PROPERLY SET, THE PARKING
BRAKE CAN BLEED DOWN OR BE
INADVERTANTLY RELEASED. IF THE
PARKING BRAKES RELEASES AND THE
CHOCKS ARE NOT PROPERLY SET, THE
AIRPLANE
CAN
MOVE
WITHOUT
WARNING. IF THE AIRPLANE MOVES
INJURY TO PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO
(8) Put wheel chocks in front, and behind not
less than one tandem pair of wheels (the inboard
or outboard pair) of the two trucks of the main
landing gear. Place wheel chocks about 3 inches
away from the tires.
S 042-011
(9) Turn the battery switch to OFF when the
battery is not necessary.
S 862-012
(10) Put the aileron trim controls to zero
degrees, as shown on the indicator (Ref 27-1100).
S 862-013
(11) Put the rudder trim controls to zero degrees,
as shown on the indicator (Ref 27-21-00).
S 862-014
CAUTION: PUT THE STABILIZER TO 4
UNITS, AS SHOWN ON THE INDICATOR.
IF YOU DO NOT PUT THE STABILIZER TO
4 UNITS, ICE CAN COLLECT. THIS CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE BODY SEALS
AND TO THE SKIN.
(12) Put the horizontal stabilizer to 4 units, as
shown on the indicator (neutral) (AMM 27-4100).
S 862-015
(13) Put the trailing edge flaps to the full up
position (Ref 27-51-00).
S 492-016

____________________
:__________________
(14)
.
S 842-040
:
, ,
,
,

,

,
.
:
,
. ,

,

.
:
, .

,

.
: ,

,
.

, , ,
.
(15)
(
. . 201).
S 842-024
(16)
-3.001-02
. 583 687
(14) Install the protective covers and plugs to the

engines.
S 842-040
WARNING: INSTALL PITOT PROBE
COVERS AND STATIC PORT COVERS
WHEN YOU PARK FOR MORE THAN A
STANDARD
TURNAROUND.
ALSO,
INSTALL
COVERS
WHEN
INSECT
ACTIVITY, DUST STORMS, OR VOLCANIC
ASH INCREASE THE RISK OF PITOT
PROBE
AND
STATIC
PORT
CONTAMINATION. IF A PITOT PROBE OR
STATIC PORT IS BLOCKED, IT CAN
CAUSE LARGE ERRORS IN AIRSPEEDAND ALTIUDE-SENSING SIGNALS. THIS
IS DANGEROUS DURING FLIGHT.
WARNING: WHEN THE PITOT PROBES
ARE COVERED, MAKE SURE THAT
CONDITION IS VISIBLE FROM THE
GROUND. IN ADDITION, ATTACH A TAG
TO THE LEFT CONTROL WHEEL IN THE
FLIGHT DECK AS A REMINDER THAT
PITOT PROBES ARE COVERED. FAILURE
TO OBSERVE AND REMOVE COVERINGS
OVER PITOT PROBES BEFORE FLIGHT
MAY CAUSE LARGE ERRORS IN
AIRSPEED-SENSING AND ALTITUDESENSING SIGNALS, WHICH MAY LEAD
TO LOSS OF SAFE FLIGHT.
CAUTION: WHENEVER AN OPENING IS
COVERED,
MAKE
SURE
THAT
GROUND. ENGINES SHOULD NOT BE
OPERATED WITH COVERS IN PLACE
BECAUSE THE COVERS CAN COME OFF
AND DAMAGE THE ENGINES.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE PITOT PROBE
COVERS ARE IN GOOD CONDITION WITH
NO EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE, ESPECIALLY
FRAYING
AROUND
THE
COVER
OPENING. FRAYED FIBERS FROM THE
COVER
COMBINED
WITH
OTHER
SUBSTANCES SUCH AS DIRT, GREASE
AND FLUIDS CAN CAUSE OBSTRUCTION
IN THE PROBE.
(15) Put the covers on the pitot probes (see Fig.
201 for locations of the pitot probes).
S 842-024
(16) Attach a red paper tag that has "PITOT
PROBES COVERED" printed on it in black
letters, to the top of the left control wheel in the
flight deck.

____________________
:__________________
"PITOT
PROBES COVERED" .
S 842-025
:
,
. ,

,

.
:
, .

,

.
(17)

3M No. 471
"REMOVE BEFORE FLIGHT"
(
. . 201).
S 842-030
(18)
(
. . 202 . 1 2)
:
3M NO. 471
.
(a)

3M No. 471 (. . 202 .1).
(b) 4-

5
3M No. 471 (.
. 202 . 1, 1 2).
:
3M No. 471 ,
.
1)
.
(c) 5-
-3.001-02
. 584 687
S 842-025
WARNING: WHEN THE STATIC PORTS
ARE COVERED, MAKE SURE THAT
GROUND. IN ADDITION, ATTACH A TAG
TO THE LEFT CONTROL WHEEL IN THE
FLIGHT DECK AS A REMINDER THAT
STATIC PORTS ARE COVERED. FAILURE
TO OBSERVE AND REMOVE COVERINGS
OVER STATIC PORTS BEFORE FLIGHT
MAY CAUSE LARGE ERRORS IN
AIRSPEED-SENSING AND ALTITUDESENSING SIGNALS, WHICH MAY LEAD
TO LOSS OF SAFE FLIGHT.
CAUTION: WHENEVER AN OPENING IS
COVERED,
MAKE
SURE
THAT
GROUND. ENGINES SHOULD NOT BE
OPERATED WITH COVERS IN PLACE
BECAUSE THE COVERS CAN COME OFF
AND DAMAGE THE ENGINES.
(17) Use 3M No. 471 yellow vinyl adhesive tape
and orange barricade tape that has "REMOVE
BEFORE FLIGHT" printed on it in black letters
to cover the static ports in the following manner
(see Fig. 201 for the locations of the static
ports).
S 842-030
(18) For the alternate static ports and the
elevator feel static ports use the following static
port cover procedure (see Fig. 202 Sheets 1 and
2 for illustrations of the static port cover
placement procedure).
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE 3M NO. 471
YELLOW VINYL ADHESIVE TAPE OVER
THE HOLES OF THE STATIC PORTS.
(a) Clean the area around each static port with
aliphatic naphtha or equivalent, and a clean dry
rag where you will put the 3M No. 471 yellow
vinyl adhesive tape (see Fig. 202 Sheet 1).
(b) Place one end of approximately a 4-foot
piece of the orange barricade tape over the holes
of the static port and secure the upper edge with
5 inches of 3M No. 471 yellow vinyl adhesive
tape (see Fig. 202 Sheet 1, Steps 1 and 2).
NOTE: Smooth the 3M No. 471 yellow vinyl
adhesive tape on the airplane surface to make
sure the bond is satisfactory.
1) Do not put vinyl adhesive tape over the holes
of the static ports.
(c) Put a 5-inch piece of 3M No. 471 vinyl

____________________
:__________________
3M No. 471
,
(. . 202 . 1, 3).
(d) 8-
3M No. 471
,
(.
. 202 . 1, 4)
(e)

. 8-
No. 471
,
8- No. 471 (.
. 202 . 2, 5 6).
(f) ,
8-
3M No. 471
. (. . 202
. 2, 7).
(g) 8-
3M No. 471
(. . 202 . 2, 8).
S 842-032
(19)

(
. . 203 . 1 2).
:
3M NO. 471
.
(a)

3M No. 471 (. . 203 .1).
(b) 3-

5
3M No. 471 (. . 203 . 1, 1 2).
:
3M No. 471 ,
.
1)
.
(c) 8-
3M No. 471
,
(. . 203 . 1, 3).
(d) 8-
-3.001-02
. 585 687
adhesive tape on each vertical edge of the

barricade tape overlapping the first strip of
adhesive tape (see Fig. 202 Sheet 1, Step 3).
(d) Put an 8-inch piece of 3M No. 471 vinyl
adhesive tape horizontally over the barricade
tape below the static port holes, overlapping the
two vertical strips of adhesive tape (see Fig. 202
Sheet 1, Step 4)
(e) Carefully grasp the free section of the
barricade tape and fold it back up against the
surface of the airplane. Place an 8-inch strip of
the No. 471 vinyl adhesive tape horizontally
over the back side of the barricade tape
overlapping the lower half of the first 8-inch
strip of No. 471 vinyl adhesive tape (see Fig.
202 Sheet 2, Steps 5 and 6).
(f) Allowing the barricade tape to stream down,
place an 8-inch strip of 3M No. 471 yellow vinyl
tape half way down the length of the barricade
tape (see Fig. 202 Sheet 2, Step 7).
(g) Place an 8-inch strip of 3M No. 471 yellow
vinyl adhesive tape horizontally over the lower
end of the barricade tape (see Fig. 202 Sheet 2,
Step 8).
S 842-032
(19) For the primary static ports use the
following static port cover procedure (see Fig.
203 Sheets 1 and 2 for illustrations of the static
port cover placement procedure for the primary
static ports).
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE 3M NO. 471
YELLOW VINYL ADHESIVE TAPE OVER
THE HOLES OF THE STATIC PORTS.
(a) Clean the area around each primary static
port with aliphatic naphtha or equivalent, and a
clean dry rag where you will put the 3M No. 471
yellow vinyl adhesive tape (see Fig. 203 Sheet
1).
(b) Place one end of a 3-foot piece of the orange
barricade tape over the holes of the upper
primary static port and secure the upper edge
with 5 inches of 3M No. 471 yellow vinyl
adhesive tape (see Fig. 203 Sheet 1, Steps 1 and
2).
NOTE: Smooth the 3M No. 471 yellow vinyl
adhesive tape on the airplane surface to make
sure the bond is satisfactory.
1) Do not put vinyl adhesive tape over the holes
of the static ports.
(c) Put an 8-inch strip of 3M No. 471 yellow
vinyl adhesive tape on each vertical edge of the
barricade tape overlapping the first strip of
adhesive tape (see Fig. 203 Sheet 1, Step 3).
(d) Put an 8-inch strip of 3M No. 471 vinyl

____________________
:__________________
3M No. 471

,
(. . 203 . 1, 4)
(e)

. 8-
3M No. 471
,
8-
3M No. 471 (. . 203 . 2, 5 6).
(f) ,
8-
3M No. 471
. (. . 203
. 2, 7).
(g) 8-
3M No. 471
(. . 203 . 2, 8).
-3.001-02
. 586 687

tape below the lower static port holes,
overlapping the two vertical strips of adhesive
(e) Carefully grasp the free section of the
barricade tape and fold it back up against the
surface of the airplane. Place an 8-inch strip of
3M No. 471 vinyl adhesive tape horizontally
over the back side of the barricade tape
overlapping the lower half of the first horizontal
strip of 8-inch 3M No. 471 vinyl adhesive tape
(see Fig. 203 Sheet 2, Steps 5 and 6).
(f) Allowing the barricade tape to stream down,
place an 8-inch strip of 3M No. 471 yellow vinyl
tape half way down the length of the barricade
(g) Place an 8-inch strip of the 3M No. 471
yellow vinyl adhesive tape horizontally over the
lower end of the barricade tape (see Fig. 203
Sheet 2, Step 8).

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 587 687
10. ,
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
, ,
, .
1. 757-200.
,
:
1.1. , ,
, , ,
, ,
.
1.2.
, , , ,
.

. ,
, , .

:
- ( 1 .
) 2-4 ;
-

.
:
3- , 115 , 400; .
4. .

:
- ;
- ;
- , .
5. .
:
- ;

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 588 687
- ;
- ;
- ;
-/
(-30 .
) :
- ;
- 1 ;
- + 60 . ;
- 60 .

,

-29 . + 4 . + 4 ..
40 . .
.
/
, .
+ 60 ..
+ 5.
.
!: .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 589 687
11.
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
, ,
, .

1 .
A. :
(1)
(2)
(3)
B. ( )

( ).
C.
.
D. ,
-,
.
E.
:
(1)
.
(2) ,

( AMM

).
(a)

.
(b)
,
.
(3)
(4)
:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
F.
,
,
STATIC GROUNDING - MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES
1 . General
A. This procedure contains these tasks:
(1) Static Ground procedure
(2) Bonding procedure
(3) Measure Airplane Electrical Resistance to
Ground
B. Grounding (Static Grounding) is the process of
connecting one or more metal objects and ground
conductors to ground electrodes (an electrical path
to earth).
C. Bonding is the process of connecting two or
more metal objects together with a conductor.
D. Static grounding is not necessary if the airplane
is parked for a turnaround flight and no
maintenance is to be done.
E. During normal pressure refueling the airplane:
(1) An electrical bond is necessary between the
airplane and the refueling vehicle.
(2) Static grounding is not necessary as long as the
conductivity of the airplane and the parking site is
adequate (AMM task Measure Airplane Electrical
Resistance to Ground within this procedure).
(a) The operator should ensure the adequacy of
airplane and parking area conductivity and may
need to establish local procedures in areas where
inadequate parking site conductivity is seasonal or
permanent.
(b) Parking site conductivity may be inadequate on
dry snow, dry sand or in areas of low moisture.
(3) During over wing refueling.
(4) When performing maintenance task using
following devices:
(a) Power Tools
(b) Electrical Power Sources
(c) Lights
(d) Powered Instruments
F. When static grounding is recommended in a
detailed procedure, the airplane must be statically
grounded to a common, approved, identified
ground. Where a grid system is used, any number
of individual grounds will provide a common
ground, since all grounds are interconnected. If an

____________________
:__________________
.
,
.
,

.
G.
.
H.
(1) ,
(
)
(2)
(3) ,
(
).
:
(a)
.
(b)
.
1)

.
2)
,
.
I. ,
,
,
.

, .
TASK 20-41-00-862-009
2 . (. 201)
A.
(1)
711
731
741
B. :
S 422-020
:
-3.001-02
. 590 687
area does not have a grid system, a single

approved and identified ground must be used as
the common ground for all grounding cables used.
G. Stop ground servicing operations, external to
the airplane, during electrical storms.
H. Electrostatic Grounding - Parked Airplane
(1) The airplane is normally electrostatically
grounded through conductive tires (AMM task
Measure Electrical Resistance to Ground within
this procedure).
(2) Electrostatic Grounding - Parked Airplane

(3) The airplane is normally electrostatically
grounded through conductive tires (AMM task
Measure Electrical Resistance to Ground within
this procedure). However, static grounding is
necessary for:
(a) Airplanes with inadequate conductivity to
ground through the tires.
(b) Airplanes on parking sites that have inadequate
conductivity.
1) The operator should ensure the adequacy of
airplane and parking area conductivity and may
need to establish local procedures in areas where
inadequate parking site conductivity is seasonal or
permanent.
2) Parking site conductivity may be inadequate on
dry snow, dry sand or in areas of low moisture.
I. Should operators elect not to follow this
recommended procedure, they should develop
alternate procedures or establish conditions
adequately protecting the personnel and equipment
involved. Local fire codes and customs may
require alternative or additional procedures to
those defined here.
TASK 20-41-00-862-009
2 . Static Ground Procedure (Fig. 201)
A. Access
(1) Location Zones
711 Nose Landing Gear
731 Left Main Landing Gear
741 Right Main Landing Gear
B. Grounding Procedure:
S 422-020
THE AIRPLANE DURING ATMOSPHERIC

____________________
:__________________
.

.
:
.
,
.
: 6
,

.
.
.
:
,
,
.
(1)
:
(a) ,
.

.
(b)
.
. 201
1)

.

.
S 022-011
(2)

.
20-41-00-762-012
3 .
A. :
S 422-021
:
-3.001-02
. 591 687
WARNING:
ALWAYS
ATTACH
THE
GROUNDING CABLE TO THE GROUND
CONNECTION FIRST. NEVER ATTACH THE
CABLE TO THE AIRPLANE AND THEN TO
THE GROUND CONNECTION.
WARNING: ALL WORK AROUND THE
AIRPLANE MUST STOP WHEN LIGHTNING
OCCURS AT A DISTANCE OF 6 MILES OR
LESS. ALL PERSONNEL MUST GO IN A
BUILDING OR THE AIRPLANE. LIGHTNING
CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
CAUTION: ATTACH GROUNDING CABLES
AIRPLANE. INCORRECTLY ATTACHED
GROUNDING
CABLES
CAN
CAUSE
SCRATCHES
WHICH
CAN
CAUSE
PARTS. GROUND WIRES ATTACHED TO
DOORS OR FAIRINGS MADE FROM
COMPOSITE MATERIALS DO NOT PROVIDE
A GROUND.
(1) Attach grounding cable to a static ground and

to the airplane in the following sequence:
(a) Connect the grounding cable to an approved,
identified static ground point. These points may be
located in the parking surface or in another fixed
location.
(b) Connect the grounding cable to approved
grounding attach point on the airplane. These
points are identified in Fig. 201.
1) Connect the grounding cables to the jack pad
during landing gear retraction tests or with the
landing gear removed. The jack pad must be
completely installed and the grounding stud on it
must be unpainted and free from oil and grease.
S 022-011
(2) Before the airplane is moved, remove the
ground cables from the approved grounding attach
point on the airplane.
TASK 20-41-00-762-012
3 . Bonding Procedure
A. Procedure:
S 422-021

____________________
:__________________
.

.
:
,
,
.
(1)

.
S 022-014
(2)
.
20-41-00-762-015
4 .
A.
(1) 27
B.
(1) AMM 24-22-00/201,
(2) AMM 24-41-02/201,
C.
S 042-016
(1)
(AMM 24-22-00/201).
S 042-022
(2)
.
S 762-027
(3)

(AMM 24-41-02/201).
S 042-023
(4)
( ).
S 422-017
(5)
-3.001-02
. 592 687
THE AIRPLANE DURING ATMOSPHERIC

CAUTION: ATTACH BONDING CABLES
AIRPLANE. INCORRECTLY ATTACHED
BONDING
CABLES
CAN
CAUSE
SCRATCHES
WHICH
CAN
CAUSE
PARTS. BOND WIRES ATTACH TO DOORS
OR FAIRINGS MADE FROM COMPOSITE
MATERIALS DO NOT PROVIDE A BOND.
(1) Connect a bonding cable to a recognized
bonding or grounding point on the airplane and a
recognized grounding or bonding point on the
support equipment in use.
S 022-014
(2) Before the airplane is moved, remove the
bonding cables from the airplane.
TASK 20-41-00-762-015
4 . Measure Airplane Electrical Resistance to

Ground
A. Equipment
(1) Multimeter - Model 27
B. Reference
(1) AMM 24-22-00/201, Supply Power Control
(2) AMM 24-41-02/201, External Power
Receptacle
C. Prepare to Check
S 042-016
(1) Remove electrical power from the airplane
(AMM 24-22-00/201).
S 042-022
(2) Remove or De-energize any External Powered
devices.
S 762-027
(3) Do a continuity check from the neutral pin of
the external power receptacle to the grounding
stud (AMM 24-41-02/201).
S 042-023
(4) Disconnect airplane static ground cables if
connected.
S 422-017
(5) Connect an ohmmeter between the recognized

____________________
:__________________
/

.
S 422-029
(6) 50
.
S 762-018
(7)
.
(a) , 1,0 .
1) 1,0 ,
:
a) ,

.
b)
,
.
:
.
c)
.
d)

.
S 422-024
(8) ,
.
S 862-026
(9) .
-3.001-02
. 593 687
bonding/grounding point on the Primary Landing

gear and on an identified ground point on the ramp
or the surface of the ramp on which the airplane is
parked.
S 422-029
(6) Set the ohmmeter to the 50 Vdc range.
S 762-018
(7) Measure the resistance to ground and record in
the maintenance log.
(a) Make sure the resistance is less than 1.0
megohms.
1) If the resistance to ground is greater than 1.0
megohms, do the following:
a) Ensure the airplane is not parked over painted
surfaces and that the tires provide sufficient
conductivity.
b) Repeat the measurement at other parking site
locations where successful measurement have been
made to verify sufficient airplane conductivity.
NOTE: This will make sure the airplane has
sufficient conductivty.
c) Record the reading in the airplane logbook.
d) Advise flight crews of subsequent flights that
insufficient conductivity to ground is present
through the tires to electrostatically ground this
airplane on a parking surface. Static ground
procedures may apply.
S 422-024
(8) Connect airplane static ground cables if
required.
S 862-026
(9) Put the Airplane Back to Its Usual Condition

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 594 687

62
63

. . 201.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 595 687
12.
14.6 .
,
, .

,
, , .

, .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 596 687
13. ,
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
, ,
, .
. ,
.

.
.

.
.
,
.
( 36-00-00/201):
(1)
(2)
(3)
D/

.
,

.
:

.

,

.
.
(1)
.
:
AUTO
,
..

.

.
(3) 193DL ( 06-41-00/21)

.
A. This procedure has instructions on

how to supply the conditioned air to the
airplane while the airplane is on the
ground. You can supply the conditioned
air by the packs or by a ground cart.
B. It is recommended that conditioned
air to cool the airplane on the ground be
supplied from a ground conditioned air
source, when practical, as an
alternative to conditioned air from the
air conditioning packs. Refer to 757-SL21-051 for more data about this
maintenance practice.
C. When you use the air conditioning
packs, you must supply electrical and
pneumatic power to the airplane. The
pneumatic power is supplied from
one of these sources (AMM 36-0000/201):
(1) A pneumatic ground cart
(2) The APU
(3) The engines
D. A ground cart supplies the
conditioned air directly to the mix
manifold and to the flight deck. The
electrical power, pneumatic power, and
pack operation are not necessary when
you use the ground cart.
C_A_U_T_I_O_N_: DO NOT
OPERATE A COOLING PACK AND A
GROUND AIR SOURCE AT THE
SAME TIME. THE COOLING PACK
CAN NOT CONTROL THE AIR
TEMPERATURE IF A GROUND AIR
SOURCE IS OPERATED AT THE
SAME TIME. YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT IF YOU
OPERATE A COOLING PACK AND
A GROUND AIR SOURCE AT THE
SAME TIME.
(1) Obey this CAUTION during all of this
task.
N_O_T_E_: If the packs are operated in

____________________
:__________________
(4)
.
(5)
.
()
.
()

.
()
.
:

.
,

.
(5)
,
.
D. .
(1) ,
.
(2)
.
()
.
()
.
E. .
(1).
.
(2). 193DL (AMM 06-41- 00/201)
-3.001-02
. 597 687
AUTO when the external conditioned air

is used, the cabin temperatures will
increase
instead of decrease. The temperature
sensors in the mix manifold feel the cold
air from the ground cart. This causes
the packs to increase their exit
temperature.
(3) Open the ECS access panel,
193DL (AMM 06-41-00/201) to find

the ground connector for the
conditioned air.
(4) Open the cover of the ground
connector.
(5) Connect the ground cart to the
ground connector.
(A) Put the flange of the cart supply
hose into position against the flange
of the ground connector.
(b) Make sure the fasteners on the
supply hose flange go into the slots
of the ground connector flange.
(c) Turn the supply hose flange so
that it locks into position.
C_A_U_T_I_O_N_: MAKE SURE THAT
THE SUPPLY HOSE FLANGE IS
CORRECTLY LOCKED
INTO POSITION. IF THE SUPPLY
HOSE FLANGE IS NOT IN THE
CORRECT POSITION WHEN THE AIR
FLOW STARTS, IT CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE GROUND
CONNECTOR FLANGE.
(6) Turn the ground cart on, to supply
the conditioned air to the airplane.
D. Remove the conditioned air supplied
by the ground cart
(1) Stop the ground cart operation, to
stop the supply of conditioned air.
S 082-011
(2) Disconnect the ground cart from the
ground connector.
(a) Turn the flange of the cart supply
hose to loosen the fasteners.
(b) Remove the supply hose from the
ground connector.
E. Put the airplane back to its usual
condition.
(1) Close the cover of the ground connector.
(2) Close the ECS access panel 193DL
(AMM 06-41-00/201)

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 598 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 599 687
14.
Revision 0 19.02.2010. 757-200.
, ,
, .
:

,

,
,

.

, ,
.
:

,
..
.
(2).
193JL 194FR, (AMM 06-41-00
(2001).

.
,

.
(4).
,
.

.
:
45 PSI.
,

,
:
,
W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: PROVIDING PNEUMATIC

POWER WILL SUPPLY PNEUMATIC PRESSURE
TO
OPERATE THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
AND ENGINE START SYSTEM; TO PRESSURIZE
THE POTABLE WATER TANKS AND HYDRAULIC
RESERVOIR; AND PROVIDE BLEED AIR TO TAT
PROBE, AND NACELLE AND WING ANTI-ICE
DUCTS. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO ISOLATE
THOSE SYSTEMS AND
CONTROLS NOT INTENDED FOR OPERATION
TO PREVENT LOSS OF PRESSURE, TO
PREVENT INADVERTENT ACTUATION OF
EQUIPMENT, DAMAGE
TO AIRPLANE, AND INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
C_A_U_T_I_O_N_: ALWAYS APPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER BEFORE APPLYING
PNEUMATIC POWER AND REMOVE
PNEUMATIC POWER BEFORE REMOVING
ELECTRICAL POWER TO PREVENT POSSIBLE
(2) Open pneumatic ground service access door
193JL and 194FR, found on ECS access doors in
the body to wing fairing section (AMM 06-4100/201). There are two pneumatic connectors
found behind the left access door and there is one
pneumatic connector found behind the right access
door. The number of connections made depends
on system demands, two ground carts may be
necessary for engine starting.
(4) Ground Air Supply
(a) As an alternate to the APU, a pneumatic ground
cart can supply air to the airplane whenever it is
parked. Connection between the ground cart and
the pneumatic system is through three ground air
connectors.
W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: DO NOT SUPPLY MORE
THAN 45 PSIG OF PRESSURE TO THE
PNEUMATIC
SYSTEM. IF YOU SUPPLY TOO MUCH
PRESSURE, DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND
INJURY TO PERSONNEL CAN OCCUR.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 600 687
N_O_T_E_: Engine starting requires high airflow

and may require at least two ground service carts.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 601 687
15. Boeing 757-200

15.1. : B 757-200 Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) Part 52-4800 Revision No. 100 Jan 20/2011
, ,
, .
15. 2. , , ,
, 100130 60 .

.
1-
2 -
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -

____________________
:__________________
1 - .
2 - .
3 - .
4
5 - .
6 - .
-3.001-02
. 602 687
7 - .
8 -
9 - .
10 -
11 -
12 -
15.3.
: ( ).
, ,
1. (4, 2)(FWD ACCESS, ELEC/ELEX ACCESSS) :
- , , ().
- , .
: .
5 , . .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 603 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 604 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 605 687
2. (8)(AFT BODY ACCESS DOOR) ELEVATOR

CONTROL ACCESS DOOR( APU)
, (
).
. . 3 , .
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 606 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 607 687
3. (9) (5 ).
.

.
4. / -. 3 .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 608 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 609 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 610 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 611 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 612 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 613 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 614 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 615 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 616 687
16.
3-30-3
1.
.
:
A. .
B. .
C. .
D. .
E.
F. . ,
- ( , ). .
2.
- ,
. :
A. () , .
B. .
( )
.
C. ( )
, . ,
.
.
3.

(. 3-19 3-24)
A.
.
B. ,
() .

26 900 (12200 ).
C.
. ,
( ).
( ), .
( )
3-49.
4.

( 3-20 2-25)
A.
.
.

____________________
B.
C.
D.
E.
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 617 687
.
( ).
.
.
,
B07009.
,
.

B07009.
.

.
B07009,
.
. , ,
F70244 ( ),

(
SUBJECT 3-30-13)
5.

( 3-20 3-26)
A. ,
. , .

.
. .

( 3-22 3-27)
A. ,
.
.
.
6.
7.
,
( 3-23 3-28)
A. ,
.
B. .
. ,
.
.

____________________
C.
8.
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 618 687
, .
(. 3-29).
,
A. ,
. .
( ),
,
.
B.
.
.
C. .

( ), .
,
.
D. (, )
.
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 619 687
: ()
3-19 757-200,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 620 687
: ()
3-20 757-200,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 621 687
: ()
3-21 757-200,

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 622 687
: ()
3-22 757-200,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 623 687
: ()
3-22 757-200, ,

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 624 687
3-29 / 757

.

.

/ 3OHME65B00002

25 40 ( 23
36 )

.

, ,
(
)
(
)
100 : 200 000 (91

: 90662 )

50 : 100 000 (45
: 45331 )

1,25 (32 ).

,

0,75 (19 )

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 625 687
3-31
.
.

. D
.

B07001-7

F80060-6
9/16
1. (
2 )
-

,

2.
(

)
B07002-1
. D

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 626 687
3-41

.

( ,
..),
()

.
.

8 (200 )
(W8 31,0
)
8- (200 )
,
/.

.
20 (500 )
( 2 )
( 2 )
:

,
,
. -

.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
3-42

(E F)

( ,
)
. 627 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 628 687
3-43

BS 395.0

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 629 687
3-44

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 630 687
3-49

( 3
)

:
1.

2.

3.

. 3,5 / (0,25 / )
. 4,6 /2 (0,32 /2)
STA 313.50
STA 395 RBL 56.40

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 631 687
3-30-11 ( )
1.
, (),
.
. .
, 3-50.
2. () :
A.
( ).
, .
6 (15 ).
B.
,
.
3 (7,6 ).
:
. .
3-50

( 3 )

( 3 )

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 632 687
3-51

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 633 687
3-52

30 (27 )
()

10 (9 )
()
:
12
(30,48 ) STA 395.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 634 687
4-10-3 -
1. .
, ( );
2-4, 2-4 2-5.
( ).
2. ,
.
.
5 . , ,
. , (
).
3. .
() ( ).
() .
( ), ();
4-9 410 2-10.
4. , .
( ), ,
. 2-10.
5. ().
() .
.
, .
, .
6. - .
7. .
, 4-20 ( 4-11 4-14).
4-9

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 635 687
5 : 1 (2,54 )
(30,5 )

(19 )
,
(
)

:

,
(6,4 )
.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
4-10

. 636 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 637 687
4-11
()
IN.
CM -
4-13
,
()

____________________
:__________________

.

.
-3.001-02
. 638 687

.
/
()

1,50 (3,81 )

, .

, .
/ Boeing 757

/ Boeing 727
IN.
CM
MM

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 639 687
4-20-3
:
. ,
.
1.
.
4-13 4-14.
. (
) .
4-13.
4-19 4-22
.
2.

. (
4-23) ,
. SUBJECT 3-20-4.
3.
15 (5 ).
(),
.
4.
.
5.
, ,
. .
, .
, 4-15.
6.
. ,
() .
,
7.
. . ,
.
8.
,
- .
.
, .
9.
.
. ,
. ,
.
10.
. (
4-20).
( ) .
11. ,
( ).
, .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 640 687
4-19 ,
,
,
,
.
4-13
4-14

.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 641 687
4-20

.

,

,

,
,
,
.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 642 687
4-21

(, , ,

)
(,

15
(4,58 ),
,

, .
:

.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 643 687
4-22
,
,

,
.
4-13
4-14
.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 644 687
4-30-5
1.
A. (ARTS) Goldhoffer
Trailers 4-29.
( 747) - .
.
.
B. 1992
.
(747).
(RTO). ARTS,
.
(
SUBJECT 5-20-3 ).
C. 4-30 4-30
(DARTS),
KAMAG .
. ARTS DARTS
.
2.
A. ( A.M.S. Systems Engineering) 432 4-33.
( , ..) .
.
B. 4-32 4-33 ,
1992 .
155 (47 ) 100 (91 ). -
( ) .
:
(1) 25
. .
, .
(2)
( : Trakway Aluminum Panels ( Trakway))
( 4-33).
- .
() .

.
( ).
, 30 (27 )
, .
- .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 645 687
C. .
,
( SUBJECT 520-3 )
4-28

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 646 687
4-29 (ARTS) GOLDHOFFER

15
:
Goldhoffer, ,
Goldhoffer Trailers, -,
:
(ARTS )
Boeing 757.
Boeing .

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 647 687
4-29 (ARTS) GOLDHOFFER

()
ARTS,

,
Boeing 757

:
(ARTS )
Boeing 757. ,
,
Boeing .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 648 687
4-30
(DARTS)
DARTS :

.

, .

.

.
.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 649 687
4-31 (DARTS)
KAMAG

.
.

D.A.R.T.S (),
, . .
, , ,
,
.
.

.

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 650 687
4-32

, ,
:
A.M.S. Systems Engineering/J.L. EVE
Construction Co. Ltd.
Regent Manufacturing Inc.
:
, (
/ Boeing 757;
155 (47,2 ), 100 (91 )).

Boeing .

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 651 687
4-33
:
/ Boeing 737;
/ Boeing 757

: Boeing
.

____________________
-3.001-02
:__________________
. 652 687
4-30-6
1. ,
- . ,
. 4-34.
4-34
(1)

(2)

, ,
.
(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)
5

(9)

,
, ,
,
(4)
,
, ,
,
(4)
,
, ,
,
(4)
,
, ,
,
(4)

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 653 687
16. -
16.1 BOEING 737-500

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 654 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 655 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 656 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 657 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 658 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 659 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 660 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 661 687

____________________
16.2 ATR-72
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 662 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 663 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 664 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 665 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 666 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 667 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 668 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 669 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 670 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 671 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 672 687

____________________
16.3 ATR-42
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 673 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 674 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 675 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 676 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 677 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 678 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 679 687

____________________
16.4 BOEING-757-200
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 680 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 681 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 682 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 683 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 684 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 685 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 686 687

____________________
:__________________
-3.001-02
. 687 687

Язык

Руководство по организации наземного обслуживания NEW 12.05.11

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Руководство по организации наземного обслуживания NEW 12.05.11

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

____________________

( 12, 14, 16)

LMC. ..38 39.

b) The door is opened from outside the airplane by

c) Airplanes with an unlatch

The door is closed by pulling on the lanyard to

b) Airplanes with counterbalance assembly

.11 : Boeing 737-400

2. 2. BOEING 737 EXTERIOR WALK BOEING 737 (. 3.)

1) Left forward fuselage

4) Right forward fuselage

- Exterior lights CHECK

8) Right wing tip and trailing edge

9) Right main gear

10) Right main wheel well

13) Left AFT fuselage

- Gear pin AS NEEDED

17) Left wing and leading edge

18) Number 1 engine

19) Left wing root, pack, and lower

Figure 5 Jet Engine Exhaust Velocity Break Away BOEING 737-400/500

Figure 8 Jet Engine Exhaust Velocity Break Away BOEING 737-400/500

Figure 14 Engine Entry/Exit corridor BOEING 737-400/500

Figure 15 Engine Noise Hazard Areas BOEING 737-400/500

4. SERVICING WATER SYSTEM

1) Potable Water System

b) The potable water system is pressurized to

c) The water tank is filled through one

threads of 1/2 -14 ANPT, tapered pipe threads)

2) Procedure - Fill the potable water system

d) The water service cart/truck should have a

a) Open the access door for the potable water

3) Procedure - Pressure Drain the Potable

n) Install the cap on the fill connection.

b) Open the WATER HEATER circuit breakers

c) Pressurize the water system.

f) AIRPLANES WITH A SECONDARY

o) AIRPLANES WITH A SECONDARY

4) Procedure - Gravity Drain the Potable

a) : b) Open the circuit breakers for the lavatory

c) Open the fill and overflow valve and the tank

DRAIN VALVE IN THE FORWARD

5. SERVICING OF THE TOILET SYSTEM

b) The location of the forward service panel is

c) A mobile cart with three or more separate

20 50 psi ( 1,4 3,5 /2)

15 to 20 GPM (57 to 76 liters/min)

2) Procedure - Draining, Flushing and Fill of

a) Connect the Y-fitting to the drain outlet on

b) Remove the drain plug with the T-handle on

c) Turn the T-handle counterclockwise until the

f) Do the steps that follow to connect the toilet

CAUTION: Make sure that no person flushes

Pull the handle for the waste drain valve. To

lock the drain valve handle in the extended

Let the waste drain into the toilet service cart.

h) Turn the drain valve handle until it is not

NOTE: The recommended toilet service line

Drain the toilet tank until it is empty.

m) On service panels that service more than

(2) Push the T-handle as far as you can and at

NOTE: This decreases the friction between the

q) Continue to turn the T-handle clockwise. If